1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1993, 1994, 1995,
3 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
4 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
9 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code.
37 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
38 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
39 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
40 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
41 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
42 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
43 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
44 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
45 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
47 +--------------+ redisplay +----------------+
48 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
49 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
51 +----------------------------------+ |
52 Don't use this path when called |
55 expose_window (asynchronous) |
57 X expose events -----+
59 What does redisplay do? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
60 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
61 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
62 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
64 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
65 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
66 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
67 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
68 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
69 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
70 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
71 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
74 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
75 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
76 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
77 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
78 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
80 You will find a lot of redisplay optimizations when you start
81 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
82 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
83 frequently. Some of these optimizations are implemented by the
88 This function tries to update the display if the text in the
89 window did not change and did not scroll, only point moved, and
90 it did not move off the displayed portion of the text.
92 . try_window_reusing_current_matrix
94 This function reuses the current matrix of a window when text
95 has not changed, but the window start changed (e.g., due to
100 This function attempts to redisplay a window by reusing parts of
101 its existing display. It finds and reuses the part that was not
102 changed, and redraws the rest.
106 This function performs the full redisplay of a single window
107 assuming that its fonts were not changed and that the cursor
108 will not end up in the scroll margins. (Loading fonts requires
109 re-adjustment of dimensions of glyph matrices, which makes this
110 method impossible to use.)
112 These optimizations are tried in sequence (some can be skipped if
113 it is known that they are not applicable). If none of the
114 optimizations were successful, redisplay calls redisplay_windows,
115 which performs a full redisplay of all windows.
119 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
120 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
121 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
122 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
123 description of the environment in which the text is to be
124 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
126 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
127 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
128 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
129 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
130 interface functions taking an iterator structure (struct it)
133 Iteration over things to be displayed is then simple. It is
134 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator.
135 Calls to get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with
136 relevant information about the next thing to display. Calls to
137 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
139 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
140 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
141 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
142 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
143 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
146 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
147 calling get_next_display_element and then PRODUCE_GLYPHS. The call
148 to PRODUCE_GLYPHS will fill the iterator structure with pixel
149 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
150 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
151 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
152 glyphs produced are discarded. The function display_line is the
153 workhorse of filling glyph rows in the desired matrix with glyphs.
154 In addition to producing glyphs, it also handles line truncation
155 and continuation, word wrap, and cursor positioning (for the
156 latter, see also set_cursor_from_row).
160 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
161 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
162 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
163 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
164 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
165 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
167 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
168 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
169 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
170 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
171 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
172 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
173 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
174 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
175 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
176 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
177 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point.
179 Bidirectional display.
181 Bidirectional display adds quite some hair to this already complex
182 design. The good news are that a large portion of that hairy stuff
183 is hidden in bidi.c behind only 3 interfaces. bidi.c implements a
184 reordering engine which is called by set_iterator_to_next and
185 returns the next character to display in the visual order. See
186 commentary on bidi.c for more details. As far as redisplay is
187 concerned, the effect of calling bidi_move_to_visually_next, the
188 main interface of the reordering engine, is that the iterator gets
189 magically placed on the buffer or string position that is to be
190 displayed next. In other words, a linear iteration through the
191 buffer/string is replaced with a non-linear one. All the rest of
192 the redisplay is oblivious to the bidi reordering.
194 Well, almost oblivious---there are still complications, most of
195 them due to the fact that buffer and string positions no longer
196 change monotonously with glyph indices in a glyph row. Moreover,
197 for continued lines, the buffer positions may not even be
198 monotonously changing with vertical positions. Also, accounting
199 for face changes, overlays, etc. becomes more complex because
200 non-linear iteration could potentially skip many positions with
201 changes, and then cross them again on the way back...
203 One other prominent effect of bidirectional display is that some
204 paragraphs of text need to be displayed starting at the right
205 margin of the window---the so-called right-to-left, or R2L
206 paragraphs. R2L paragraphs are displayed with R2L glyph rows,
207 which have their reversed_p flag set. The bidi reordering engine
208 produces characters in such rows starting from the character which
209 should be the rightmost on display. PRODUCE_GLYPHS then reverses
210 the order, when it fills up the glyph row whose reversed_p flag is
211 set, by prepending each new glyph to what is already there, instead
212 of appending it. When the glyph row is complete, the function
213 extend_face_to_end_of_line fills the empty space to the left of the
214 leftmost character with special glyphs, which will display as,
215 well, empty. On text terminals, these special glyphs are simply
216 blank characters. On graphics terminals, there's a single stretch
217 glyph with suitably computed width. Both the blanks and the
218 stretch glyph are given the face of the background of the line.
219 This way, the terminal-specific back-end can still draw the glyphs
220 left to right, even for R2L lines. */
228 #include "keyboard.h"
231 #include "termchar.h"
232 #include "dispextern.h"
234 #include "character.h"
237 #include "commands.h"
241 #include "termhooks.h"
242 #include "intervals.h"
245 #include "region-cache.h"
248 #include "blockinput.h"
250 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
265 #ifndef FRAME_X_OUTPUT
266 #define FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f) ((f)->output_data.x)
269 #define INFINITY 10000000
271 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) \
272 || defined(HAVE_NS) || defined (USE_GTK)
273 extern void set_frame_menubar (struct frame
*f
, int, int);
274 extern int pending_menu_activation
;
277 extern int interrupt_input
;
278 extern int command_loop_level
;
280 extern Lisp_Object do_mouse_tracking
;
282 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise
;
283 extern Lisp_Object Vminibuffer_list
;
285 extern Lisp_Object Qface
;
286 extern Lisp_Object Qmode_line
, Qmode_line_inactive
, Qheader_line
;
288 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map
;
289 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag
;
290 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item
;
291 extern Lisp_Object Qwhen
;
292 extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo
;
293 extern Lisp_Object Qbefore_string
, Qafter_string
;
295 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map
, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
;
296 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions
, Vwindow_scroll_functions
;
297 Lisp_Object Qwindow_text_change_functions
, Vwindow_text_change_functions
;
298 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
, Vredisplay_end_trigger_functions
;
299 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
;
300 Lisp_Object QCeval
, QCfile
, QCdata
, QCpropertize
;
301 Lisp_Object Qfontified
;
302 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only
;
303 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay
;
304 Lisp_Object Qbuffer_position
, Qposition
, Qobject
;
305 Lisp_Object Qright_to_left
, Qleft_to_right
;
308 Lisp_Object Qbar
, Qhbar
, Qbox
, Qhollow
;
311 Lisp_Object Qarrow
, Qhand
, Qtext
;
313 Lisp_Object Qrisky_local_variable
;
315 /* Holds the list (error). */
316 Lisp_Object list_of_error
;
318 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
320 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions
;
321 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions
;
323 /* Non-nil means automatically select any window when the mouse
324 cursor moves into it. */
325 Lisp_Object Vmouse_autoselect_window
;
327 Lisp_Object Vwrap_prefix
, Qwrap_prefix
;
328 Lisp_Object Vline_prefix
, Qline_prefix
;
330 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
333 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p
;
335 /* Non-zero means to reposition window if cursor line is only partially visible. */
337 int make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
;
339 /* Margin below tool bar in pixels. 0 or nil means no margin.
340 If value is `internal-border-width' or `border-width',
341 the corresponding frame parameter is used. */
343 Lisp_Object Vtool_bar_border
;
345 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
347 Lisp_Object Vtool_bar_button_margin
;
349 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
351 EMACS_INT tool_bar_button_relief
;
353 /* Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
354 items are visible, and no blank lines remain.
356 If value is `grow-only', only make tool-bar bigger. */
358 Lisp_Object Vauto_resize_tool_bars
;
360 /* Type of tool bar. Can be symbols image, text, both or both-hroiz. */
362 Lisp_Object Vtool_bar_style
;
364 /* Maximum number of characters a label can have to be shown. */
366 EMACS_INT tool_bar_max_label_size
;
368 /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
369 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
370 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
372 int x_stretch_cursor_p
;
374 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
376 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
, Qinhibit_redisplay
;
378 /* Non-zero means Lisp evaluation during redisplay is inhibited. */
380 int inhibit_eval_during_redisplay
;
382 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
384 Lisp_Object Qdisplay
;
385 extern Lisp_Object Qface
, Qinvisible
, Qwidth
;
387 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
389 Lisp_Object Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
;
390 Lisp_Object Qspace
, QCalign_to
, QCrelative_width
, QCrelative_height
;
391 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin
, Qright_margin
, Qspace_width
, Qraise
;
394 Lisp_Object Qmargin
, Qpointer
;
395 Lisp_Object Qline_height
;
396 extern Lisp_Object Qheight
;
397 extern Lisp_Object QCwidth
, QCheight
, QCascent
;
398 extern Lisp_Object Qscroll_bar
;
399 extern Lisp_Object Qcursor
;
401 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
403 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace
;
405 /* Non-nil means escape non-break space and hyphens. */
407 Lisp_Object Vnobreak_char_display
;
409 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
410 extern Lisp_Object Voverflow_newline_into_fringe
;
412 /* Test if overflow newline into fringe. Called with iterator IT
413 at or past right window margin, and with IT->current_x set. */
415 #define IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE(IT) \
416 (!NILP (Voverflow_newline_into_fringe) \
417 && FRAME_WINDOW_P ((IT)->f) \
418 && ((IT)->bidi_it.paragraph_dir == R2L \
419 ? (WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH ((IT)->w) > 0) \
420 : (WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH ((IT)->w) > 0)) \
421 && (IT)->current_x == (IT)->last_visible_x \
422 && (IT)->line_wrap != WORD_WRAP)
424 #else /* !HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
425 #define IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE(it) 0
426 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
428 /* Test if the display element loaded in IT is a space or tab
429 character. This is used to determine word wrapping. */
431 #define IT_DISPLAYING_WHITESPACE(it) \
432 (it->what == IT_CHARACTER && (it->c == ' ' || it->c == '\t'))
434 /* Non-nil means show the text cursor in void text areas
435 i.e. in blank areas after eol and eob. This used to be
436 the default in 21.3. */
438 Lisp_Object Vvoid_text_area_pointer
;
440 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
442 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace
;
444 /* Name and number of the face used to highlight escape glyphs. */
446 Lisp_Object Qescape_glyph
;
448 /* Name and number of the face used to highlight non-breaking spaces. */
450 Lisp_Object Qnobreak_space
;
452 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
453 images in Lisp. Also a tool bar style. */
457 /* The image map types. */
458 Lisp_Object QCmap
, QCpointer
;
459 Lisp_Object Qrect
, Qcircle
, Qpoly
;
461 /* Tool bar styles */
462 Lisp_Object Qtext
, Qboth
, Qboth_horiz
;
464 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
467 int noninteractive_need_newline
;
469 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
471 static int message_log_need_newline
;
473 /* Three markers that message_dolog uses.
474 It could allocate them itself, but that causes trouble
475 in handling memory-full errors. */
476 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker1
;
477 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker2
;
478 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker3
;
480 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
481 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
482 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
483 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
485 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos
;
487 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
488 terminating newline. */
490 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos
;
492 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
494 static int this_line_vpos
;
495 static int this_line_y
;
496 static int this_line_pixel_height
;
498 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
499 negative if first character is partially visible. */
501 static int this_line_start_x
;
503 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
505 static struct buffer
*this_line_buffer
;
507 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
510 Lisp_Object Vtruncate_partial_width_windows
;
512 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
514 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment
;
516 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
517 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
518 frame-title-format. */
522 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string
;
525 /* List of variables (symbols) which hold markers for overlay arrows.
526 The symbols on this list are examined during redisplay to determine
527 where to display overlay arrows. */
529 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
;
531 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
533 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position
;
535 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
537 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string
;
539 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay are stored as
540 properties on `overlay-arrow-position' symbol. However, if
541 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last-arrow-position is its
542 numerical position. */
544 Lisp_Object Qlast_arrow_position
, Qlast_arrow_string
;
546 /* Alternative overlay-arrow-string and overlay-arrow-bitmap
547 properties on a symbol in overlay-arrow-variable-list. */
549 Lisp_Object Qoverlay_arrow_string
, Qoverlay_arrow_bitmap
;
551 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
553 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format
;
555 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
557 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format
;
559 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
560 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
563 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions
;
565 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook
, Vmenu_bar_update_hook
;
567 /* Nonzero if an overlay arrow has been displayed in this window. */
569 static int overlay_arrow_seen
;
571 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
573 int highlight_nonselected_windows
;
575 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
576 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
578 static EMACS_INT scroll_step
;
580 /* Nonzero means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
581 screen, when appropriate. */
583 static EMACS_INT scroll_conservatively
;
585 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
586 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
587 pixel value by multiplying it with FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT, which means
588 that there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
590 EMACS_INT scroll_margin
;
592 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
593 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
598 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
600 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector
[3];
602 /* Zero means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face
603 (this slightly odd definition is for compatibility with previous versions
604 of emacs), non-zero means display them using their respective faces.
606 This variable is deprecated. */
608 int mode_line_inverse_video
;
610 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
612 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt
;
614 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
615 of the line that contains the prompt. */
617 int minibuf_prompt_width
;
619 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
620 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
621 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
623 Lisp_Object echo_area_window
;
625 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
626 pushes the current message and the value of
627 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
628 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
630 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack
;
632 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
633 message was specified. */
635 int message_enable_multibyte
;
637 /* Nonzero if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
639 int update_mode_lines
;
641 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
642 redisplay that finished. */
644 int windows_or_buffers_changed
;
646 /* Nonzero means a frame's cursor type has been changed. */
648 int cursor_type_changed
;
650 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
653 int line_number_displayed
;
655 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
657 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit
;
659 /* Line width to consider when repositioning for line number display. */
661 static EMACS_INT line_number_display_limit_width
;
663 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
664 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
666 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max
;
668 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
670 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name
;
672 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
673 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
675 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer
[2];
677 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
679 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer
[2];
681 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
683 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
;
685 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
686 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
688 static int display_last_displayed_message_p
;
690 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
693 int message_buf_print
;
695 /* The symbol `inhibit-menubar-update' and its DEFVAR_BOOL variable. */
697 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_menubar_update
;
698 int inhibit_menubar_update
;
700 /* When evaluating expressions from menu bar items (enable conditions,
701 for instance), this is the frame they are being processed for. */
703 Lisp_Object Vmenu_updating_frame
;
705 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
706 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
707 specifying a number of lines. */
709 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height
;
711 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
712 lines instead of being continued. */
714 int message_truncate_lines
;
715 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines
;
717 /* Set to 1 in clear_message to make redisplay_internal aware
718 of an emptied echo area. */
720 static int message_cleared_p
;
722 /* How to blink the default frame cursor off. */
723 Lisp_Object Vblink_cursor_alist
;
725 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
726 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
728 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
729 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row
;
730 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs
[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS
];
732 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
734 static int last_max_ascent
, last_height
;
736 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
738 int help_echo_showing_p
;
740 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
741 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
742 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
744 int current_mode_line_height
, current_header_line_height
;
746 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
747 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
748 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
749 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
750 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
752 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
756 /* Variables to turn off display optimizations from Lisp. */
758 int inhibit_try_window_id
, inhibit_try_window_reusing
;
759 int inhibit_try_cursor_movement
;
761 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
764 int trace_redisplay_p
;
766 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
768 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
769 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
772 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
774 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
777 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
780 int automatic_hscrolling_p
;
781 Lisp_Object Qauto_hscroll_mode
;
783 /* How close to the margin can point get before the window is scrolled
785 EMACS_INT hscroll_margin
;
787 /* How much to scroll horizontally when point is inside the above margin. */
788 Lisp_Object Vhscroll_step
;
790 /* The variable `resize-mini-windows'. If nil, don't resize
791 mini-windows. If t, always resize them to fit the text they
792 display. If `grow-only', let mini-windows grow only until they
795 Lisp_Object Vresize_mini_windows
;
797 /* Buffer being redisplayed -- for redisplay_window_error. */
799 struct buffer
*displayed_buffer
;
801 /* Space between overline and text. */
803 EMACS_INT overline_margin
;
805 /* Require underline to be at least this many screen pixels below baseline
806 This to avoid underline "merging" with the base of letters at small
807 font sizes, particularly when x_use_underline_position_properties is on. */
809 EMACS_INT underline_minimum_offset
;
811 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
816 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
,
817 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED
,
821 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
826 /* The name of the property. */
829 /* A unique index for the property. */
832 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
833 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
834 enum prop_handled (*handler
) (struct it
*it
);
837 static enum prop_handled
handle_face_prop (struct it
*);
838 static enum prop_handled
handle_invisible_prop (struct it
*);
839 static enum prop_handled
handle_display_prop (struct it
*);
840 static enum prop_handled
handle_composition_prop (struct it
*);
841 static enum prop_handled
handle_overlay_change (struct it
*);
842 static enum prop_handled
handle_fontified_prop (struct it
*);
844 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
846 static struct props it_props
[] =
848 {&Qfontified
, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX
, handle_fontified_prop
},
849 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
850 `display' need to know the face. */
851 {&Qface
, FACE_PROP_IDX
, handle_face_prop
},
852 {&Qdisplay
, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX
, handle_display_prop
},
853 {&Qinvisible
, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX
, handle_invisible_prop
},
854 {&Qcomposition
, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX
, handle_composition_prop
},
858 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
859 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
861 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
863 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
867 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
870 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
871 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
,
873 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
876 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
880 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
881 be displayed truncated. */
884 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
888 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
889 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
890 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
893 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 500
894 static int clear_face_cache_count
;
896 /* Similarly for the image cache. */
898 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
899 #define CLEAR_IMAGE_CACHE_COUNT 101
900 static int clear_image_cache_count
;
903 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
907 /* Non-zero means don't free realized faces. Bound while freeing
908 realized faces is dangerous because glyph matrices might still
911 int inhibit_free_realized_faces
;
912 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_free_realized_faces
;
914 /* If a string, XTread_socket generates an event to display that string.
915 (The display is done in read_char.) */
917 Lisp_Object help_echo_string
;
918 Lisp_Object help_echo_window
;
919 Lisp_Object help_echo_object
;
922 /* Temporary variable for XTread_socket. */
924 Lisp_Object previous_help_echo_string
;
926 /* Null glyph slice */
928 static struct glyph_slice null_glyph_slice
= { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
930 /* Platform-independent portion of hourglass implementation. */
932 /* Non-zero means we're allowed to display a hourglass pointer. */
933 int display_hourglass_p
;
935 /* Non-zero means an hourglass cursor is currently shown. */
936 int hourglass_shown_p
;
938 /* If non-null, an asynchronous timer that, when it expires, displays
939 an hourglass cursor on all frames. */
940 struct atimer
*hourglass_atimer
;
942 /* Number of seconds to wait before displaying an hourglass cursor. */
943 Lisp_Object Vhourglass_delay
;
945 /* Default number of seconds to wait before displaying an hourglass
947 #define DEFAULT_HOURGLASS_DELAY 1
950 /* Function prototypes. */
952 static void setup_for_ellipsis (struct it
*, int);
953 static void mark_window_display_accurate_1 (struct window
*, int);
954 static int single_display_spec_string_p (Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
955 static int display_prop_string_p (Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
956 static int cursor_row_p (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
957 static int redisplay_mode_lines (Lisp_Object
, int);
958 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding (Lisp_Object
, char *, int);
960 static Lisp_Object
get_it_property (struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object prop
);
962 static void handle_line_prefix (struct it
*);
964 static void pint2str (char *, int, int);
965 static void pint2hrstr (char *, int, int);
966 static struct text_pos
run_window_scroll_functions (Lisp_Object
,
968 static void reconsider_clip_changes (struct window
*, struct buffer
*);
969 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p (struct window
*, int, int);
970 static void store_mode_line_noprop_char (char);
971 static int store_mode_line_noprop (const unsigned char *, int, int);
972 static void x_consider_frame_title (Lisp_Object
);
973 static void handle_stop (struct it
*);
974 static void handle_stop_backwards (struct it
*, EMACS_INT
);
975 static int tool_bar_lines_needed (struct frame
*, int *);
976 static int single_display_spec_intangible_p (Lisp_Object
);
977 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers (void);
978 static Lisp_Object
unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (Lisp_Object
);
979 static Lisp_Object
with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (struct window
*);
980 static int with_echo_area_buffer (struct window
*, int,
981 int (*) (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
),
982 EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
);
983 static void clear_garbaged_frames (void);
984 static int current_message_1 (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
);
985 static int truncate_message_1 (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
);
986 static int set_message_1 (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
);
987 static int display_echo_area (struct window
*);
988 static int display_echo_area_1 (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
);
989 static int resize_mini_window_1 (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
);
990 static Lisp_Object
unwind_redisplay (Lisp_Object
);
991 static int string_char_and_length (const unsigned char *, int *);
992 static struct text_pos
display_prop_end (struct it
*, Lisp_Object
,
994 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (struct window
*);
995 static Lisp_Object
safe_eval_handler (Lisp_Object
);
996 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs (struct it
*);
997 static struct glyph_row
*get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (struct window
*,
999 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line (struct it
*);
1000 static int append_space_for_newline (struct it
*, int);
1001 static int cursor_row_fully_visible_p (struct window
*, int, int);
1002 static int try_scrolling (Lisp_Object
, int, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
, int, int);
1003 static int try_cursor_movement (Lisp_Object
, struct text_pos
, int *);
1004 static int trailing_whitespace_p (int);
1005 static int message_log_check_duplicate (int, int, int, int);
1006 static void push_it (struct it
*);
1007 static void pop_it (struct it
*);
1008 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (struct window
*);
1009 static void select_frame_for_redisplay (Lisp_Object
);
1010 static void redisplay_internal (int);
1011 static int echo_area_display (int);
1012 static void redisplay_windows (Lisp_Object
);
1013 static void redisplay_window (Lisp_Object
, int);
1014 static Lisp_Object
redisplay_window_error ();
1015 static Lisp_Object
redisplay_window_0 (Lisp_Object
);
1016 static Lisp_Object
redisplay_window_1 (Lisp_Object
);
1017 static int update_menu_bar (struct frame
*, int, int);
1018 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix (struct window
*);
1019 static int try_window_id (struct window
*);
1020 static int display_line (struct it
*);
1021 static int display_mode_lines (struct window
*);
1022 static int display_mode_line (struct window
*, enum face_id
, Lisp_Object
);
1023 static int display_mode_element (struct it
*, int, int, int, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
, int);
1024 static int store_mode_line_string (char *, Lisp_Object
, int, int, int, Lisp_Object
);
1025 static char *decode_mode_spec (struct window
*, int, int, int,
1027 static void display_menu_bar (struct window
*);
1028 static int display_count_lines (int, int, int, int, int *);
1029 static int display_string (unsigned char *, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
,
1030 EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
, struct it
*, int, int, int, int);
1031 static void compute_line_metrics (struct it
*);
1032 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (struct it
*);
1033 static int get_overlay_strings (struct it
*, int);
1034 static int get_overlay_strings_1 (struct it
*, int, int);
1035 static void next_overlay_string (struct it
*);
1036 static void reseat (struct it
*, struct text_pos
, int);
1037 static void reseat_1 (struct it
*, struct text_pos
, int);
1038 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start (struct it
*);
1039 void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (struct it
*);
1040 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (struct it
*, int);
1041 static int next_element_from_ellipsis (struct it
*);
1042 static int next_element_from_display_vector (struct it
*);
1043 static int next_element_from_string (struct it
*);
1044 static int next_element_from_c_string (struct it
*);
1045 static int next_element_from_buffer (struct it
*);
1046 static int next_element_from_composition (struct it
*);
1047 static int next_element_from_image (struct it
*);
1048 static int next_element_from_stretch (struct it
*);
1049 static void load_overlay_strings (struct it
*, int);
1050 static int init_from_display_pos (struct it
*, struct window
*,
1051 struct display_pos
*);
1052 static void reseat_to_string (struct it
*, unsigned char *,
1053 Lisp_Object
, int, int, int, int);
1054 static enum move_it_result
1055 move_it_in_display_line_to (struct it
*, EMACS_INT
, int,
1056 enum move_operation_enum
);
1057 void move_it_vertically_backward (struct it
*, int);
1058 static void init_to_row_start (struct it
*, struct window
*,
1059 struct glyph_row
*);
1060 static int init_to_row_end (struct it
*, struct window
*,
1061 struct glyph_row
*);
1062 static void back_to_previous_line_start (struct it
*);
1063 static int forward_to_next_line_start (struct it
*, int *);
1064 static struct text_pos
string_pos_nchars_ahead (struct text_pos
,
1066 static struct text_pos
string_pos (int, Lisp_Object
);
1067 static struct text_pos
c_string_pos (int, unsigned char *, int);
1068 static int number_of_chars (unsigned char *, int);
1069 static void compute_stop_pos (struct it
*);
1070 static void compute_string_pos (struct text_pos
*, struct text_pos
,
1072 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos (struct it
*, int);
1073 static EMACS_INT
next_overlay_change (EMACS_INT
);
1074 static int handle_single_display_spec (struct it
*, Lisp_Object
,
1075 Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
,
1076 struct text_pos
*, int);
1077 static int underlying_face_id (struct it
*);
1078 static int in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (struct display_pos
*,
1081 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
1082 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
1084 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
1086 static void update_tool_bar (struct frame
*, int);
1087 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string (struct frame
*f
);
1088 static int redisplay_tool_bar (struct frame
*);
1089 static void display_tool_bar_line (struct it
*, int);
1090 static void notice_overwritten_cursor (struct window
*,
1091 enum glyph_row_area
,
1092 int, int, int, int);
1093 static void append_stretch_glyph (struct it
*, Lisp_Object
,
1098 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
1101 /***********************************************************************
1102 Window display dimensions
1103 ***********************************************************************/
1105 /* Return the bottom boundary y-position for text lines in window W.
1106 This is the first y position at which a line cannot start.
1107 It is relative to the top of the window.
1109 This is the height of W minus the height of a mode line, if any. */
1112 window_text_bottom_y (w
)
1115 int height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_HEIGHT (w
);
1117 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
))
1118 height
-= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
1122 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
1123 means return the total width of W, not including fringes to
1124 the left and right of the window. */
1127 window_box_width (w
, area
)
1131 int cols
= XFASTINT (w
->total_cols
);
1134 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1136 cols
-= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
);
1138 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
1140 if (INTEGERP (w
->left_margin_cols
))
1141 cols
-= XFASTINT (w
->left_margin_cols
);
1142 if (INTEGERP (w
->right_margin_cols
))
1143 cols
-= XFASTINT (w
->right_margin_cols
);
1144 pixels
= -WINDOW_TOTAL_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
);
1146 else if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
1148 cols
= (INTEGERP (w
->left_margin_cols
)
1149 ? XFASTINT (w
->left_margin_cols
) : 0);
1152 else if (area
== RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
1154 cols
= (INTEGERP (w
->right_margin_cols
)
1155 ? XFASTINT (w
->right_margin_cols
) : 0);
1160 return cols
* WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w
) + pixels
;
1164 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
1165 including mode lines of W, if any. */
1168 window_box_height (w
)
1171 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
1172 int height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_HEIGHT (w
);
1174 xassert (height
>= 0);
1176 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
1177 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
1178 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
1179 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
1180 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
1182 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
))
1184 struct glyph_row
*ml_row
1185 = (w
->current_matrix
&& w
->current_matrix
->rows
1186 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)
1188 if (ml_row
&& ml_row
->mode_line_p
)
1189 height
-= ml_row
->height
;
1191 height
-= estimate_mode_line_height (f
, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (w
));
1194 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
1196 struct glyph_row
*hl_row
1197 = (w
->current_matrix
&& w
->current_matrix
->rows
1198 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)
1200 if (hl_row
&& hl_row
->mode_line_p
)
1201 height
-= hl_row
->height
;
1203 height
-= estimate_mode_line_height (f
, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID
);
1206 /* With a very small font and a mode-line that's taller than
1207 default, we might end up with a negative height. */
1208 return max (0, height
);
1211 /* Return the window-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
1212 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
1213 whole window, to the right of the left fringe of W. */
1216 window_box_left_offset (w
, area
)
1222 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1225 x
= WINDOW_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
1227 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
1228 x
+= (WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
1229 + window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
));
1230 else if (area
== RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
1231 x
+= (WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
1232 + window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
1233 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
)
1234 + (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
1236 : WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)));
1237 else if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
1238 && WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
))
1239 x
+= WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
);
1245 /* Return the window-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
1246 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
1247 whole window, to the left of the right fringe of W. */
1250 window_box_right_offset (w
, area
)
1254 return window_box_left_offset (w
, area
) + window_box_width (w
, area
);
1257 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
1258 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
1259 whole window, to the right of the left fringe of W. */
1262 window_box_left (w
, area
)
1266 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
1269 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1270 return FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
1272 x
= (WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
)
1273 + window_box_left_offset (w
, area
));
1279 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
1280 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
1281 whole window, to the left of the right fringe of W. */
1284 window_box_right (w
, area
)
1288 return window_box_left (w
, area
) + window_box_width (w
, area
);
1291 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
1292 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
1293 whole window, not including the left and right fringes of
1294 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
1295 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
1296 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
1299 window_box (w
, area
, box_x
, box_y
, box_width
, box_height
)
1302 int *box_x
, *box_y
, *box_width
, *box_height
;
1305 *box_width
= window_box_width (w
, area
);
1307 *box_height
= window_box_height (w
);
1309 *box_x
= window_box_left (w
, area
);
1312 *box_y
= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w
);
1313 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
1314 *box_y
+= CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
1319 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
1320 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including the
1321 left and right fringe of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
1322 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
1323 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
1324 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
1328 window_box_edges (w
, area
, top_left_x
, top_left_y
,
1329 bottom_right_x
, bottom_right_y
)
1332 int *top_left_x
, *top_left_y
, *bottom_right_x
, *bottom_right_y
;
1334 window_box (w
, area
, top_left_x
, top_left_y
, bottom_right_x
,
1336 *bottom_right_x
+= *top_left_x
;
1337 *bottom_right_y
+= *top_left_y
;
1342 /***********************************************************************
1344 ***********************************************************************/
1346 /* Return the bottom y-position of the line the iterator IT is in.
1347 This can modify IT's settings. */
1353 int line_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
1354 int line_top_y
= it
->current_y
;
1356 if (line_height
== 0)
1359 line_height
= last_height
;
1360 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < ZV
)
1362 move_it_by_lines (it
, 1, 1);
1363 line_height
= (it
->max_ascent
|| it
->max_descent
1364 ? it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
1369 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
1371 /* Use the default character height. */
1372 it
->glyph_row
= NULL
;
1373 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
1376 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
1377 line_height
= it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
;
1378 it
->glyph_row
= row
;
1382 return line_top_y
+ line_height
;
1386 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W.
1387 CHARPOS < 0 means return info about WINDOW_END position.
1388 If visible, set *X and *Y to pixel coordinates of top left corner.
1389 Set *RTOP and *RBOT to pixel height of an invisible area of glyph at POS.
1390 Set *ROWH and *VPOS to row's visible height and VPOS (row number). */
1393 pos_visible_p (w
, charpos
, x
, y
, rtop
, rbot
, rowh
, vpos
)
1395 int charpos
, *x
, *y
, *rtop
, *rbot
, *rowh
, *vpos
;
1398 struct text_pos top
;
1400 struct buffer
*old_buffer
= NULL
;
1402 if (FRAME_INITIAL_P (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
))))
1405 if (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
) != current_buffer
)
1407 old_buffer
= current_buffer
;
1408 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
1411 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top
, w
->start
);
1413 /* Compute exact mode line heights. */
1414 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
))
1415 current_mode_line_height
1416 = display_mode_line (w
, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (w
),
1417 current_buffer
->mode_line_format
);
1419 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
1420 current_header_line_height
1421 = display_mode_line (w
, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID
,
1422 current_buffer
->header_line_format
);
1424 start_display (&it
, w
, top
);
1425 move_it_to (&it
, charpos
, -1, it
.last_visible_y
-1, -1,
1426 (charpos
>= 0 ? MOVE_TO_POS
: 0) | MOVE_TO_Y
);
1428 if (charpos
>= 0 && IT_CHARPOS (it
) >= charpos
)
1430 /* We have reached CHARPOS, or passed it. How the call to
1431 move_it_to can overshoot: (i) If CHARPOS is on invisible
1432 text, move_it_to stops at the end of the invisible text,
1433 after CHARPOS. (ii) If CHARPOS is in a display vector,
1434 move_it_to stops on its last glyph. */
1435 int top_x
= it
.current_x
;
1436 int top_y
= it
.current_y
;
1437 enum it_method it_method
= it
.method
;
1438 /* Calling line_bottom_y may change it.method, it.position, etc. */
1439 int bottom_y
= (last_height
= 0, line_bottom_y (&it
));
1440 int window_top_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
1442 if (top_y
< window_top_y
)
1443 visible_p
= bottom_y
> window_top_y
;
1444 else if (top_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
1448 if (it_method
== GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
)
1450 /* We stopped on the last glyph of a display vector.
1451 Try and recompute. Hack alert! */
1452 if (charpos
< 2 || top
.charpos
>= charpos
)
1453 top_x
= it
.glyph_row
->x
;
1457 start_display (&it2
, w
, top
);
1458 move_it_to (&it2
, charpos
- 1, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
1459 get_next_display_element (&it2
);
1460 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it2
);
1461 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it2
)
1462 || it2
.current_x
> it2
.last_visible_x
)
1463 top_x
= it
.glyph_row
->x
;
1466 top_x
= it2
.current_x
;
1467 top_y
= it2
.current_y
;
1473 *y
= max (top_y
+ max (0, it
.max_ascent
- it
.ascent
), window_top_y
);
1474 *rtop
= max (0, window_top_y
- top_y
);
1475 *rbot
= max (0, bottom_y
- it
.last_visible_y
);
1476 *rowh
= max (0, (min (bottom_y
, it
.last_visible_y
)
1477 - max (top_y
, window_top_y
)));
1486 if (IT_CHARPOS (it
) < ZV
&& FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it
)) != '\n')
1487 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 0);
1488 if (charpos
< IT_CHARPOS (it
)
1489 || (it
.what
== IT_EOB
&& charpos
== IT_CHARPOS (it
)))
1492 move_it_to (&it2
, charpos
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
1494 *y
= it2
.current_y
+ it2
.max_ascent
- it2
.ascent
;
1495 *rtop
= max (0, -it2
.current_y
);
1496 *rbot
= max (0, ((it2
.current_y
+ it2
.max_ascent
+ it2
.max_descent
)
1497 - it
.last_visible_y
));
1498 *rowh
= max (0, (min (it2
.current_y
+ it2
.max_ascent
+ it2
.max_descent
,
1500 - max (it2
.current_y
,
1501 WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
))));
1507 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer
);
1509 current_header_line_height
= current_mode_line_height
= -1;
1511 if (visible_p
&& XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
) > 0)
1512 *x
-= XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
) * WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w
);
1515 /* Debugging code. */
1517 fprintf (stderr
, "+pv pt=%d vs=%d --> x=%d y=%d rt=%d rb=%d rh=%d vp=%d\n",
1518 charpos
, w
->vscroll
, *x
, *y
, *rtop
, *rbot
, *rowh
, *vpos
);
1520 fprintf (stderr
, "-pv pt=%d vs=%d\n", charpos
, w
->vscroll
);
1527 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
1528 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
1529 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
1530 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
1534 string_char_and_length (str
, len
)
1535 const unsigned char *str
;
1540 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str
, *len
);
1541 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c
, 1))
1542 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1543 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1552 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1553 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1555 static struct text_pos
1556 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos
, string
, nchars
)
1557 struct text_pos pos
;
1561 xassert (STRINGP (string
) && nchars
>= 0);
1563 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
))
1565 int rest
= SBYTES (string
) - BYTEPOS (pos
);
1566 const unsigned char *p
= SDATA (string
) + BYTEPOS (pos
);
1571 string_char_and_length (p
, &len
);
1572 p
+= len
, rest
-= len
;
1573 xassert (rest
>= 0);
1575 BYTEPOS (pos
) += len
;
1579 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, CHARPOS (pos
) + nchars
, BYTEPOS (pos
) + nchars
);
1585 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1586 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1588 static INLINE
struct text_pos
1589 string_pos (charpos
, string
)
1593 struct text_pos pos
;
1594 xassert (STRINGP (string
));
1595 xassert (charpos
>= 0);
1596 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, charpos
, string_char_to_byte (string
, charpos
));
1601 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1602 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1603 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1605 static struct text_pos
1606 c_string_pos (charpos
, s
, multibyte_p
)
1611 struct text_pos pos
;
1613 xassert (s
!= NULL
);
1614 xassert (charpos
>= 0);
1618 int rest
= strlen (s
), len
;
1620 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, 0, 0);
1623 string_char_and_length (s
, &len
);
1624 s
+= len
, rest
-= len
;
1625 xassert (rest
>= 0);
1627 BYTEPOS (pos
) += len
;
1631 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, charpos
, charpos
);
1637 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1638 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1641 number_of_chars (s
, multibyte_p
)
1649 int rest
= strlen (s
), len
;
1650 unsigned char *p
= (unsigned char *) s
;
1652 for (nchars
= 0; rest
> 0; ++nchars
)
1654 string_char_and_length (p
, &len
);
1655 rest
-= len
, p
+= len
;
1659 nchars
= strlen (s
);
1665 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1666 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1667 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1670 compute_string_pos (newpos
, pos
, string
)
1671 struct text_pos
*newpos
, pos
;
1674 xassert (STRINGP (string
));
1675 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos
) >= CHARPOS (pos
));
1677 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
))
1678 *newpos
= string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos
, string
,
1679 CHARPOS (*newpos
) - CHARPOS (pos
));
1681 BYTEPOS (*newpos
) = CHARPOS (*newpos
);
1685 Return an estimation of the pixel height of mode or header lines on
1686 frame F. FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
1689 estimate_mode_line_height (f
, face_id
)
1691 enum face_id face_id
;
1693 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
1694 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
1696 int height
= FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
1698 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
1699 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
1700 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
1702 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
1706 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (face
->font
);
1707 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
1708 height
+= 2 * face
->box_line_width
;
1719 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
1720 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
1721 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
1722 not force the value into range. */
1725 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
, x
, y
, bounds
, noclip
)
1727 register int pix_x
, pix_y
;
1729 NativeRectangle
*bounds
;
1733 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
1734 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
1736 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to round down
1737 even for negative values. */
1739 pix_x
-= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) - 1;
1741 pix_y
-= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) - 1;
1743 pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL (f
, pix_x
);
1744 pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_Y_TO_LINE (f
, pix_y
);
1747 STORE_NATIVE_RECT (*bounds
,
1748 FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, pix_x
),
1749 FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, pix_y
),
1750 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) - 1,
1751 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) - 1);
1757 else if (pix_x
> FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
))
1758 pix_x
= FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
);
1762 else if (pix_y
> FRAME_LINES (f
))
1763 pix_y
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
1773 /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
1774 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
1775 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
1779 glyph_to_pixel_coords (w
, hpos
, vpos
, frame_x
, frame_y
)
1782 int *frame_x
, *frame_y
;
1784 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
1785 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
))))
1789 xassert (hpos
>= 0 && hpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
);
1790 xassert (vpos
>= 0 && vpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_h
);
1792 if (display_completed
)
1794 struct glyph_row
*row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
1795 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
1796 struct glyph
*end
= glyph
+ min (hpos
, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]);
1802 hpos
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1806 /* If first glyph is partially visible, its first visible position is still 0. */
1818 *frame_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, hpos
);
1819 *frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, vpos
);
1830 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
1832 /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
1833 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
1834 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
1835 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
1836 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
1837 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
1842 x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, dx
, dy
, area
)
1845 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *dx
, *dy
, *area
;
1847 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
1848 struct glyph_row
*row
= NULL
;
1851 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
1852 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
1854 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, i
);
1855 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
1857 if (y
>= row
->y
&& y
< MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
))
1864 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
1865 if (i
== w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
1868 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
1869 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1876 if (x
< window_box_left_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
))
1878 *area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
;
1879 x0
= window_box_left_offset (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
1881 else if (x
< window_box_right_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
))
1884 x0
= window_box_left_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
) + min (row
->x
, 0);
1888 *area
= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
;
1889 x0
= window_box_left_offset (w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
);
1893 /* Find glyph containing X. */
1894 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[*area
];
1895 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[*area
];
1897 while (glyph
< end
&& x
>= glyph
->pixel_width
)
1899 x
-= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1909 *dy
= y
- (row
->y
+ row
->ascent
- glyph
->ascent
);
1912 *hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[*area
];
1918 Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
1919 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
1922 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, x
, y
)
1926 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1928 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
1929 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
1930 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
1931 *x
-= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
1932 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
1936 *x
-= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
);
1937 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
1942 Return in RECTS[] at most N clipping rectangles for glyph string S.
1943 Return the number of stored rectangles. */
1946 get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, rects
, n
)
1947 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1948 NativeRectangle
*rects
;
1956 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
)
1958 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left_col. */
1959 r
.x
= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (s
->w
);
1960 r
.width
= WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (s
->w
);
1962 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
1963 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
1964 if (s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1965 r
.height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
1967 r
.height
= s
->height
;
1971 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
1972 r
.x
= window_box_left (s
->w
, s
->area
);
1973 r
.width
= window_box_width (s
->w
, s
->area
);
1974 r
.height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
1978 if (r
.x
< s
->clip_head
->x
)
1980 if (r
.width
>= s
->clip_head
->x
- r
.x
)
1981 r
.width
-= s
->clip_head
->x
- r
.x
;
1984 r
.x
= s
->clip_head
->x
;
1987 if (r
.x
+ r
.width
> s
->clip_tail
->x
+ s
->clip_tail
->background_width
)
1989 if (s
->clip_tail
->x
+ s
->clip_tail
->background_width
>= r
.x
)
1990 r
.width
= s
->clip_tail
->x
+ s
->clip_tail
->background_width
- r
.x
;
1995 /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and
1996 bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string
1997 intentionally draws over other lines. */
1998 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2000 r
.y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
2001 r
.height
= window_text_bottom_y (s
->w
) - r
.y
;
2003 /* Alas, the above simple strategy does not work for the
2004 environments with anti-aliased text: if the same text is
2005 drawn onto the same place multiple times, it gets thicker.
2006 If the overlap we are processing is for the erased cursor, we
2007 take the intersection with the rectagle of the cursor. */
2008 if (s
->for_overlaps
& OVERLAPS_ERASED_CURSOR
)
2010 XRectangle rc
, r_save
= r
;
2012 rc
.x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s
->w
, s
->w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
2013 rc
.y
= s
->w
->phys_cursor
.y
;
2014 rc
.width
= s
->w
->phys_cursor_width
;
2015 rc
.height
= s
->w
->phys_cursor_height
;
2017 x_intersect_rectangles (&r_save
, &rc
, &r
);
2022 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
2023 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
2024 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
2025 if (!s
->row
->full_width_p
2026 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s
->w
, s
->row
))
2027 r
.y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
2029 r
.y
= max (0, s
->row
->y
);
2032 r
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s
->w
, r
.y
);
2034 /* If drawing the cursor, don't let glyph draw outside its
2035 advertised boundaries. Cleartype does this under some circumstances. */
2036 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2038 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
2043 r
.width
-= s
->x
- r
.x
;
2046 r
.width
= min (r
.width
, glyph
->pixel_width
);
2048 /* If r.y is below window bottom, ensure that we still see a cursor. */
2049 height
= min (glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
,
2050 min (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->f
), s
->row
->visible_height
));
2051 max_y
= window_text_bottom_y (s
->w
) - height
;
2052 max_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s
->w
, max_y
);
2053 if (s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
> max_y
)
2060 /* Don't draw cursor glyph taller than our actual glyph. */
2061 height
= max (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->f
), glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
);
2062 if (height
< r
.height
)
2064 max_y
= r
.y
+ r
.height
;
2065 r
.y
= min (max_y
, max (r
.y
, s
->ybase
+ glyph
->descent
- height
));
2066 r
.height
= min (max_y
- r
.y
, height
);
2073 XRectangle r_save
= r
;
2075 if (! x_intersect_rectangles (&r_save
, s
->row
->clip
, &r
))
2079 if ((s
->for_overlaps
& OVERLAPS_BOTH
) == 0
2080 || ((s
->for_overlaps
& OVERLAPS_BOTH
) == OVERLAPS_BOTH
&& n
== 1))
2082 #ifdef CONVERT_FROM_XRECT
2083 CONVERT_FROM_XRECT (r
, *rects
);
2091 /* If we are processing overlapping and allowed to return
2092 multiple clipping rectangles, we exclude the row of the glyph
2093 string from the clipping rectangle. This is to avoid drawing
2094 the same text on the environment with anti-aliasing. */
2095 #ifdef CONVERT_FROM_XRECT
2098 XRectangle
*rs
= rects
;
2100 int i
= 0, row_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s
->w
, s
->row
->y
);
2102 if (s
->for_overlaps
& OVERLAPS_PRED
)
2105 if (r
.y
+ r
.height
> row_y
)
2108 rs
[i
].height
= row_y
- r
.y
;
2114 if (s
->for_overlaps
& OVERLAPS_SUCC
)
2117 if (r
.y
< row_y
+ s
->row
->visible_height
)
2119 if (r
.y
+ r
.height
> row_y
+ s
->row
->visible_height
)
2121 rs
[i
].y
= row_y
+ s
->row
->visible_height
;
2122 rs
[i
].height
= r
.y
+ r
.height
- rs
[i
].y
;
2131 #ifdef CONVERT_FROM_XRECT
2132 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
++)
2133 CONVERT_FROM_XRECT (rs
[i
], rects
[i
]);
2140 Return in *NR the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
2143 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, nr
)
2144 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2145 NativeRectangle
*nr
;
2147 get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, nr
, 1);
2152 Return the position and height of the phys cursor in window W.
2153 Set w->phys_cursor_width to width of phys cursor.
2157 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, glyph
, xp
, yp
, heightp
)
2159 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2160 struct glyph
*glyph
;
2161 int *xp
, *yp
, *heightp
;
2163 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
2164 int x
, y
, wd
, h
, h0
, y0
;
2166 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
2167 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
2168 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
2170 wd
= glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
2171 #if defined(HAVE_NTGUI) || defined(HAVE_NS)
2175 x
= w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
2182 if (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
2183 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2184 wd
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
), wd
);
2185 w
->phys_cursor_width
= wd
;
2187 y
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
+ row
->ascent
- glyph
->ascent
;
2189 /* If y is below window bottom, ensure that we still see a cursor. */
2190 h0
= min (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), row
->visible_height
);
2192 h
= max (h0
, glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
);
2193 h0
= min (h0
, glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
);
2195 y0
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
2198 h
= max (h
- (y0
- y
) + 1, h0
);
2203 y0
= window_text_bottom_y (w
) - h0
;
2211 *xp
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, x
);
2212 *yp
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, y
);
2217 * Remember which glyph the mouse is over.
2221 remember_mouse_glyph (f
, gx
, gy
, rect
)
2224 NativeRectangle
*rect
;
2228 struct glyph_row
*r
, *gr
, *end_row
;
2229 enum window_part part
;
2230 enum glyph_row_area area
;
2231 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
2233 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
2234 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F. */
2236 if (!f
->glyphs_initialized_p
2237 || (window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, gx
, gy
, &part
, &x
, &y
, 0),
2240 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f
);
2241 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f
);
2245 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
2246 width
= WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w
);
2247 height
= WINDOW_FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
2249 r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
2250 end_row
= MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
);
2252 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2255 part
= ON_MODE_LINE
; /* Don't adjust margin. */
2261 case ON_LEFT_MARGIN
:
2262 area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
;
2265 case ON_RIGHT_MARGIN
:
2266 area
= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
;
2269 case ON_HEADER_LINE
:
2271 gr
= (part
== ON_HEADER_LINE
2272 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)
2273 : MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
));
2276 goto text_glyph_row_found
;
2283 for (; r
<= end_row
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
2284 if (r
->y
+ r
->height
> y
)
2290 text_glyph_row_found
:
2293 struct glyph
*g
= gr
->glyphs
[area
];
2294 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ gr
->used
[area
];
2296 height
= gr
->height
;
2297 for (gx
= gr
->x
; g
< end
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
2298 if (gx
+ g
->pixel_width
> x
)
2303 if (g
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2305 /* Don't remember when mouse is over image, as
2306 image may have hot-spots. */
2307 STORE_NATIVE_RECT (*rect
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
2310 width
= g
->pixel_width
;
2314 /* Use nominal char spacing at end of line. */
2316 gx
+= (x
/ width
) * width
;
2319 if (part
!= ON_MODE_LINE
&& part
!= ON_HEADER_LINE
)
2320 gx
+= window_box_left_offset (w
, area
);
2324 /* Use nominal line height at end of window. */
2325 gx
= (x
/ width
) * width
;
2327 gy
+= (y
/ height
) * height
;
2331 case ON_LEFT_FRINGE
:
2332 gx
= (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
2333 ? WINDOW_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
)
2334 : window_box_right_offset (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
));
2335 width
= WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
);
2338 case ON_RIGHT_FRINGE
:
2339 gx
= (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
2340 ? window_box_right_offset (w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
2341 : window_box_right_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
2342 width
= WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
);
2346 gx
= (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
)
2348 : (window_box_right_offset (w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
2349 + (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
2350 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
2352 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
2356 for (; r
<= end_row
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
2357 if (r
->y
+ r
->height
> y
)
2364 height
= gr
->height
;
2367 /* Use nominal line height at end of window. */
2369 gy
+= (y
/ height
) * height
;
2376 /* If there is no glyph under the mouse, then we divide the screen
2377 into a grid of the smallest glyph in the frame, and use that
2380 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
2381 round down even for negative values. */
2387 gx
= (gx
/ width
) * width
;
2388 gy
= (gy
/ height
) * height
;
2393 gx
+= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
);
2394 gy
+= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w
);
2397 STORE_NATIVE_RECT (*rect
, gx
, gy
, width
, height
);
2399 /* Visible feedback for debugging. */
2402 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2403 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2404 gx
, gy
, width
, height
);
2410 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2413 /***********************************************************************
2414 Lisp form evaluation
2415 ***********************************************************************/
2417 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
2420 safe_eval_handler (arg
)
2423 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %s", arg
, Qnil
);
2428 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
2429 wrong. Prevent redisplay during the evaluation. */
2431 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
2432 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. Prevent
2433 redisplay during the evaluation. */
2436 safe_call (nargs
, args
)
2442 if (inhibit_eval_during_redisplay
)
2446 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
2447 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
2450 gcpro1
.nvars
= nargs
;
2451 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
2452 /* Use Qt to ensure debugger does not run,
2453 so there is no possibility of wanting to redisplay. */
2454 val
= internal_condition_case_n (Ffuncall
, nargs
, args
, Qt
,
2457 val
= unbind_to (count
, val
);
2464 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
2465 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
2468 safe_call1 (fn
, arg
)
2469 Lisp_Object fn
, arg
;
2471 Lisp_Object args
[2];
2474 return safe_call (2, args
);
2477 static Lisp_Object Qeval
;
2480 safe_eval (Lisp_Object sexpr
)
2482 return safe_call1 (Qeval
, sexpr
);
2485 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
2486 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
2489 safe_call2 (Lisp_Object fn
, Lisp_Object arg1
, Lisp_Object arg2
)
2491 Lisp_Object args
[3];
2495 return safe_call (3, args
);
2500 /***********************************************************************
2502 ***********************************************************************/
2506 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
2507 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
2513 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_STRING
)
2515 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
2516 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= 0);
2520 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) < 0);
2521 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
)
2523 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
2524 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
)));
2529 xassert (it
->current
.dpvec_index
>= 0);
2531 xassert (it
->current
.dpvec_index
< 0);
2534 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
2538 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
2545 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
2546 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
2549 check_window_end (w
)
2552 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
2553 && !NILP (w
->window_end_valid
))
2555 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2556 xassert ((row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
,
2557 XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
)),
2559 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
)
2560 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
) == 0));
2564 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
2566 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
2568 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
2570 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
2574 /***********************************************************************
2575 Iterator initialization
2576 ***********************************************************************/
2578 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
2579 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
2580 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
2581 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
2582 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS < 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
2584 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
2585 will produce glyphs in that row.
2587 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
2588 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
2589 MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID, or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying
2590 mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for displaying the tool-bar.
2592 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
2593 MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID, or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator
2594 will be initialized to use the corresponding mode line glyph row of
2595 the desired matrix of W. */
2598 init_iterator (it
, w
, charpos
, bytepos
, row
, base_face_id
)
2601 EMACS_INT charpos
, bytepos
;
2602 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2603 enum face_id base_face_id
;
2605 int highlight_region_p
;
2606 enum face_id remapped_base_face_id
= base_face_id
;
2608 /* Some precondition checks. */
2609 xassert (w
!= NULL
&& it
!= NULL
);
2610 xassert (charpos
< 0 || (charpos
>= BUF_BEG (current_buffer
)
2613 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
2614 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
2615 that might have changed. Don't free faces while there might be
2616 desired matrices pending which reference these faces. */
2617 if (face_change_count
&& !inhibit_free_realized_faces
)
2619 face_change_count
= 0;
2620 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil
);
2623 /* Perhaps remap BASE_FACE_ID to a user-specified alternative. */
2624 if (! NILP (Vface_remapping_alist
))
2625 remapped_base_face_id
= lookup_basic_face (XFRAME (w
->frame
), base_face_id
);
2627 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
2631 if (base_face_id
== MODE_LINE_FACE_ID
2632 || base_face_id
== MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID
)
2633 row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
);
2634 else if (base_face_id
== HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID
)
2635 row
= MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
);
2639 bzero (it
, sizeof *it
);
2640 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
2641 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
2642 it
->base_face_id
= remapped_base_face_id
;
2644 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = -1;
2646 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
2647 XSETWINDOW (it
->window
, w
);
2649 it
->f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
2653 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
2654 if (base_face_id
== DEFAULT_FACE_ID
2655 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
2657 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer
->extra_line_spacing
))
2658 it
->extra_line_spacing
= XFASTINT (current_buffer
->extra_line_spacing
);
2659 else if (FLOATP (current_buffer
->extra_line_spacing
))
2660 it
->extra_line_spacing
= (XFLOAT_DATA (current_buffer
->extra_line_spacing
)
2661 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
));
2662 else if (it
->f
->extra_line_spacing
> 0)
2663 it
->extra_line_spacing
= it
->f
->extra_line_spacing
;
2664 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
= 0;
2667 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
2668 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
2669 in batch mode, the face cache of the initial frame is null. If
2670 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
2671 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it
->f
) == NULL
)
2672 init_frame_faces (it
->f
);
2673 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it
->f
)->used
== 0)
2674 recompute_basic_faces (it
->f
);
2676 /* Current value of the `slice', `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
2677 it
->slice
.x
= it
->slice
.y
= it
->slice
.width
= it
->slice
.height
= Qnil
;
2678 it
->space_width
= Qnil
;
2679 it
->font_height
= Qnil
;
2680 it
->override_ascent
= -1;
2682 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
2683 it
->ctl_arrow_p
= !NILP (current_buffer
->ctl_arrow
);
2685 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
2686 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
2688 it
->selective
= (INTEGERP (current_buffer
->selective_display
)
2689 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer
->selective_display
)
2690 : (!NILP (current_buffer
->selective_display
)
2692 it
->selective_display_ellipsis_p
2693 = !NILP (current_buffer
->selective_display_ellipses
);
2695 /* Display table to use. */
2696 it
->dp
= window_display_table (w
);
2698 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
2699 it
->multibyte_p
= !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
);
2701 /* Do we need to reorder bidirectional text? Not if this is a
2702 unibyte buffer: by definition, none of the single-byte characters
2703 are strong R2L, so no reordering is needed. And bidi.c doesn't
2704 support unibyte buffers anyway. */
2706 = !NILP (current_buffer
->bidi_display_reordering
) && it
->multibyte_p
;
2708 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
2710 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
2711 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
)
2712 && XMARKER (current_buffer
->mark
)->buffer
!= 0);
2714 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
2715 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
2716 -1 to indicate no region. */
2717 if (highlight_region_p
2718 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
2719 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
2720 highlight_nonselected_windows
2721 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
2722 || w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
)
2723 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
2724 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
2725 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window
))
2726 && WINDOWP (minibuf_selected_window
)
2727 && w
== XWINDOW (minibuf_selected_window
))))
2729 int charpos
= marker_position (current_buffer
->mark
);
2730 it
->region_beg_charpos
= min (PT
, charpos
);
2731 it
->region_end_charpos
= max (PT
, charpos
);
2734 it
->region_beg_charpos
= it
->region_end_charpos
= -1;
2736 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
2737 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
2738 if (MARKERP (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
)
2739 && XMARKER (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
)->buffer
!= 0)
2740 it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
2741 = marker_position (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
);
2742 else if (INTEGERP (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
))
2743 it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
= XINT (w
->redisplay_end_trigger
);
2745 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
2746 it
->tab_width
= XINT (current_buffer
->tab_width
);
2747 if (it
->tab_width
<= 0 || it
->tab_width
> 1000)
2750 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
2751 if (base_face_id
!= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
2752 || XINT (it
->w
->hscroll
)
2753 || (! WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it
->w
)
2754 && ((!NILP (Vtruncate_partial_width_windows
)
2755 && !INTEGERP (Vtruncate_partial_width_windows
))
2756 || (INTEGERP (Vtruncate_partial_width_windows
)
2757 && (WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (it
->w
)
2758 < XINT (Vtruncate_partial_width_windows
))))))
2759 it
->line_wrap
= TRUNCATE
;
2760 else if (NILP (current_buffer
->truncate_lines
))
2761 it
->line_wrap
= NILP (current_buffer
->word_wrap
)
2762 ? WINDOW_WRAP
: WORD_WRAP
;
2764 it
->line_wrap
= TRUNCATE
;
2766 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
2767 displayed as fringe bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
2769 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
2771 if (it
->line_wrap
== TRUNCATE
)
2773 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
2774 xassert (it
->glyph_row
== NULL
);
2775 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
2776 it
->truncation_pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
2780 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
2781 xassert (it
->glyph_row
== NULL
);
2782 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_CONTINUATION
);
2783 it
->continuation_pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
2786 /* Reset these values to zero because the produce_special_glyphs
2787 above has changed them. */
2788 it
->pixel_width
= it
->ascent
= it
->descent
= 0;
2789 it
->phys_ascent
= it
->phys_descent
= 0;
2792 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
2793 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
2794 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
2795 it
->glyph_row
= row
;
2796 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
2798 /* Forget any previous info about this row being reversed. */
2800 it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
= 0;
2802 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
2803 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
2804 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
2805 start of this total display area. */
2806 if (base_face_id
!= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
)
2808 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
2809 it
->first_visible_x
= 0;
2810 it
->last_visible_x
= WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w
);
2815 = XFASTINT (it
->w
->hscroll
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
->f
);
2816 it
->last_visible_x
= (it
->first_visible_x
2817 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
2819 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
2820 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
2821 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
2822 for window-based redisplay. */
2823 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
2825 if (it
->line_wrap
== TRUNCATE
)
2826 it
->last_visible_x
-= it
->truncation_pixel_width
;
2828 it
->last_visible_x
-= it
->continuation_pixel_width
;
2831 it
->header_line_p
= WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
);
2832 it
->current_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
) + w
->vscroll
;
2835 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
2836 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
2837 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it
->w
))
2838 it
->last_visible_x
-= 1;
2840 it
->last_visible_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
2842 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
2843 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
2844 if (base_face_id
!= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
)
2848 it
->face_id
= remapped_base_face_id
;
2850 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
2851 with a left box line. */
2852 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, remapped_base_face_id
);
2853 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2854 it
->start_of_box_run_p
= 1;
2857 /* If we are to reorder bidirectional text, init the bidi
2861 /* Note the paragraph direction that this buffer wants to
2863 if (EQ (current_buffer
->bidi_paragraph_direction
, Qleft_to_right
))
2864 it
->paragraph_embedding
= L2R
;
2865 else if (EQ (current_buffer
->bidi_paragraph_direction
, Qright_to_left
))
2866 it
->paragraph_embedding
= R2L
;
2868 it
->paragraph_embedding
= NEUTRAL_DIR
;
2869 bidi_init_it (charpos
, bytepos
, &it
->bidi_it
);
2872 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
2873 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
2874 if (charpos
>= BUF_BEG (current_buffer
))
2876 it
->end_charpos
= ZV
;
2878 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = charpos
;
2880 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
2881 if (bytepos
< charpos
)
2882 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos
);
2884 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = bytepos
;
2886 it
->start
= it
->current
;
2888 /* Compute faces etc. */
2889 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
2896 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
2899 start_display (it
, w
, pos
)
2902 struct text_pos pos
;
2904 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2905 int first_vpos
= WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0;
2907 row
= w
->desired_matrix
->rows
+ first_vpos
;
2908 init_iterator (it
, w
, CHARPOS (pos
), BYTEPOS (pos
), row
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
2909 it
->first_vpos
= first_vpos
;
2911 /* Don't reseat to previous visible line start if current start
2912 position is in a string or image. */
2913 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
&& it
->line_wrap
!= TRUNCATE
)
2915 int start_at_line_beg_p
;
2916 int first_y
= it
->current_y
;
2918 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
2919 get the correct continuation lines width. */
2920 start_at_line_beg_p
= (CHARPOS (pos
) == BEGV
2921 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos
) - 1) == '\n');
2922 if (!start_at_line_beg_p
)
2926 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
2927 move_it_to (it
, CHARPOS (pos
), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
2929 new_x
= it
->current_x
+ it
->pixel_width
;
2931 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle
2932 of a multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character
2933 displayed as \003, or in the middle of an overlay
2934 string). In this case move_it_to above will not have
2935 taken us to the start of the continuation line but to the
2936 end of the continued line. */
2937 if (it
->current_x
> 0
2938 && it
->line_wrap
!= TRUNCATE
/* Lines are continued. */
2939 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
2940 new_x
> it
->last_visible_x
2941 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
2943 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
2944 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))))
2946 if (it
->current
.dpvec_index
>= 0
2947 || it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
2949 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
2950 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, -1, -1, 0);
2953 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= it
->current_x
;
2956 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
2957 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
2958 fields in the iterator structure. */
2959 it
->max_ascent
= it
->max_descent
= 0;
2960 it
->max_phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_descent
= 0;
2962 it
->current_y
= first_y
;
2964 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
2970 /* Return 1 if POS is a position in ellipses displayed for invisible
2971 text. W is the window we display, for text property lookup. */
2974 in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (pos
, w
)
2975 struct display_pos
*pos
;
2978 Lisp_Object prop
, window
;
2980 int charpos
= CHARPOS (pos
->pos
);
2982 /* If POS specifies a position in a display vector, this might
2983 be for an ellipsis displayed for invisible text. We won't
2984 get the iterator set up for delivering that ellipsis unless
2985 we make sure that it gets aware of the invisible text. */
2986 if (pos
->dpvec_index
>= 0
2987 && pos
->overlay_string_index
< 0
2988 && CHARPOS (pos
->string_pos
) < 0
2990 && (XSETWINDOW (window
, w
),
2991 prop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos
),
2992 Qinvisible
, window
),
2993 !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
)))
2995 prop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos
- 1), Qinvisible
,
2997 ellipses_p
= 2 == TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
);
3004 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
3005 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
3006 vector/ control character translation position information. Value
3007 is zero if there are overlay strings with newlines at POS. */
3010 init_from_display_pos (it
, w
, pos
)
3013 struct display_pos
*pos
;
3015 EMACS_INT charpos
= CHARPOS (pos
->pos
), bytepos
= BYTEPOS (pos
->pos
);
3016 int i
, overlay_strings_with_newlines
= 0;
3018 /* If POS specifies a position in a display vector, this might
3019 be for an ellipsis displayed for invisible text. We won't
3020 get the iterator set up for delivering that ellipsis unless
3021 we make sure that it gets aware of the invisible text. */
3022 if (in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (pos
, w
))
3028 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
3029 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
3030 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
3031 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
3032 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
3033 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
3034 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
3035 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
3037 init_iterator (it
, w
, charpos
, bytepos
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
3039 /* This only scans the current chunk -- it should scan all chunks.
3040 However, OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE has been increased from 3 in 21.1
3041 to 16 in 22.1 to make this a lesser problem. */
3042 for (i
= 0; i
< it
->n_overlay_strings
&& i
< OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
; ++i
)
3044 const char *s
= SDATA (it
->overlay_strings
[i
]);
3045 const char *e
= s
+ SBYTES (it
->overlay_strings
[i
]);
3047 while (s
< e
&& *s
!= '\n')
3052 overlay_strings_with_newlines
= 1;
3057 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to the right
3059 if (pos
->overlay_string_index
>= 0)
3063 /* If the first overlay string happens to have a `display'
3064 property for an image, the iterator will be set up for that
3065 image, and we have to undo that setup first before we can
3066 correct the overlay string index. */
3067 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_IMAGE
)
3070 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
3071 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
3072 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
3073 if (pos
->overlay_string_index
>= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
)
3075 int n
= pos
->overlay_string_index
/ OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
;
3076 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= 0;
3079 load_overlay_strings (it
, 0);
3080 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
+= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
;
3084 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= pos
->overlay_string_index
;
3085 relative_index
= (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
3086 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
);
3087 it
->string
= it
->overlay_strings
[relative_index
];
3088 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
3089 it
->current
.string_pos
= pos
->string_pos
;
3090 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
3093 if (CHARPOS (pos
->string_pos
) >= 0)
3095 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
3096 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
3097 IT should already be filled with that string. */
3098 it
->current
.string_pos
= pos
->string_pos
;
3099 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
3102 /* Restore position in display vector translations, control
3103 character translations or ellipses. */
3104 if (pos
->dpvec_index
>= 0)
3106 if (it
->dpvec
== NULL
)
3107 get_next_display_element (it
);
3108 xassert (it
->dpvec
&& it
->current
.dpvec_index
== 0);
3109 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= pos
->dpvec_index
;
3113 return !overlay_strings_with_newlines
;
3117 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
3118 starting at ROW->start. */
3121 init_to_row_start (it
, w
, row
)
3124 struct glyph_row
*row
;
3126 init_from_display_pos (it
, w
, &row
->start
);
3127 it
->start
= row
->start
;
3128 it
->continuation_lines_width
= row
->continuation_lines_width
;
3133 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
3134 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end.
3135 Value is zero if there are overlay strings with newlines at ROW's
3139 init_to_row_end (it
, w
, row
)
3142 struct glyph_row
*row
;
3146 if (init_from_display_pos (it
, w
, &row
->end
))
3148 if (row
->continued_p
)
3149 it
->continuation_lines_width
3150 = row
->continuation_lines_width
+ row
->pixel_width
;
3161 /***********************************************************************
3163 ***********************************************************************/
3165 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
3166 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
3173 enum prop_handled handled
;
3174 int handle_overlay_change_p
;
3178 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
3179 handle_overlay_change_p
= !it
->ignore_overlay_strings_at_pos_p
;
3180 it
->ignore_overlay_strings_at_pos_p
= 0;
3183 /* Use face of preceding text for ellipsis (if invisible) */
3184 if (it
->selective_display_ellipsis_p
)
3185 it
->saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
3189 handled
= HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
3191 /* Call text property handlers. */
3192 for (p
= it_props
; p
->handler
; ++p
)
3194 handled
= p
->handler (it
);
3196 if (handled
== HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
)
3198 else if (handled
== HANDLED_RETURN
)
3200 /* We still want to show before and after strings from
3201 overlays even if the actual buffer text is replaced. */
3202 if (!handle_overlay_change_p
3204 || !get_overlay_strings_1 (it
, 0, 0))
3207 setup_for_ellipsis (it
, 0);
3208 /* When handling a display spec, we might load an
3209 empty string. In that case, discard it here. We
3210 used to discard it in handle_single_display_spec,
3211 but that causes get_overlay_strings_1, above, to
3212 ignore overlay strings that we must check. */
3213 if (STRINGP (it
->string
) && !SCHARS (it
->string
))
3217 else if (STRINGP (it
->string
) && !SCHARS (it
->string
))
3221 it
->ignore_overlay_strings_at_pos_p
= 1;
3222 it
->string_from_display_prop_p
= 0;
3223 handle_overlay_change_p
= 0;
3225 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
3228 else if (handled
== HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED
)
3229 handle_overlay_change_p
= 0;
3232 if (handled
!= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
)
3234 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
3235 characters from a display vector. */
3236 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
)
3237 handle_overlay_change_p
= 0;
3239 /* Handle overlay changes.
3240 This sets HANDLED to HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
3241 if it finds overlays. */
3242 if (handle_overlay_change_p
)
3243 handled
= handle_overlay_change (it
);
3248 setup_for_ellipsis (it
, 0);
3252 while (handled
== HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
);
3254 /* Determine where to stop next. */
3255 if (handled
== HANDLED_NORMALLY
)
3256 compute_stop_pos (it
);
3260 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
3261 information for IT's current position. */
3264 compute_stop_pos (it
)
3267 register INTERVAL iv
, next_iv
;
3268 Lisp_Object object
, limit
, position
;
3269 EMACS_INT charpos
, bytepos
;
3271 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
3272 it
->stop_charpos
= it
->end_charpos
;
3274 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
3276 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
3278 object
= it
->string
;
3280 charpos
= IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
);
3281 bytepos
= IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
);
3287 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
3288 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
3289 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
3291 charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
3292 bytepos
= IT_BYTEPOS (*it
);
3293 pos
= next_overlay_change (charpos
);
3294 if (pos
< it
->stop_charpos
)
3295 it
->stop_charpos
= pos
;
3297 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
3298 start or end because the face might change there. */
3299 if (it
->region_beg_charpos
> 0)
3301 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->region_beg_charpos
)
3302 it
->stop_charpos
= min (it
->stop_charpos
, it
->region_beg_charpos
);
3303 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->region_end_charpos
)
3304 it
->stop_charpos
= min (it
->stop_charpos
, it
->region_end_charpos
);
3307 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
3308 property changes. */
3309 XSETBUFFER (object
, current_buffer
);
3310 limit
= make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
);
3313 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
3314 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
3315 position
= make_number (charpos
);
3316 iv
= validate_interval_range (object
, &position
, &position
, 0);
3317 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv
))
3319 Lisp_Object values_here
[LAST_PROP_IDX
];
3322 /* Get properties here. */
3323 for (p
= it_props
; p
->handler
; ++p
)
3324 values_here
[p
->idx
] = textget (iv
->plist
, *p
->name
);
3326 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
3328 for (next_iv
= next_interval (iv
);
3329 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv
)
3331 || XFASTINT (limit
) > next_iv
->position
));
3332 next_iv
= next_interval (next_iv
))
3334 for (p
= it_props
; p
->handler
; ++p
)
3336 Lisp_Object new_value
;
3338 new_value
= textget (next_iv
->plist
, *p
->name
);
3339 if (!EQ (values_here
[p
->idx
], new_value
))
3347 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv
))
3349 if (INTEGERP (limit
)
3350 && next_iv
->position
>= XFASTINT (limit
))
3351 /* No text property change up to limit. */
3352 it
->stop_charpos
= min (XFASTINT (limit
), it
->stop_charpos
);
3354 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
3355 it
->stop_charpos
= min (it
->stop_charpos
, next_iv
->position
);
3359 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
, charpos
, bytepos
,
3360 it
->stop_charpos
, it
->string
);
3362 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
)
3363 || (it
->stop_charpos
>= BEGV
3364 && it
->stop_charpos
>= IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
3368 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
3369 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
3370 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
3374 next_overlay_change (pos
)
3379 Lisp_Object
*overlays
;
3382 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
3383 GET_OVERLAYS_AT (pos
, overlays
, noverlays
, &endpos
, 1);
3385 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
3386 use its ending point instead. */
3387 for (i
= 0; i
< noverlays
; ++i
)
3392 oend
= OVERLAY_END (overlays
[i
]);
3393 oendpos
= OVERLAY_POSITION (oend
);
3394 endpos
= min (endpos
, oendpos
);
3402 /***********************************************************************
3404 ***********************************************************************/
3406 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
3407 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
3410 static enum prop_handled
3411 handle_fontified_prop (it
)
3414 Lisp_Object prop
, pos
;
3415 enum prop_handled handled
= HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
3417 if (!NILP (Vmemory_full
))
3420 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
3421 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
3422 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
3423 Qfontification_functions. */
3424 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
)
3426 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions
)
3427 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks
)
3428 && (pos
= make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it
)),
3429 prop
= Fget_char_property (pos
, Qfontified
, Qnil
),
3430 /* Ignore the special cased nil value always present at EOB since
3431 no amount of fontifying will be able to change it. */
3432 NILP (prop
) && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < Z
))
3434 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
3437 val
= Vfontification_functions
;
3438 specbind (Qfontification_functions
, Qnil
);
3440 if (!CONSP (val
) || EQ (XCAR (val
), Qlambda
))
3441 safe_call1 (val
, pos
);
3444 Lisp_Object globals
, fn
;
3445 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
3448 GCPRO2 (val
, globals
);
3450 for (; CONSP (val
); val
= XCDR (val
))
3456 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
3457 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
3458 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
3459 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
3461 for (globals
= Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions
);
3463 globals
= XCDR (globals
))
3465 fn
= XCAR (globals
);
3467 safe_call1 (fn
, pos
);
3471 safe_call1 (fn
, pos
);
3477 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
3479 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
3480 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
3481 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
3482 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos
, Qfontified
, Qnil
)))
3483 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
3491 /***********************************************************************
3493 ***********************************************************************/
3495 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
3496 Called from handle_stop. */
3498 static enum prop_handled
3499 handle_face_prop (it
)
3503 EMACS_INT next_stop
;
3505 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
))
3508 = face_at_buffer_position (it
->w
,
3510 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
3511 it
->region_end_charpos
,
3514 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
),
3515 0, it
->base_face_id
);
3517 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
3518 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
3519 iterator; face_id is -1 in this case. We know that the new
3520 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
3521 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
3522 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
3523 if (new_face_id
!= it
->face_id
)
3525 struct face
*new_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, new_face_id
);
3527 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
3528 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
3529 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
3530 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
3531 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
3532 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
3533 it
->start_of_box_run_p
3534 = (new_face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3535 && (it
->face_id
>= 0
3536 || IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == BEG
3537 || new_face_id
!= face_before_it_pos (it
)));
3538 it
->face_box_p
= new_face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
;
3543 int base_face_id
, bufpos
;
3545 Lisp_Object from_overlay
3546 = (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0
3547 ? it
->string_overlays
[it
->current
.overlay_string_index
]
3550 /* See if we got to this string directly or indirectly from
3551 an overlay property. That includes the before-string or
3552 after-string of an overlay, strings in display properties
3553 provided by an overlay, their text properties, etc.
3555 FROM_OVERLAY is the overlay that brought us here, or nil if none. */
3556 if (! NILP (from_overlay
))
3557 for (i
= it
->sp
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3559 if (it
->stack
[i
].current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
3561 = it
->string_overlays
[it
->stack
[i
].current
.overlay_string_index
];
3562 else if (! NILP (it
->stack
[i
].from_overlay
))
3563 from_overlay
= it
->stack
[i
].from_overlay
;
3565 if (!NILP (from_overlay
))
3569 if (! NILP (from_overlay
))
3571 bufpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
3572 /* For a string from an overlay, the base face depends
3573 only on text properties and ignores overlays. */
3575 = face_for_overlay_string (it
->w
,
3577 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
3578 it
->region_end_charpos
,
3581 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
),
3589 /* For strings from a `display' property, use the face at
3590 IT's current buffer position as the base face to merge
3591 with, so that overlay strings appear in the same face as
3592 surrounding text, unless they specify their own
3594 base_face_id
= underlying_face_id (it
);
3597 new_face_id
= face_at_string_position (it
->w
,
3599 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
),
3601 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
3602 it
->region_end_charpos
,
3606 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
3607 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
3608 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
3609 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
3610 box, all characters up to that position will have a
3611 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
3612 is really the end. */
3613 if (new_face_id
!= it
->face_id
)
3615 struct face
*new_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, new_face_id
);
3616 struct face
*old_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
3618 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
3619 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
3620 shadow on the left side. */
3621 it
->start_of_box_run_p
3622 = new_face
->box
&& (old_face
== NULL
|| !old_face
->box
);
3623 it
->face_box_p
= new_face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
;
3627 it
->face_id
= new_face_id
;
3628 return HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
3632 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
3633 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
3634 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
3635 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
3638 underlying_face_id (it
)
3641 int face_id
= it
->base_face_id
, i
;
3643 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
3645 for (i
= it
->sp
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
3646 if (NILP (it
->stack
[i
].string
))
3647 face_id
= it
->stack
[i
].face_id
;
3653 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
3654 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
3655 position. Value is the id of the face. */
3658 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it
, before_p
)
3663 EMACS_INT next_check_charpos
;
3664 struct text_pos pos
;
3666 xassert (it
->s
== NULL
);
3668 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
3670 int bufpos
, base_face_id
;
3672 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
3673 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
3675 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= SCHARS (it
->string
)
3676 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) == 0 && before_p
))
3679 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
3681 pos
= string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) - 1, it
->string
);
3683 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
3685 pos
= (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
3686 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
)
3687 + it
->cmp_it
.nchars
, it
->string
)
3688 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) + 1, it
->string
));
3690 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
3691 bufpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
3695 base_face_id
= underlying_face_id (it
);
3697 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
3698 face_id
= face_at_string_position (it
->w
,
3702 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
3703 it
->region_end_charpos
,
3704 &next_check_charpos
,
3707 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
3708 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
3709 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
3710 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
))
3712 const unsigned char *p
= SDATA (it
->string
) + BYTEPOS (pos
);
3713 int rest
= SBYTES (it
->string
) - BYTEPOS (pos
);
3715 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
3717 c
= string_char_and_length (p
, &len
);
3718 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, c
, CHARPOS (pos
), it
->string
);
3723 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= ZV
&& !before_p
)
3724 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) <= BEGV
&& before_p
))
3727 limit
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
;
3728 pos
= it
->current
.pos
;
3731 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos
, it
->multibyte_p
);
3734 if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
)
3735 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
3737 pos
.charpos
+= it
->cmp_it
.nchars
, pos
.bytepos
+= it
->len
;
3739 INC_TEXT_POS (pos
, it
->multibyte_p
);
3742 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
3743 face_id
= face_at_buffer_position (it
->w
,
3745 it
->region_beg_charpos
,
3746 it
->region_end_charpos
,
3747 &next_check_charpos
,
3750 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
3751 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
3752 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
3753 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
3755 int c
= FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (BYTEPOS (pos
));
3756 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
3757 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, c
, CHARPOS (pos
), Qnil
);
3766 /***********************************************************************
3768 ***********************************************************************/
3770 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
3771 position. Called from handle_stop. */
3773 static enum prop_handled
3774 handle_invisible_prop (it
)
3777 enum prop_handled handled
= HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
3779 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
3781 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible
;
3782 Lisp_Object prop
, end_charpos
, limit
, charpos
;
3784 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
3785 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
3787 charpos
= make_number (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
));
3788 prop
= Fget_text_property (charpos
, Qinvisible
, it
->string
);
3791 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->end_charpos
)
3793 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
3795 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
3796 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
3797 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
3798 all the rest of IT->string. */
3799 XSETINT (limit
, SCHARS (it
->string
));
3800 end_charpos
= Fnext_single_property_change (charpos
, Qinvisible
,
3803 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
3804 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
3805 Move IT's current position to that position. */
3806 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos
)
3807 && XFASTINT (end_charpos
) < XFASTINT (limit
))
3809 struct text_pos old
;
3810 old
= it
->current
.string_pos
;
3811 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = XFASTINT (end_charpos
);
3812 compute_string_pos (&it
->current
.string_pos
, old
, it
->string
);
3816 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
3817 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
3818 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
3819 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
3821 next_overlay_string (it
);
3822 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
3823 finished processing them. */
3824 handled
= HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED
;
3828 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = SCHARS (it
->string
);
3829 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = SBYTES (it
->string
);
3837 EMACS_INT newpos
, next_stop
, start_charpos
, tem
;
3838 Lisp_Object pos
, prop
, overlay
;
3840 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
3841 tem
= start_charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
3842 pos
= make_number (tem
);
3843 prop
= get_char_property_and_overlay (pos
, Qinvisible
, it
->window
,
3845 invis_p
= TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
);
3847 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
3848 if (invis_p
&& start_charpos
< it
->end_charpos
)
3850 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
3852 int display_ellipsis_p
= invis_p
== 2;
3854 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
3856 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
3857 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
3860 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
3861 position reached which can be equal to where we start
3862 if there is nothing invisible there. This skips both
3863 over invisible text properties and overlays with
3864 invisible property. */
3865 newpos
= skip_invisible (tem
, &next_stop
, ZV
, it
->window
);
3867 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
3868 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
3869 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
3870 if (newpos
== tem
|| newpos
>= ZV
)
3874 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
3875 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
3876 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
3877 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
3878 get invis_p = 0, this means that the char at
3879 newpos is visible. */
3880 pos
= make_number (newpos
);
3881 prop
= Fget_char_property (pos
, Qinvisible
, it
->window
);
3882 invis_p
= TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
);
3885 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
3886 skip starting with next_stop. */
3890 /* If there are adjacent invisible texts, don't lose the
3891 second one's ellipsis. */
3893 display_ellipsis_p
= 1;
3897 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
3898 if (it
->bidi_p
&& newpos
< ZV
)
3900 /* With bidi iteration, the region of invisible text
3901 could start and/or end in the middle of a non-base
3902 embedding level. Therefore, we need to skip
3903 invisible text using the bidi iterator, starting at
3904 IT's current position, until we find ourselves
3905 outside the invisible text. Skipping invisible text
3906 _after_ bidi iteration avoids affecting the visual
3907 order of the displayed text when invisible properties
3908 are added or removed. */
3909 if (it
->bidi_it
.first_elt
)
3911 /* If we were `reseat'ed to a new paragraph,
3912 determine the paragraph base direction. We need
3913 to do it now because next_element_from_buffer may
3914 not have a chance to do it, if we are going to
3915 skip any text at the beginning, which resets the
3917 bidi_paragraph_init (it
->paragraph_embedding
, &it
->bidi_it
);
3921 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
3923 while (it
->stop_charpos
<= it
->bidi_it
.charpos
3924 && it
->bidi_it
.charpos
< newpos
);
3925 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.charpos
;
3926 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
;
3927 /* If we overstepped NEWPOS, record its position in the
3928 iterator, so that we skip invisible text if later the
3929 bidi iteration lands us in the invisible region
3931 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= newpos
)
3932 it
->prev_stop
= newpos
;
3936 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = newpos
;
3937 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos
);
3940 /* If there are before-strings at the start of invisible
3941 text, and the text is invisible because of a text
3942 property, arrange to show before-strings because 20.x did
3943 it that way. (If the text is invisible because of an
3944 overlay property instead of a text property, this is
3945 already handled in the overlay code.) */
3947 && get_overlay_strings (it
, it
->stop_charpos
))
3949 handled
= HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
3950 it
->stack
[it
->sp
- 1].display_ellipsis_p
= display_ellipsis_p
;
3952 else if (display_ellipsis_p
)
3954 /* Make sure that the glyphs of the ellipsis will get
3955 correct `charpos' values. If we would not update
3956 it->position here, the glyphs would belong to the
3957 last visible character _before_ the invisible
3958 text, which confuses `set_cursor_from_row'.
3960 We use the last invisible position instead of the
3961 first because this way the cursor is always drawn on
3962 the first "." of the ellipsis, whenever PT is inside
3963 the invisible text. Otherwise the cursor would be
3964 placed _after_ the ellipsis when the point is after the
3965 first invisible character. */
3966 if (!STRINGP (it
->object
))
3968 it
->position
.charpos
= newpos
- 1;
3969 it
->position
.bytepos
= CHAR_TO_BYTE (it
->position
.charpos
);
3972 /* Let the ellipsis display before
3973 considering any properties of the following char.
3974 Fixes jasonr@gnu.org 01 Oct 07 bug. */
3975 handled
= HANDLED_RETURN
;
3984 /* Make iterator IT return `...' next.
3985 Replaces LEN characters from buffer. */
3988 setup_for_ellipsis (it
, len
)
3992 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
3993 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
3994 if (it
->dp
&& VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it
->dp
)))
3996 struct Lisp_Vector
*v
= XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it
->dp
));
3997 it
->dpvec
= v
->contents
;
3998 it
->dpend
= v
->contents
+ v
->size
;
4002 /* Default `...'. */
4003 it
->dpvec
= default_invis_vector
;
4004 it
->dpend
= default_invis_vector
+ 3;
4007 it
->dpvec_char_len
= len
;
4008 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= 0;
4009 it
->dpvec_face_id
= -1;
4011 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
4012 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next.
4013 saved_face_id was set to preceding char's face in handle_stop. */
4014 if (it
->saved_face_id
< 0 || it
->saved_face_id
!= it
->face_id
)
4015 it
->saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
4017 it
->method
= GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
;
4023 /***********************************************************************
4025 ***********************************************************************/
4027 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
4028 Called from handle_stop.
4029 We return HANDLED_RETURN if some part of the display property
4030 overrides the display of the buffer text itself.
4031 Otherwise we return HANDLED_NORMALLY. */
4033 static enum prop_handled
4034 handle_display_prop (it
)
4037 Lisp_Object prop
, object
, overlay
;
4038 struct text_pos
*position
;
4039 /* Nonzero if some property replaces the display of the text itself. */
4040 int display_replaced_p
= 0;
4042 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
4044 object
= it
->string
;
4045 position
= &it
->current
.string_pos
;
4049 XSETWINDOW (object
, it
->w
);
4050 position
= &it
->current
.pos
;
4053 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
4054 it
->slice
.x
= it
->slice
.y
= it
->slice
.width
= it
->slice
.height
= Qnil
;
4055 it
->space_width
= Qnil
;
4056 it
->font_height
= Qnil
;
4059 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
4060 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
4061 `display' property etc. */
4062 if (!it
->string_from_display_prop_p
)
4063 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
4065 prop
= get_char_property_and_overlay (make_number (position
->charpos
),
4066 Qdisplay
, object
, &overlay
);
4068 return HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
4069 /* Now OVERLAY is the overlay that gave us this property, or nil
4070 if it was a text property. */
4072 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
))
4073 object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
4076 /* Simple properties. */
4077 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qimage
)
4078 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qspace
)
4079 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qwhen
)
4080 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qslice
)
4081 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qspace_width
)
4082 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qheight
)
4083 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qraise
)
4084 /* Marginal area specifications. */
4085 && !(CONSP (XCAR (prop
)) && EQ (XCAR (XCAR (prop
)), Qmargin
))
4086 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qleft_fringe
)
4087 && !EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qright_fringe
)
4088 && !NILP (XCAR (prop
)))
4090 for (; CONSP (prop
); prop
= XCDR (prop
))
4092 if (handle_single_display_spec (it
, XCAR (prop
), object
, overlay
,
4093 position
, display_replaced_p
))
4095 display_replaced_p
= 1;
4096 /* If some text in a string is replaced, `position' no
4097 longer points to the position of `object'. */
4098 if (STRINGP (object
))
4103 else if (VECTORP (prop
))
4106 for (i
= 0; i
< ASIZE (prop
); ++i
)
4107 if (handle_single_display_spec (it
, AREF (prop
, i
), object
, overlay
,
4108 position
, display_replaced_p
))
4110 display_replaced_p
= 1;
4111 /* If some text in a string is replaced, `position' no
4112 longer points to the position of `object'. */
4113 if (STRINGP (object
))
4119 if (handle_single_display_spec (it
, prop
, object
, overlay
,
4121 display_replaced_p
= 1;
4124 return display_replaced_p
? HANDLED_RETURN
: HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
4128 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
4129 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
4131 static struct text_pos
4132 display_prop_end (it
, object
, start_pos
)
4135 struct text_pos start_pos
;
4138 struct text_pos end_pos
;
4140 end
= Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos
)),
4141 Qdisplay
, object
, Qnil
);
4142 CHARPOS (end_pos
) = XFASTINT (end
);
4143 if (STRINGP (object
))
4144 compute_string_pos (&end_pos
, start_pos
, it
->string
);
4146 BYTEPOS (end_pos
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end
));
4152 /* Set up IT from a single `display' specification PROP. OBJECT
4153 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
4154 is the position at which it was found. DISPLAY_REPLACED_P non-zero
4155 means that we previously saw a display specification which already
4156 replaced text display with something else, for example an image;
4157 we ignore such properties after the first one has been processed.
4159 OVERLAY is the overlay this `display' property came from,
4160 or nil if it was a text property.
4162 If PROP is a `space' or `image' specification, and in some other
4163 cases too, set *POSITION to the position where the `display'
4166 Value is non-zero if something was found which replaces the display
4167 of buffer or string text. */
4170 handle_single_display_spec (it
, spec
, object
, overlay
, position
,
4171 display_replaced_before_p
)
4175 Lisp_Object overlay
;
4176 struct text_pos
*position
;
4177 int display_replaced_before_p
;
4180 Lisp_Object location
, value
;
4181 struct text_pos start_pos
, save_pos
;
4184 /* If SPEC is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', evaluate FORM.
4185 If the result is non-nil, use VALUE instead of SPEC. */
4187 if (CONSP (spec
) && EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qwhen
))
4196 if (!NILP (form
) && !EQ (form
, Qt
))
4198 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
4199 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
4201 /* Bind `object' to the object having the `display' property, a
4202 buffer or string. Bind `position' to the position in the
4203 object where the property was found, and `buffer-position'
4204 to the current position in the buffer. */
4205 specbind (Qobject
, object
);
4206 specbind (Qposition
, make_number (CHARPOS (*position
)));
4207 specbind (Qbuffer_position
,
4208 make_number (STRINGP (object
)
4209 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it
) : CHARPOS (*position
)));
4211 form
= safe_eval (form
);
4213 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
4219 /* Handle `(height HEIGHT)' specifications. */
4221 && EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qheight
)
4222 && CONSP (XCDR (spec
)))
4224 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
4227 it
->font_height
= XCAR (XCDR (spec
));
4228 if (!NILP (it
->font_height
))
4230 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
4231 int new_height
= -1;
4233 if (CONSP (it
->font_height
)
4234 && (EQ (XCAR (it
->font_height
), Qplus
)
4235 || EQ (XCAR (it
->font_height
), Qminus
))
4236 && CONSP (XCDR (it
->font_height
))
4237 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it
->font_height
))))
4239 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
4240 int steps
= XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it
->font_height
)));
4241 if (EQ (XCAR (it
->font_height
), Qplus
))
4243 it
->face_id
= smaller_face (it
->f
, it
->face_id
, steps
);
4245 else if (FUNCTIONP (it
->font_height
))
4247 /* Call function with current height as argument.
4248 Value is the new height. */
4250 height
= safe_call1 (it
->font_height
,
4251 face
->lface
[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX
]);
4252 if (NUMBERP (height
))
4253 new_height
= XFLOATINT (height
);
4255 else if (NUMBERP (it
->font_height
))
4257 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
4260 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
,
4261 lookup_basic_face (it
->f
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
));
4262 new_height
= (XFLOATINT (it
->font_height
)
4263 * XINT (face
->lface
[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX
]));
4267 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
4268 current specified height to get the new height. */
4269 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
4271 specbind (Qheight
, face
->lface
[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX
]);
4272 value
= safe_eval (it
->font_height
);
4273 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
4275 if (NUMBERP (value
))
4276 new_height
= XFLOATINT (value
);
4280 it
->face_id
= face_with_height (it
->f
, it
->face_id
, new_height
);
4286 /* Handle `(space-width WIDTH)'. */
4288 && EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qspace_width
)
4289 && CONSP (XCDR (spec
)))
4291 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
4294 value
= XCAR (XCDR (spec
));
4295 if (NUMBERP (value
) && XFLOATINT (value
) > 0)
4296 it
->space_width
= value
;
4301 /* Handle `(slice X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)'. */
4303 && EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qslice
))
4307 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
4310 if (tem
= XCDR (spec
), CONSP (tem
))
4312 it
->slice
.x
= XCAR (tem
);
4313 if (tem
= XCDR (tem
), CONSP (tem
))
4315 it
->slice
.y
= XCAR (tem
);
4316 if (tem
= XCDR (tem
), CONSP (tem
))
4318 it
->slice
.width
= XCAR (tem
);
4319 if (tem
= XCDR (tem
), CONSP (tem
))
4320 it
->slice
.height
= XCAR (tem
);
4328 /* Handle `(raise FACTOR)'. */
4330 && EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qraise
)
4331 && CONSP (XCDR (spec
)))
4333 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
4336 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
4337 value
= XCAR (XCDR (spec
));
4338 if (NUMBERP (value
))
4340 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
4341 it
->voffset
= - (XFLOATINT (value
)
4342 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face
->font
)));
4344 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
4349 /* Don't handle the other kinds of display specifications
4350 inside a string that we got from a `display' property. */
4351 if (it
->string_from_display_prop_p
)
4354 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
4355 we have to find the end of the property. */
4356 start_pos
= *position
;
4357 *position
= display_prop_end (it
, object
, start_pos
);
4360 /* Stop the scan at that end position--we assume that all
4361 text properties change there. */
4362 it
->stop_charpos
= position
->charpos
;
4364 /* Handle `(left-fringe BITMAP [FACE])'
4365 and `(right-fringe BITMAP [FACE])'. */
4367 && (EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qleft_fringe
)
4368 || EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qright_fringe
))
4369 && CONSP (XCDR (spec
)))
4371 int face_id
= lookup_basic_face (it
->f
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
4374 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
4375 /* If we return here, POSITION has been advanced
4376 across the text with this property. */
4379 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
4380 value
= XCAR (XCDR (spec
));
4381 if (!SYMBOLP (value
)
4382 || !(fringe_bitmap
= lookup_fringe_bitmap (value
)))
4383 /* If we return here, POSITION has been advanced
4384 across the text with this property. */
4387 if (CONSP (XCDR (XCDR (spec
))))
4389 Lisp_Object face_name
= XCAR (XCDR (XCDR (spec
)));
4390 int face_id2
= lookup_derived_face (it
->f
, face_name
,
4396 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
4397 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
4399 save_pos
= it
->position
;
4400 it
->position
= *position
;
4402 it
->position
= save_pos
;
4404 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
4405 it
->what
= IT_IMAGE
;
4406 it
->image_id
= -1; /* no image */
4407 it
->position
= start_pos
;
4408 it
->object
= NILP (object
) ? it
->w
->buffer
: object
;
4409 it
->method
= GET_FROM_IMAGE
;
4410 it
->from_overlay
= Qnil
;
4411 it
->face_id
= face_id
;
4413 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
4414 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
4415 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
4416 *position
= start_pos
;
4418 if (EQ (XCAR (spec
), Qleft_fringe
))
4420 it
->left_user_fringe_bitmap
= fringe_bitmap
;
4421 it
->left_user_fringe_face_id
= face_id
;
4425 it
->right_user_fringe_bitmap
= fringe_bitmap
;
4426 it
->right_user_fringe_face_id
= face_id
;
4428 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
4432 /* Prepare to handle `((margin left-margin) ...)',
4433 `((margin right-margin) ...)' and `((margin nil) ...)'
4434 prefixes for display specifications. */
4435 location
= Qunbound
;
4436 if (CONSP (spec
) && CONSP (XCAR (spec
)))
4440 value
= XCDR (spec
);
4442 value
= XCAR (value
);
4445 if (EQ (XCAR (tem
), Qmargin
)
4446 && (tem
= XCDR (tem
),
4447 tem
= CONSP (tem
) ? XCAR (tem
) : Qnil
,
4449 || EQ (tem
, Qleft_margin
)
4450 || EQ (tem
, Qright_margin
))))
4454 if (EQ (location
, Qunbound
))
4460 /* After this point, VALUE is the property after any
4461 margin prefix has been stripped. It must be a string,
4462 an image specification, or `(space ...)'.
4464 LOCATION specifies where to display: `left-margin',
4465 `right-margin' or nil. */
4467 valid_p
= (STRINGP (value
)
4468 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
4469 || (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
) && valid_image_p (value
))
4470 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
4471 || (CONSP (value
) && EQ (XCAR (value
), Qspace
)));
4473 if (valid_p
&& !display_replaced_before_p
)
4475 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
4476 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
4477 save_pos
= it
->position
;
4478 it
->position
= *position
;
4480 it
->position
= save_pos
;
4481 it
->from_overlay
= overlay
;
4483 if (NILP (location
))
4484 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
4485 else if (EQ (location
, Qleft_margin
))
4486 it
->area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
;
4488 it
->area
= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
;
4490 if (STRINGP (value
))
4493 it
->multibyte_p
= STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
);
4494 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
4495 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = 0;
4496 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= SCHARS (it
->string
);
4497 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
4498 it
->stop_charpos
= 0;
4499 it
->string_from_display_prop_p
= 1;
4500 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
4501 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
4502 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
4503 if (BUFFERP (object
))
4504 *position
= start_pos
;
4506 else if (CONSP (value
) && EQ (XCAR (value
), Qspace
))
4508 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRETCH
;
4510 *position
= it
->position
= start_pos
;
4512 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
4515 it
->what
= IT_IMAGE
;
4516 it
->image_id
= lookup_image (it
->f
, value
);
4517 it
->position
= start_pos
;
4518 it
->object
= NILP (object
) ? it
->w
->buffer
: object
;
4519 it
->method
= GET_FROM_IMAGE
;
4521 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
4522 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
4523 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
4524 *position
= start_pos
;
4526 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
4531 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
4532 POSITION to what it was before. */
4533 *position
= start_pos
;
4538 /* Check if SPEC is a display sub-property value whose text should be
4539 treated as intangible. */
4542 single_display_spec_intangible_p (prop
)
4545 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
4546 if (CONSP (prop
) && EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qwhen
))
4560 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
4561 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
4562 if (EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qmargin
))
4570 || EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qleft_margin
)
4571 || EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qright_margin
))
4575 return (CONSP (prop
)
4576 && (EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qimage
)
4577 || EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qspace
)));
4581 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
4582 treated as intangible. */
4585 display_prop_intangible_p (prop
)
4589 && CONSP (XCAR (prop
))
4590 && !EQ (Qmargin
, XCAR (XCAR (prop
))))
4592 /* A list of sub-properties. */
4593 while (CONSP (prop
))
4595 if (single_display_spec_intangible_p (XCAR (prop
)))
4600 else if (VECTORP (prop
))
4602 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
4604 for (i
= 0; i
< ASIZE (prop
); ++i
)
4605 if (single_display_spec_intangible_p (AREF (prop
, i
)))
4609 return single_display_spec_intangible_p (prop
);
4615 /* Return 1 if PROP is a display sub-property value containing STRING. */
4618 single_display_spec_string_p (prop
, string
)
4619 Lisp_Object prop
, string
;
4621 if (EQ (string
, prop
))
4624 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
4625 if (CONSP (prop
) && EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qwhen
))
4634 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. */
4635 if (EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qmargin
))
4646 return CONSP (prop
) && EQ (XCAR (prop
), string
);
4650 /* Return 1 if STRING appears in the `display' property PROP. */
4653 display_prop_string_p (prop
, string
)
4654 Lisp_Object prop
, string
;
4657 && CONSP (XCAR (prop
))
4658 && !EQ (Qmargin
, XCAR (XCAR (prop
))))
4660 /* A list of sub-properties. */
4661 while (CONSP (prop
))
4663 if (single_display_spec_string_p (XCAR (prop
), string
))
4668 else if (VECTORP (prop
))
4670 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
4672 for (i
= 0; i
< ASIZE (prop
); ++i
)
4673 if (single_display_spec_string_p (AREF (prop
, i
), string
))
4677 return single_display_spec_string_p (prop
, string
);
4682 /* Look for STRING in overlays and text properties in W's buffer,
4683 between character positions FROM and TO (excluding TO).
4684 BACK_P non-zero means look back (in this case, TO is supposed to be
4686 Value is the first character position where STRING was found, or
4687 zero if it wasn't found before hitting TO.
4689 W's buffer must be current.
4691 This function may only use code that doesn't eval because it is
4692 called asynchronously from note_mouse_highlight. */
4695 string_buffer_position_lim (w
, string
, from
, to
, back_p
)
4701 Lisp_Object limit
, prop
, pos
;
4704 pos
= make_number (from
);
4706 if (!back_p
) /* looking forward */
4708 limit
= make_number (min (to
, ZV
));
4709 while (!found
&& !EQ (pos
, limit
))
4711 prop
= Fget_char_property (pos
, Qdisplay
, Qnil
);
4712 if (!NILP (prop
) && display_prop_string_p (prop
, string
))
4715 pos
= Fnext_single_char_property_change (pos
, Qdisplay
, Qnil
,
4719 else /* looking back */
4721 limit
= make_number (max (to
, BEGV
));
4722 while (!found
&& !EQ (pos
, limit
))
4724 prop
= Fget_char_property (pos
, Qdisplay
, Qnil
);
4725 if (!NILP (prop
) && display_prop_string_p (prop
, string
))
4728 pos
= Fprevious_single_char_property_change (pos
, Qdisplay
, Qnil
,
4733 return found
? XINT (pos
) : 0;
4736 /* Determine which buffer position in W's buffer STRING comes from.
4737 AROUND_CHARPOS is an approximate position where it could come from.
4738 Value is the buffer position or 0 if it couldn't be determined.
4740 W's buffer must be current.
4742 This function is necessary because we don't record buffer positions
4743 in glyphs generated from strings (to keep struct glyph small).
4744 This function may only use code that doesn't eval because it is
4745 called asynchronously from note_mouse_highlight. */
4748 string_buffer_position (w
, string
, around_charpos
)
4751 EMACS_INT around_charpos
;
4753 Lisp_Object limit
, prop
, pos
;
4754 const int MAX_DISTANCE
= 1000;
4755 EMACS_INT found
= string_buffer_position_lim (w
, string
, around_charpos
,
4756 around_charpos
+ MAX_DISTANCE
,
4760 found
= string_buffer_position_lim (w
, string
, around_charpos
,
4761 around_charpos
- MAX_DISTANCE
, 1);
4767 /***********************************************************************
4768 `composition' property
4769 ***********************************************************************/
4771 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
4772 position. Called from handle_stop. */
4774 static enum prop_handled
4775 handle_composition_prop (it
)
4778 Lisp_Object prop
, string
;
4779 EMACS_INT pos
, pos_byte
, start
, end
;
4781 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
4785 pos
= IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
);
4786 pos_byte
= IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
);
4787 string
= it
->string
;
4788 s
= SDATA (string
) + pos_byte
;
4789 it
->c
= STRING_CHAR (s
);
4793 pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
4794 pos_byte
= IT_BYTEPOS (*it
);
4796 it
->c
= FETCH_CHAR (pos_byte
);
4799 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
4800 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
4801 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
4802 if (find_composition (pos
, -1, &start
, &end
, &prop
, string
)
4803 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start
, end
, prop
)
4804 && (STRINGP (it
->string
) || (PT
<= start
|| PT
>= end
)))
4808 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
4809 pos_byte
= string_char_to_byte (it
->string
, start
);
4811 pos_byte
= CHAR_TO_BYTE (start
);
4813 it
->cmp_it
.id
= get_composition_id (start
, pos_byte
, end
- start
,
4816 if (it
->cmp_it
.id
>= 0)
4819 it
->cmp_it
.nchars
= COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop
);
4820 it
->cmp_it
.nglyphs
= -1;
4824 return HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
4829 /***********************************************************************
4831 ***********************************************************************/
4833 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
4834 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
4836 struct overlay_entry
4838 Lisp_Object overlay
;
4845 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
4846 Called from handle_stop. */
4848 static enum prop_handled
4849 handle_overlay_change (it
)
4852 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
) && get_overlay_strings (it
, 0))
4853 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
;
4855 return HANDLED_NORMALLY
;
4859 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
4860 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
4861 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
4862 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
4863 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
4864 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
4867 next_overlay_string (it
)
4870 ++it
->current
.overlay_string_index
;
4871 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
== it
->n_overlay_strings
)
4873 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
4874 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
4875 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
4877 it
->ellipsis_p
= (it
->stack
[it
->sp
- 1].display_ellipsis_p
!= 0);
4880 || (NILP (it
->string
)
4881 && it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
4882 && it
->stop_charpos
>= BEGV
4883 && it
->stop_charpos
<= it
->end_charpos
));
4884 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
4885 it
->n_overlay_strings
= 0;
4887 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
4888 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
4889 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
4890 if (NILP (it
->string
) && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->end_charpos
)
4891 it
->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p
= 1;
4895 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
4896 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
4897 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
4899 int i
= it
->current
.overlay_string_index
% OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
;
4901 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
&& i
== 0)
4902 load_overlay_strings (it
, 0);
4904 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
4906 it
->string
= it
->overlay_strings
[i
];
4907 it
->multibyte_p
= STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
);
4908 SET_TEXT_POS (it
->current
.string_pos
, 0, 0);
4909 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
4910 it
->stop_charpos
= 0;
4911 if (it
->cmp_it
.stop_pos
>= 0)
4912 it
->cmp_it
.stop_pos
= 0;
4919 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
4920 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
4921 strings for the same position are sorted so that
4923 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
4924 when they come from the same overlay.
4926 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
4927 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
4929 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
4930 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
4932 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
4936 compare_overlay_entries (e1
, e2
)
4939 struct overlay_entry
*entry1
= (struct overlay_entry
*) e1
;
4940 struct overlay_entry
*entry2
= (struct overlay_entry
*) e2
;
4943 if (entry1
->after_string_p
!= entry2
->after_string_p
)
4945 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
4946 they come from different overlays. */
4947 if (EQ (entry1
->overlay
, entry2
->overlay
))
4948 result
= entry1
->after_string_p
? 1 : -1;
4950 result
= entry1
->after_string_p
? -1 : 1;
4952 else if (entry1
->after_string_p
)
4953 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
4954 result
= entry2
->priority
- entry1
->priority
;
4956 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
4957 result
= entry1
->priority
- entry2
->priority
;
4963 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
4964 current buffer position, or from CHARPOS if that is > 0. Set
4965 IT->n_overlays to the total number of overlay strings found.
4967 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
4968 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
4969 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
4970 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
4973 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
4974 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
4975 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
4976 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
4977 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
4978 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
4979 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
4982 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
4983 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
4984 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
4985 compare_overlay_entries. */
4988 load_overlay_strings (it
, charpos
)
4992 extern Lisp_Object Qwindow
, Qpriority
;
4993 Lisp_Object overlay
, window
, str
, invisible
;
4994 struct Lisp_Overlay
*ov
;
4997 int n
= 0, i
, j
, invis_p
;
4998 struct overlay_entry
*entries
4999 = (struct overlay_entry
*) alloca (size
* sizeof *entries
);
5002 charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
5004 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
5005 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
5006 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
5008 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
5011 Lisp_Object priority; \
5015 int new_size = 2 * size; \
5016 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
5018 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
5019 * sizeof *entries); \
5020 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
5024 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
5025 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
5026 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
5027 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
5028 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
5033 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
5034 for (ov
= current_buffer
->overlays_before
; ov
; ov
= ov
->next
)
5036 XSETMISC (overlay
, ov
);
5037 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay
));
5038 start
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay
));
5039 end
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay
));
5044 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
5046 if (end
!= charpos
&& start
!= charpos
)
5049 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
5050 window
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qwindow
);
5051 if (WINDOWP (window
) && XWINDOW (window
) != it
->w
)
5054 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
5055 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
5056 end position are indistinguishable. */
5057 invisible
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qinvisible
);
5058 invis_p
= TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible
);
5060 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
5061 if ((start
== charpos
|| (end
== charpos
&& invis_p
))
5062 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qbefore_string
), STRINGP (str
))
5064 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 0);
5066 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
5067 if ((end
== charpos
|| (start
== charpos
&& invis_p
))
5068 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qafter_string
), STRINGP (str
))
5070 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 1);
5073 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
5074 for (ov
= current_buffer
->overlays_after
; ov
; ov
= ov
->next
)
5076 XSETMISC (overlay
, ov
);
5077 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay
));
5078 start
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay
));
5079 end
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay
));
5081 if (start
> charpos
)
5084 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
5086 if (end
!= charpos
&& start
!= charpos
)
5089 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
5090 window
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qwindow
);
5091 if (WINDOWP (window
) && XWINDOW (window
) != it
->w
)
5094 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
5095 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
5096 invisible
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qinvisible
);
5097 invis_p
= TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible
);
5099 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
5100 if ((start
== charpos
|| (end
== charpos
&& invis_p
))
5101 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qbefore_string
), STRINGP (str
))
5103 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 0);
5105 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
5106 if ((end
== charpos
|| (start
== charpos
&& invis_p
))
5107 && (str
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qafter_string
), STRINGP (str
))
5109 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay
, str
, 1);
5112 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
5116 qsort (entries
, n
, sizeof *entries
, compare_overlay_entries
);
5118 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
5119 it
->n_overlay_strings
= n
;
5121 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
5122 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
5123 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
5125 j
= it
->current
.overlay_string_index
;
5126 while (i
< OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE
&& j
< n
)
5128 it
->overlay_strings
[i
] = entries
[j
].string
;
5129 it
->string_overlays
[i
++] = entries
[j
++].overlay
;
5136 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
5137 position, or at CHARPOS if that is > 0. Value is non-zero if at
5138 least one overlay string was found. */
5141 get_overlay_strings_1 (it
, charpos
, compute_stop_p
)
5146 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
5147 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
5148 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
5149 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
5150 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
5151 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
5152 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
5153 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= 0;
5154 load_overlay_strings (it
, charpos
);
5156 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
5157 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
5158 from current_buffer. */
5159 if (it
->n_overlay_strings
)
5161 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
5162 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
5165 compute_stop_pos (it
);
5166 xassert (it
->face_id
>= 0);
5168 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
5169 strings have been processed. */
5170 xassert (!compute_stop_p
|| it
->sp
== 0);
5172 /* When called from handle_stop, there might be an empty display
5173 string loaded. In that case, don't bother saving it. */
5174 if (!STRINGP (it
->string
) || SCHARS (it
->string
))
5177 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
5179 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = 0;
5180 it
->string
= it
->overlay_strings
[0];
5181 it
->from_overlay
= Qnil
;
5182 it
->stop_charpos
= 0;
5183 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
5184 it
->end_charpos
= SCHARS (it
->string
);
5185 it
->multibyte_p
= STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
);
5186 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
5190 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
5195 get_overlay_strings (it
, charpos
)
5200 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
5202 (void) get_overlay_strings_1 (it
, charpos
, 1);
5206 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
5207 return STRINGP (it
->string
);
5212 /***********************************************************************
5213 Saving and restoring state
5214 ***********************************************************************/
5216 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
5217 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
5218 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
5225 struct iterator_stack_entry
*p
;
5227 xassert (it
->sp
< IT_STACK_SIZE
);
5228 p
= it
->stack
+ it
->sp
;
5230 p
->stop_charpos
= it
->stop_charpos
;
5231 p
->prev_stop
= it
->prev_stop
;
5232 p
->base_level_stop
= it
->base_level_stop
;
5233 p
->cmp_it
= it
->cmp_it
;
5234 xassert (it
->face_id
>= 0);
5235 p
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
5236 p
->string
= it
->string
;
5237 p
->method
= it
->method
;
5238 p
->from_overlay
= it
->from_overlay
;
5241 case GET_FROM_IMAGE
:
5242 p
->u
.image
.object
= it
->object
;
5243 p
->u
.image
.image_id
= it
->image_id
;
5244 p
->u
.image
.slice
= it
->slice
;
5246 case GET_FROM_STRETCH
:
5247 p
->u
.stretch
.object
= it
->object
;
5250 p
->position
= it
->position
;
5251 p
->current
= it
->current
;
5252 p
->end_charpos
= it
->end_charpos
;
5253 p
->string_nchars
= it
->string_nchars
;
5255 p
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
5256 p
->avoid_cursor_p
= it
->avoid_cursor_p
;
5257 p
->space_width
= it
->space_width
;
5258 p
->font_height
= it
->font_height
;
5259 p
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
5260 p
->string_from_display_prop_p
= it
->string_from_display_prop_p
;
5261 p
->display_ellipsis_p
= 0;
5262 p
->line_wrap
= it
->line_wrap
;
5267 iterate_out_of_display_property (it
)
5270 /* Maybe initialize paragraph direction. If we are at the beginning
5271 of a new paragraph, next_element_from_buffer may not have a
5272 chance to do that. */
5273 if (it
->bidi_it
.first_elt
&& it
->bidi_it
.charpos
< ZV
)
5274 bidi_paragraph_init (it
->paragraph_embedding
, &it
->bidi_it
);
5275 /* prev_stop can be zero, so check against BEGV as well. */
5276 while (it
->bidi_it
.charpos
>= BEGV
5277 && it
->prev_stop
<= it
->bidi_it
.charpos
5278 && it
->bidi_it
.charpos
< CHARPOS (it
->position
))
5279 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
5280 /* Record the stop_pos we just crossed, for when we cross it
5282 if (it
->bidi_it
.charpos
> CHARPOS (it
->position
))
5283 it
->prev_stop
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
5284 /* If we ended up not where pop_it put us, resync IT's
5285 positional members with the bidi iterator. */
5286 if (it
->bidi_it
.charpos
!= CHARPOS (it
->position
))
5288 SET_TEXT_POS (it
->position
,
5289 it
->bidi_it
.charpos
, it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
);
5290 it
->current
.pos
= it
->position
;
5294 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
5295 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
5296 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
5297 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
5298 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
5304 struct iterator_stack_entry
*p
;
5306 xassert (it
->sp
> 0);
5308 p
= it
->stack
+ it
->sp
;
5309 it
->stop_charpos
= p
->stop_charpos
;
5310 it
->prev_stop
= p
->prev_stop
;
5311 it
->base_level_stop
= p
->base_level_stop
;
5312 it
->cmp_it
= p
->cmp_it
;
5313 it
->face_id
= p
->face_id
;
5314 it
->current
= p
->current
;
5315 it
->position
= p
->position
;
5316 it
->string
= p
->string
;
5317 it
->from_overlay
= p
->from_overlay
;
5318 if (NILP (it
->string
))
5319 SET_TEXT_POS (it
->current
.string_pos
, -1, -1);
5320 it
->method
= p
->method
;
5323 case GET_FROM_IMAGE
:
5324 it
->image_id
= p
->u
.image
.image_id
;
5325 it
->object
= p
->u
.image
.object
;
5326 it
->slice
= p
->u
.image
.slice
;
5328 case GET_FROM_STRETCH
:
5329 it
->object
= p
->u
.comp
.object
;
5331 case GET_FROM_BUFFER
:
5332 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
5335 /* Bidi-iterate until we get out of the portion of text, if
5336 any, covered by a `display' text property or an overlay
5337 with `display' property. (We cannot just jump there,
5338 because the internal coherency of the bidi iterator state
5339 can not be preserved across such jumps.) We also must
5340 determine the paragraph base direction if the overlay we
5341 just processed is at the beginning of a new
5343 iterate_out_of_display_property (it
);
5346 case GET_FROM_STRING
:
5347 it
->object
= it
->string
;
5349 case GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
:
5351 it
->method
= GET_FROM_C_STRING
;
5352 else if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
5353 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
5356 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
5357 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
5360 it
->end_charpos
= p
->end_charpos
;
5361 it
->string_nchars
= p
->string_nchars
;
5363 it
->multibyte_p
= p
->multibyte_p
;
5364 it
->avoid_cursor_p
= p
->avoid_cursor_p
;
5365 it
->space_width
= p
->space_width
;
5366 it
->font_height
= p
->font_height
;
5367 it
->voffset
= p
->voffset
;
5368 it
->string_from_display_prop_p
= p
->string_from_display_prop_p
;
5369 it
->line_wrap
= p
->line_wrap
;
5374 /***********************************************************************
5376 ***********************************************************************/
5378 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
5381 back_to_previous_line_start (it
)
5384 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) - 1, -1);
5385 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
5389 /* Move IT to the next line start.
5391 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
5392 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
5393 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
5396 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
5397 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
5398 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
5400 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
5401 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
5402 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
5403 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
5404 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
5405 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
5408 forward_to_next_line_start (it
, skipped_p
)
5412 int old_selective
, newline_found_p
, n
;
5413 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE
= 500;
5415 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
5416 skipping over invisible text below. */
5417 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
5419 && CHARPOS (it
->position
) == IT_CHARPOS (*it
))
5421 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
5426 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
5427 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
5428 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
5429 calls this function. */
5430 old_selective
= it
->selective
;
5433 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
5434 from buffer text. */
5435 for (n
= newline_found_p
= 0;
5436 !newline_found_p
&& n
< MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE
;
5437 n
+= STRINGP (it
->string
) ? 0 : 1)
5439 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
5441 newline_found_p
= it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
&& it
->c
== '\n';
5442 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
5445 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
5447 if (!newline_found_p
)
5449 int start
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
5450 int limit
= find_next_newline_no_quit (start
, 1);
5453 xassert (!STRINGP (it
->string
));
5455 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
5456 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
5458 if (it
->stop_charpos
>= limit
5459 || ((pos
= Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start
),
5461 Qnil
, make_number (limit
)),
5463 && next_overlay_change (start
) == ZV
))
5465 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = limit
;
5466 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit
);
5467 *skipped_p
= newline_found_p
= 1;
5471 while (get_next_display_element (it
)
5472 && !newline_found_p
)
5474 newline_found_p
= ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
);
5475 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
5480 it
->selective
= old_selective
;
5481 return newline_found_p
;
5485 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
5486 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
5487 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
5491 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
)
5494 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
5496 back_to_previous_line_start (it
);
5498 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) <= BEGV
)
5501 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than its value are
5503 if (it
->selective
> 0
5504 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
),
5505 (double) it
->selective
)) /* iftc */
5508 /* Check the newline before point for invisibility. */
5511 prop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) - 1),
5512 Qinvisible
, it
->window
);
5513 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
))
5517 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) <= BEGV
)
5524 Lisp_Object val
, overlay
;
5526 /* If newline is part of a composition, continue from start of composition */
5527 if (find_composition (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), -1, &beg
, &end
, &val
, Qnil
)
5528 && beg
< IT_CHARPOS (*it
))
5531 /* If newline is replaced by a display property, find start of overlay
5532 or interval and continue search from that point. */
5534 pos
= --IT_CHARPOS (it2
);
5537 it2
.string_from_display_prop_p
= 0;
5538 if (handle_display_prop (&it2
) == HANDLED_RETURN
5539 && !NILP (val
= get_char_property_and_overlay
5540 (make_number (pos
), Qdisplay
, Qnil
, &overlay
))
5541 && (OVERLAYP (overlay
)
5542 ? (beg
= OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay
)))
5543 : get_property_and_range (pos
, Qdisplay
, &val
, &beg
, &end
, Qnil
)))
5546 /* Newline is not replaced by anything -- so we are done. */
5552 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = beg
;
5553 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (current_buffer
, beg
);
5557 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
5559 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
5560 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == BEGV
5561 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) == '\n');
5566 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
5567 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
5568 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
5569 face information etc. */
5572 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it
)
5575 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
5576 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
5581 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
5582 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
5583 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
5584 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
5585 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
5586 is invisible because of text properties. */
5589 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, on_newline_p
)
5593 int newline_found_p
, skipped_p
= 0;
5595 newline_found_p
= forward_to_next_line_start (it
, &skipped_p
);
5597 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
5598 more than the value of IT->selective. */
5599 if (it
->selective
> 0)
5600 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < ZV
5601 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
),
5602 (double) it
->selective
)) /* iftc */
5604 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) == BEGV
5605 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) == '\n');
5606 newline_found_p
= forward_to_next_line_start (it
, &skipped_p
);
5609 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
5610 if (on_newline_p
&& newline_found_p
)
5612 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
5614 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) > 0)
5616 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
);
5617 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
);
5620 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
5624 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 0);
5628 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 0);
5635 /***********************************************************************
5636 Changing an iterator's position
5637 ***********************************************************************/
5639 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
5640 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
5641 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
5642 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
5645 reseat (it
, pos
, force_p
)
5647 struct text_pos pos
;
5650 int original_pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
5652 reseat_1 (it
, pos
, 0);
5654 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
5655 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
5657 || CHARPOS (pos
) > it
->stop_charpos
5658 || CHARPOS (pos
) < original_pos
)
5662 /* For bidi iteration, we need to prime prev_stop and
5663 base_level_stop with our best estimations. */
5664 if (CHARPOS (pos
) < it
->prev_stop
)
5666 handle_stop_backwards (it
, BEGV
);
5667 if (CHARPOS (pos
) < it
->base_level_stop
)
5668 it
->base_level_stop
= 0;
5670 else if (CHARPOS (pos
) > it
->stop_charpos
5671 && it
->stop_charpos
>= BEGV
)
5672 handle_stop_backwards (it
, it
->stop_charpos
);
5679 it
->prev_stop
= it
->base_level_stop
= 0;
5688 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
5689 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
5692 reseat_1 (it
, pos
, set_stop_p
)
5694 struct text_pos pos
;
5697 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
5698 xassert (it
->s
== NULL
);
5700 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
5701 xassert (CHARPOS (pos
) >= BEGV
&& CHARPOS (pos
) <= ZV
);
5703 it
->current
.pos
= it
->position
= pos
;
5704 it
->end_charpos
= ZV
;
5706 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
5707 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
5708 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = -1;
5709 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = -1;
5711 it
->string_from_display_prop_p
= 0;
5712 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
5713 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
5714 it
->area
= TEXT_AREA
;
5715 it
->multibyte_p
= !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
);
5717 it
->string_from_display_prop_p
= 0;
5718 it
->face_before_selective_p
= 0;
5720 it
->bidi_it
.first_elt
= 1;
5724 it
->stop_charpos
= CHARPOS (pos
);
5725 it
->base_level_stop
= CHARPOS (pos
);
5730 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
5731 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
5732 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
5734 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
5735 characters from the string.
5737 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
5738 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
5741 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
5742 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
5743 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
5745 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
5746 calling this function. */
5749 reseat_to_string (it
, s
, string
, charpos
, precision
, field_width
, multibyte
)
5754 int precision
, field_width
, multibyte
;
5756 /* No region in strings. */
5757 it
->region_beg_charpos
= it
->region_end_charpos
= -1;
5759 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
5760 it
->stop_charpos
= -1;
5762 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
5763 bzero (&it
->current
, sizeof it
->current
);
5764 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
5765 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
5766 xassert (charpos
>= 0);
5768 /* If STRING is specified, use its multibyteness, otherwise use the
5769 setting of MULTIBYTE, if specified. */
5771 it
->multibyte_p
= multibyte
> 0;
5775 xassert (STRINGP (string
));
5776 it
->string
= string
;
5778 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= SCHARS (string
);
5779 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
5780 it
->current
.string_pos
= string_pos (charpos
, string
);
5787 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
5788 for displaying C strings. */
5789 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = -1;
5790 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
5792 it
->current
.pos
= c_string_pos (charpos
, s
, 1);
5793 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= number_of_chars (s
, 1);
5797 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = charpos
;
5798 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= strlen (s
);
5801 it
->method
= GET_FROM_C_STRING
;
5804 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
5806 if (precision
> 0 && it
->end_charpos
- charpos
> precision
)
5807 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= charpos
+ precision
;
5809 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
5810 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
5811 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
5812 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
5813 if (field_width
< 0)
5814 field_width
= INFINITY
;
5815 if (field_width
> it
->end_charpos
- charpos
)
5816 it
->end_charpos
= charpos
+ field_width
;
5818 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
5819 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table
))
5820 it
->dp
= XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table
);
5822 it
->stop_charpos
= charpos
;
5823 if (s
== NULL
&& it
->multibyte_p
)
5825 EMACS_INT endpos
= SCHARS (it
->string
);
5826 if (endpos
> it
->end_charpos
)
5827 endpos
= it
->end_charpos
;
5828 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
, charpos
, -1, endpos
,
5836 /***********************************************************************
5838 ***********************************************************************/
5840 /* Map enum it_method value to corresponding next_element_from_* function. */
5842 static int (* get_next_element
[NUM_IT_METHODS
]) (struct it
*it
) =
5844 next_element_from_buffer
,
5845 next_element_from_display_vector
,
5846 next_element_from_string
,
5847 next_element_from_c_string
,
5848 next_element_from_image
,
5849 next_element_from_stretch
5852 #define GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT(it) (*get_next_element[(it)->method]) (it)
5855 /* Return 1 iff a character at CHARPOS (and BYTEPOS) is composed
5856 (possibly with the following characters). */
5858 #define CHAR_COMPOSED_P(IT,CHARPOS,BYTEPOS,END_CHARPOS) \
5859 ((IT)->cmp_it.id >= 0 \
5860 || ((IT)->cmp_it.stop_pos == (CHARPOS) \
5861 && composition_reseat_it (&(IT)->cmp_it, CHARPOS, BYTEPOS, \
5862 END_CHARPOS, (IT)->w, \
5863 FACE_FROM_ID ((IT)->f, (IT)->face_id), \
5867 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
5868 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
5869 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
5871 static struct frame
*last_escape_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
5872 static unsigned last_escape_glyph_face_id
= (1 << FACE_ID_BITS
);
5873 static int last_escape_glyph_merged_face_id
= 0;
5876 get_next_display_element (it
)
5879 /* Non-zero means that we found a display element. Zero means that
5880 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
5881 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
5882 using a sequence of if-statements. */
5886 success_p
= GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT (it
);
5888 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
)
5890 /* UAX#9, L4: "A character is depicted by a mirrored glyph if
5891 and only if (a) the resolved directionality of that character
5893 /* FIXME: Do we need an exception for characters from display
5895 if (it
->bidi_p
&& it
->bidi_it
.type
== STRONG_R
)
5896 it
->c
= bidi_mirror_char (it
->c
);
5897 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
5898 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
5899 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
5900 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
5901 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
5902 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
5903 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
5904 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
5906 if (success_p
&& it
->dpvec
== NULL
)
5909 struct charset
*unibyte
= CHARSET_FROM_ID (charset_unibyte
);
5910 enum { char_is_other
= 0, char_is_nbsp
, char_is_soft_hyphen
}
5911 nbsp_or_shy
= char_is_other
;
5912 int decoded
= it
->c
;
5915 && (dv
= DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it
->dp
, it
->c
),
5918 struct Lisp_Vector
*v
= XVECTOR (dv
);
5920 /* Return the first character from the display table
5921 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
5922 current character. */
5925 it
->dpvec_char_len
= it
->len
;
5926 it
->dpvec
= v
->contents
;
5927 it
->dpend
= v
->contents
+ v
->size
;
5928 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= 0;
5929 it
->dpvec_face_id
= -1;
5930 it
->saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
5931 it
->method
= GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
;
5936 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
5941 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
5942 && !ASCII_CHAR_P (it
->c
))
5943 decoded
= DECODE_CHAR (unibyte
, it
->c
);
5945 if (it
->c
>= 0x80 && ! NILP (Vnobreak_char_display
))
5947 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
5948 nbsp_or_shy
= (it
->c
== 0xA0 ? char_is_nbsp
5949 : it
->c
== 0xAD ? char_is_soft_hyphen
5951 else if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
)
5952 nbsp_or_shy
= (decoded
== 0xA0 ? char_is_nbsp
5953 : decoded
== 0xAD ? char_is_soft_hyphen
5957 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
5958 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
5959 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
5960 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
5961 don't believe that it is worth doing.
5963 If it->multibyte_p is nonzero, non-printable non-ASCII
5964 characters are also translated to octal form.
5966 If it->multibyte_p is zero, eight-bit characters that
5967 don't have corresponding multibyte char code are also
5968 translated to octal form. */
5970 ? (it
->area
!= TEXT_AREA
5971 /* In mode line, treat \n, \t like other crl chars. */
5974 && (it
->glyph_row
->mode_line_p
|| it
->avoid_cursor_p
))
5975 || (it
->c
!= '\n' && it
->c
!= '\t'))
5978 ? ! CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it
->c
)
5979 : (! unibyte_display_via_language_environment
5981 : (decoded
>= 0x80 && decoded
< 0xA0))))))
5983 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
5984 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
5985 can be defined in the display table. Fill
5986 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
5987 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
5990 int face_id
, lface_id
= 0 ;
5993 /* Handle control characters with ^. */
5995 if (it
->c
< 128 && it
->ctl_arrow_p
)
5999 g
= '^'; /* default glyph for Control */
6000 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
6002 && (gc
= DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it
->dp
), GLYPH_CODE_P (gc
))
6003 && GLYPH_CODE_CHAR_VALID_P (gc
))
6005 g
= GLYPH_CODE_CHAR (gc
);
6006 lface_id
= GLYPH_CODE_FACE (gc
);
6010 face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qt
, lface_id
, it
->face_id
);
6012 else if (it
->f
== last_escape_glyph_frame
6013 && it
->face_id
== last_escape_glyph_face_id
)
6015 face_id
= last_escape_glyph_merged_face_id
;
6019 /* Merge the escape-glyph face into the current face. */
6020 face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qescape_glyph
, 0,
6022 last_escape_glyph_frame
= it
->f
;
6023 last_escape_glyph_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
6024 last_escape_glyph_merged_face_id
= face_id
;
6027 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[0], g
);
6028 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[1], it
->c
^ 0100);
6030 goto display_control
;
6033 /* Handle non-break space in the mode where it only gets
6036 if (EQ (Vnobreak_char_display
, Qt
)
6037 && nbsp_or_shy
== char_is_nbsp
)
6039 /* Merge the no-break-space face into the current face. */
6040 face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qnobreak_space
, 0,
6044 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[0], ' ');
6046 goto display_control
;
6049 /* Handle sequences that start with the "escape glyph". */
6051 /* the default escape glyph is \. */
6052 escape_glyph
= '\\';
6055 && (gc
= DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it
->dp
), GLYPH_CODE_P (gc
))
6056 && GLYPH_CODE_CHAR_VALID_P (gc
))
6058 escape_glyph
= GLYPH_CODE_CHAR (gc
);
6059 lface_id
= GLYPH_CODE_FACE (gc
);
6063 /* The display table specified a face.
6064 Merge it into face_id and also into escape_glyph. */
6065 face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qt
, lface_id
,
6068 else if (it
->f
== last_escape_glyph_frame
6069 && it
->face_id
== last_escape_glyph_face_id
)
6071 face_id
= last_escape_glyph_merged_face_id
;
6075 /* Merge the escape-glyph face into the current face. */
6076 face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qescape_glyph
, 0,
6078 last_escape_glyph_frame
= it
->f
;
6079 last_escape_glyph_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
6080 last_escape_glyph_merged_face_id
= face_id
;
6083 /* Handle soft hyphens in the mode where they only get
6086 if (EQ (Vnobreak_char_display
, Qt
)
6087 && nbsp_or_shy
== char_is_soft_hyphen
)
6090 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[0], '-');
6092 goto display_control
;
6095 /* Handle non-break space and soft hyphen
6096 with the escape glyph. */
6100 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[0], escape_glyph
);
6101 it
->c
= (nbsp_or_shy
== char_is_nbsp
? ' ' : '-');
6102 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[1], it
->c
);
6104 goto display_control
;
6108 unsigned char str
[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
];
6112 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
6113 if (CHAR_BYTE8_P (it
->c
))
6115 str
[0] = CHAR_TO_BYTE8 (it
->c
);
6118 else if (it
->c
< 256)
6125 /* It's an invalid character, which shouldn't
6126 happen actually, but due to bugs it may
6127 happen. Let's print the char as is, there's
6128 not much meaningful we can do with it. */
6130 str
[1] = it
->c
>> 8;
6131 str
[2] = it
->c
>> 16;
6132 str
[3] = it
->c
>> 24;
6136 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++)
6139 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[i
* 4], escape_glyph
);
6140 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
6141 the octal display of the character. */
6142 g
= ((str
[i
] >> 6) & 7) + '0';
6143 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[i
* 4 + 1], g
);
6144 g
= ((str
[i
] >> 3) & 7) + '0';
6145 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[i
* 4 + 2], g
);
6146 g
= (str
[i
] & 7) + '0';
6147 XSETINT (it
->ctl_chars
[i
* 4 + 3], g
);
6153 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
6154 it
->dpvec_char_len
= it
->len
;
6155 it
->dpvec
= it
->ctl_chars
;
6156 it
->dpend
= it
->dpvec
+ ctl_len
;
6157 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= 0;
6158 it
->dpvec_face_id
= face_id
;
6159 it
->saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
6160 it
->method
= GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
;
6167 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6168 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no multibyte
6169 character in unibyte text. */
6170 if ((it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
|| it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
)
6173 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
6175 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
6177 if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
&& it
->cmp_it
.ch
>= 0)
6179 /* Automatic composition with glyph-string. */
6180 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (it
->cmp_it
.id
);
6182 it
->face_id
= face_for_font (it
->f
, LGSTRING_FONT (gstring
), face
);
6186 int pos
= (it
->s
? -1
6187 : STRINGP (it
->string
) ? IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
)
6188 : IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
6190 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->c
, pos
, it
->string
);
6195 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
6196 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
6200 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_STRING
&& it
->sp
)
6202 int face_id
= underlying_face_id (it
);
6203 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
6207 if (face
->box
== FACE_NO_BOX
)
6209 /* If the box comes from face properties in a
6210 display string, check faces in that string. */
6211 int string_face_id
= face_after_it_pos (it
);
6212 it
->end_of_box_run_p
6213 = (FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, string_face_id
)->box
6216 /* Otherwise, the box comes from the underlying face.
6217 If this is the last string character displayed, check
6218 the next buffer location. */
6219 else if ((IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= SCHARS (it
->string
) - 1)
6220 && (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
6221 == it
->n_overlay_strings
- 1))
6225 struct text_pos pos
= it
->current
.pos
;
6226 INC_TEXT_POS (pos
, it
->multibyte_p
);
6228 next_face_id
= face_at_buffer_position
6229 (it
->w
, CHARPOS (pos
), it
->region_beg_charpos
,
6230 it
->region_end_charpos
, &ignore
,
6231 (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT
), 0,
6233 it
->end_of_box_run_p
6234 = (FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, next_face_id
)->box
6241 int face_id
= face_after_it_pos (it
);
6242 it
->end_of_box_run_p
6243 = (face_id
!= it
->face_id
6244 && FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
)->box
== FACE_NO_BOX
);
6248 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
6253 /* Move IT to the next display element.
6255 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
6256 skip to the next visible line start.
6258 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
6259 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
6260 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
6261 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
6262 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
6263 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
6264 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
6265 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
6266 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
6269 set_iterator_to_next (it
, reseat_p
)
6273 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
6274 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
6275 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
6276 it
->start_of_box_run_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
= 0;
6280 case GET_FROM_BUFFER
:
6281 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
6282 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
6283 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
6284 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
) && reseat_p
)
6285 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 0);
6286 else if (it
->cmp_it
.id
>= 0)
6288 /* We are currently getting glyphs from a composition. */
6293 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nchars
;
6294 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nbytes
;
6295 if (it
->cmp_it
.to
< it
->cmp_it
.nglyphs
)
6297 it
->cmp_it
.from
= it
->cmp_it
.to
;
6302 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
),
6304 it
->stop_charpos
, Qnil
);
6307 else if (! it
->cmp_it
.reversed_p
)
6309 /* Composition created while scanning forward. */
6310 /* Update IT's char/byte positions to point to the first
6311 character of the next grapheme cluster, or to the
6312 character visually after the current composition. */
6313 for (i
= 0; i
< it
->cmp_it
.nchars
; i
++)
6314 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
6315 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
;
6316 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.charpos
;
6318 if (it
->cmp_it
.to
< it
->cmp_it
.nglyphs
)
6320 /* Proceed to the next grapheme cluster. */
6321 it
->cmp_it
.from
= it
->cmp_it
.to
;
6325 /* No more grapheme clusters in this composition.
6326 Find the next stop position. */
6327 EMACS_INT stop
= it
->stop_charpos
;
6328 if (it
->bidi_it
.scan_dir
< 0)
6329 /* Now we are scanning backward and don't know
6332 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
),
6333 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
), stop
, Qnil
);
6338 /* Composition created while scanning backward. */
6339 /* Update IT's char/byte positions to point to the last
6340 character of the previous grapheme cluster, or the
6341 character visually after the current composition. */
6342 for (i
= 0; i
< it
->cmp_it
.nchars
; i
++)
6343 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
6344 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
;
6345 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.charpos
;
6346 if (it
->cmp_it
.from
> 0)
6348 /* Proceed to the previous grapheme cluster. */
6349 it
->cmp_it
.to
= it
->cmp_it
.from
;
6353 /* No more grapheme clusters in this composition.
6354 Find the next stop position. */
6355 EMACS_INT stop
= it
->stop_charpos
;
6356 if (it
->bidi_it
.scan_dir
< 0)
6357 /* Now we are scanning backward and don't know
6360 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
),
6361 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
), stop
, Qnil
);
6367 xassert (it
->len
!= 0);
6371 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->len
;
6372 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) += 1;
6376 int prev_scan_dir
= it
->bidi_it
.scan_dir
;
6377 /* If this is a new paragraph, determine its base
6378 direction (a.k.a. its base embedding level). */
6379 if (it
->bidi_it
.new_paragraph
)
6380 bidi_paragraph_init (it
->paragraph_embedding
, &it
->bidi_it
);
6381 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
6382 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
;
6383 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.charpos
;
6384 if (prev_scan_dir
!= it
->bidi_it
.scan_dir
)
6386 /* As the scan direction was changed, we must
6387 re-compute the stop position for composition. */
6388 EMACS_INT stop
= it
->stop_charpos
;
6389 if (it
->bidi_it
.scan_dir
< 0)
6391 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
),
6392 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
), stop
, Qnil
);
6395 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
6399 case GET_FROM_C_STRING
:
6400 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
6401 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->len
;
6402 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) += 1;
6405 case GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
:
6406 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
6407 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
6408 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
6410 ++it
->current
.dpvec_index
;
6412 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
6413 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
6414 it
->face_id
= it
->saved_face_id
;
6416 if (it
->dpvec
+ it
->current
.dpvec_index
== it
->dpend
)
6418 int recheck_faces
= it
->ellipsis_p
;
6421 it
->method
= GET_FROM_C_STRING
;
6422 else if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
6423 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
6426 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
6427 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
6431 it
->current
.dpvec_index
= -1;
6433 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
6434 if (it
->dpvec_char_len
< 0)
6435 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 1);
6436 else if (it
->dpvec_char_len
> 0)
6438 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_STRING
6439 && it
->n_overlay_strings
> 0)
6440 it
->ignore_overlay_strings_at_pos_p
= 1;
6441 it
->len
= it
->dpvec_char_len
;
6442 set_iterator_to_next (it
, reseat_p
);
6445 /* Maybe recheck faces after display vector */
6447 it
->stop_charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
6451 case GET_FROM_STRING
:
6452 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
6453 xassert (it
->s
== NULL
&& STRINGP (it
->string
));
6454 if (it
->cmp_it
.id
>= 0)
6456 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nchars
;
6457 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nbytes
;
6458 if (it
->cmp_it
.to
< it
->cmp_it
.nglyphs
)
6459 it
->cmp_it
.from
= it
->cmp_it
.to
;
6463 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
,
6464 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
),
6465 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
),
6466 it
->stop_charpos
, it
->string
);
6471 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->len
;
6472 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) += 1;
6475 consider_string_end
:
6477 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
6479 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
6480 next, if there is one. */
6481 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= SCHARS (it
->string
))
6484 next_overlay_string (it
);
6486 setup_for_ellipsis (it
, 0);
6491 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
6492 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
6493 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
6494 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
6495 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) == SCHARS (it
->string
)
6499 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_STRING
)
6500 goto consider_string_end
;
6505 case GET_FROM_IMAGE
:
6506 case GET_FROM_STRETCH
:
6507 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
6508 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
6509 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
6510 xassert (it
->sp
> 0);
6512 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_STRING
)
6513 goto consider_string_end
;
6517 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
6521 xassert (it
->method
!= GET_FROM_STRING
6522 || (STRINGP (it
->string
)
6523 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= 0));
6526 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
6527 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
6528 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
6531 IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters.
6532 IT->saved_face_id holds the face id before the display vector--it
6533 is restored into IT->face_id in set_iterator_to_next. */
6536 next_element_from_display_vector (it
)
6542 xassert (it
->dpvec
&& it
->current
.dpvec_index
>= 0);
6544 it
->face_id
= it
->saved_face_id
;
6546 /* KFS: This code used to check ip->dpvec[0] instead of the current element.
6547 That seemed totally bogus - so I changed it... */
6548 gc
= it
->dpvec
[it
->current
.dpvec_index
];
6550 if (GLYPH_CODE_P (gc
) && GLYPH_CODE_CHAR_VALID_P (gc
))
6552 it
->c
= GLYPH_CODE_CHAR (gc
);
6553 it
->len
= CHAR_BYTES (it
->c
);
6555 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
6556 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
6557 zero means no face is specified. */
6558 if (it
->dpvec_face_id
>= 0)
6559 it
->face_id
= it
->dpvec_face_id
;
6562 int lface_id
= GLYPH_CODE_FACE (gc
);
6564 it
->face_id
= merge_faces (it
->f
, Qt
, lface_id
,
6569 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
6570 it
->c
= ' ', it
->len
= 1;
6572 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
6573 still the values of the character that had this display table
6574 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
6575 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
6580 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
6581 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
6582 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
6586 next_element_from_string (it
)
6589 struct text_pos position
;
6591 xassert (STRINGP (it
->string
));
6592 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= 0);
6593 position
= it
->current
.string_pos
;
6595 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
6596 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->end_charpos
6597 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) == it
->stop_charpos
)
6601 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
6603 return GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT (it
);
6606 if (it
->current
.overlay_string_index
>= 0)
6608 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
6609 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
6611 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= SCHARS (it
->string
))
6616 else if (CHAR_COMPOSED_P (it
, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
),
6617 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
), SCHARS (it
->string
))
6618 && next_element_from_composition (it
))
6622 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
))
6624 int remaining
= SBYTES (it
->string
) - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
);
6625 const unsigned char *s
= (SDATA (it
->string
)
6626 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
6627 it
->c
= string_char_and_length (s
, &it
->len
);
6631 it
->c
= SREF (it
->string
, IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
6637 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
6638 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
6639 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
6640 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
6641 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->end_charpos
)
6646 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->string_nchars
)
6648 /* Pad with spaces. */
6649 it
->c
= ' ', it
->len
= 1;
6650 CHARPOS (position
) = BYTEPOS (position
) = -1;
6652 else if (CHAR_COMPOSED_P (it
, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
),
6653 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
), it
->string_nchars
)
6654 && next_element_from_composition (it
))
6658 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
))
6660 int maxlen
= SBYTES (it
->string
) - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
);
6661 const unsigned char *s
= (SDATA (it
->string
)
6662 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
6663 it
->c
= string_char_and_length (s
, &it
->len
);
6667 it
->c
= SREF (it
->string
, IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
));
6672 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
6673 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
6674 it
->object
= it
->string
;
6675 it
->position
= position
;
6680 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
6681 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
6682 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
6683 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
6684 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
6685 reached, including padding spaces. */
6688 next_element_from_c_string (it
)
6694 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
6695 BYTEPOS (it
->position
) = CHARPOS (it
->position
) = 0;
6698 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
6699 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
6701 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->end_charpos
)
6703 /* End of the game. */
6707 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->string_nchars
)
6709 /* Pad with spaces. */
6710 it
->c
= ' ', it
->len
= 1;
6711 BYTEPOS (it
->position
) = CHARPOS (it
->position
) = -1;
6713 else if (it
->multibyte_p
)
6715 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
6716 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
6717 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
6718 int maxlen
= strlen (it
->s
) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it
);
6719 it
->c
= string_char_and_length (it
->s
+ IT_BYTEPOS (*it
), &it
->len
);
6722 it
->c
= it
->s
[IT_BYTEPOS (*it
)], it
->len
= 1;
6728 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
6729 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
6730 entry. This function fills IT with the first glyph from the
6731 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
6734 next_element_from_ellipsis (it
)
6737 if (it
->selective_display_ellipsis_p
)
6738 setup_for_ellipsis (it
, it
->len
);
6741 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
6742 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
6743 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
6744 setting face_before_selective_p. */
6745 it
->saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
6746 it
->method
= GET_FROM_BUFFER
;
6747 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
6748 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 1);
6749 it
->face_before_selective_p
= 1;
6752 return GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT (it
);
6756 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
6757 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
6762 next_element_from_image (it
)
6765 it
->what
= IT_IMAGE
;
6770 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
6771 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
6775 next_element_from_stretch (it
)
6778 it
->what
= IT_STRETCH
;
6782 /* Scan forward from CHARPOS in the current buffer, until we find a
6783 stop position > current IT's position. Then handle the stop
6784 position before that. This is called when we bump into a stop
6785 position while reordering bidirectional text. CHARPOS should be
6786 the last previously processed stop_pos (or BEGV, if none were
6787 processed yet) whose position is less that IT's current
6791 handle_stop_backwards (it
, charpos
)
6795 EMACS_INT where_we_are
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
6796 struct display_pos save_current
= it
->current
;
6797 struct text_pos save_position
= it
->position
;
6798 struct text_pos pos1
;
6799 EMACS_INT next_stop
;
6801 /* Scan in strict logical order. */
6805 it
->prev_stop
= charpos
;
6806 SET_TEXT_POS (pos1
, charpos
, CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos
));
6807 reseat_1 (it
, pos1
, 0);
6808 compute_stop_pos (it
);
6809 /* We must advance forward, right? */
6810 if (it
->stop_charpos
<= it
->prev_stop
)
6812 charpos
= it
->stop_charpos
;
6814 while (charpos
<= where_we_are
);
6816 next_stop
= it
->stop_charpos
;
6817 it
->stop_charpos
= it
->prev_stop
;
6819 it
->current
= save_current
;
6820 it
->position
= save_position
;
6822 it
->stop_charpos
= next_stop
;
6825 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
6826 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
6827 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
6831 next_element_from_buffer (it
)
6836 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
6838 /* With bidi reordering, the character to display might not be the
6839 character at IT_CHARPOS. BIDI_IT.FIRST_ELT non-zero means that
6840 we were reseat()ed to a new buffer position, which is potentially
6841 a different paragraph. */
6842 if (it
->bidi_p
&& it
->bidi_it
.first_elt
)
6844 it
->bidi_it
.charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
6845 it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
= IT_BYTEPOS (*it
);
6846 if (it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
== ZV_BYTE
)
6848 /* Nothing to do, but reset the FIRST_ELT flag, like
6849 bidi_paragraph_init does, because we are not going to
6851 it
->bidi_it
.first_elt
= 0;
6853 else if (it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
== BEGV_BYTE
6854 /* FIXME: Should support all Unicode line separators. */
6855 || FETCH_CHAR (it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
- 1) == '\n'
6856 || FETCH_CHAR (it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
) == '\n')
6858 /* If we are at the beginning of a line, we can produce the
6859 next element right away. */
6860 bidi_paragraph_init (it
->paragraph_embedding
, &it
->bidi_it
);
6861 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
6865 int orig_bytepos
= IT_BYTEPOS (*it
);
6867 /* We need to prime the bidi iterator starting at the line's
6868 beginning, before we will be able to produce the next
6870 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it
), -1);
6871 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
6872 it
->bidi_it
.charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
6873 it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
= IT_BYTEPOS (*it
);
6874 bidi_paragraph_init (it
->paragraph_embedding
, &it
->bidi_it
);
6877 /* Now return to buffer position where we were asked to
6878 get the next display element, and produce that. */
6879 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
6881 while (it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
!= orig_bytepos
6882 && it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
< ZV_BYTE
);
6885 it
->bidi_it
.first_elt
= 0; /* paranoia: bidi.c does this */
6886 /* Adjust IT's position information to where we ended up. */
6887 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.charpos
;
6888 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) = it
->bidi_it
.bytepos
;
6889 SET_TEXT_POS (it
->position
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
6891 EMACS_INT stop
= it
->stop_charpos
;
6892 if (it
->bidi_it
.scan_dir
< 0)
6894 composition_compute_stop_pos (&it
->cmp_it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
),
6895 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
), stop
, Qnil
);
6899 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->stop_charpos
)
6901 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->end_charpos
)
6903 int overlay_strings_follow_p
;
6905 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
6906 haven't been returned yet. */
6907 if (it
->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p
)
6908 overlay_strings_follow_p
= 0;
6911 it
->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p
= 1;
6912 overlay_strings_follow_p
= get_overlay_strings (it
, 0);
6915 if (overlay_strings_follow_p
)
6916 success_p
= GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT (it
);
6920 it
->position
= it
->current
.pos
;
6924 else if (!(!it
->bidi_p
6925 || BIDI_AT_BASE_LEVEL (it
->bidi_it
)
6926 || IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == it
->stop_charpos
))
6928 /* With bidi non-linear iteration, we could find ourselves
6929 far beyond the last computed stop_charpos, with several
6930 other stop positions in between that we missed. Scan
6931 them all now, in buffer's logical order, until we find
6932 and handle the last stop_charpos that precedes our
6933 current position. */
6934 handle_stop_backwards (it
, it
->stop_charpos
);
6935 return GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT (it
);
6941 /* Take note of the stop position we just moved across,
6942 for when we will move back across it. */
6943 it
->prev_stop
= it
->stop_charpos
;
6944 /* If we are at base paragraph embedding level, take
6945 note of the last stop position seen at this
6947 if (BIDI_AT_BASE_LEVEL (it
->bidi_it
))
6948 it
->base_level_stop
= it
->stop_charpos
;
6951 return GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT (it
);
6955 /* We can sometimes back up for reasons that have nothing
6956 to do with bidi reordering. E.g., compositions. The
6957 code below is only needed when we are above the base
6958 embedding level, so test for that explicitly. */
6959 && !BIDI_AT_BASE_LEVEL (it
->bidi_it
)
6960 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->prev_stop
)
6962 if (it
->base_level_stop
<= 0)
6963 it
->base_level_stop
= BEGV
;
6964 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->base_level_stop
)
6966 handle_stop_backwards (it
, it
->base_level_stop
);
6967 return GET_NEXT_DISPLAY_ELEMENT (it
);
6971 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
6972 character from current_buffer. */
6976 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
6977 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
6978 if (it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
6980 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
)
6981 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it
);
6983 stop
= it
->bidi_it
.scan_dir
< 0 ? -1 : it
->end_charpos
;
6984 if (CHAR_COMPOSED_P (it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
), IT_BYTEPOS (*it
),
6986 && next_element_from_composition (it
))
6991 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
6992 p
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
6993 if (it
->multibyte_p
&& !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p
))
6994 it
->c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p
, it
->len
);
6996 it
->c
= *p
, it
->len
= 1;
6998 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
6999 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
7000 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
7001 it
->position
= it
->current
.pos
;
7003 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
7004 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
7009 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
7010 than that number of columns. */
7011 if (it
->selective
> 0
7012 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + 1 < ZV
7013 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + 1,
7014 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) + 1,
7015 (double) it
->selective
)) /* iftc */
7017 success_p
= next_element_from_ellipsis (it
);
7018 it
->dpvec_char_len
= -1;
7021 else if (it
->c
== '\r' && it
->selective
== -1)
7023 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
7024 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
7025 ellipsis displayed for it. */
7026 success_p
= next_element_from_ellipsis (it
);
7027 it
->dpvec_char_len
= -1;
7032 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
7033 xassert (!success_p
|| it
->what
!= IT_CHARACTER
|| it
->len
> 0);
7038 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
7041 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it
)
7044 Lisp_Object args
[3];
7046 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
7047 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
7048 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
7050 /* Set up hook arguments. */
7051 args
[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
;
7052 args
[1] = it
->window
;
7053 XSETINT (args
[2], it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
);
7054 it
->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
= 0;
7056 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
7057 them again, even if they get an error. */
7058 it
->w
->redisplay_end_trigger
= Qnil
;
7059 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args
);
7061 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
7062 handle_face_prop (it
);
7066 /* Deliver a composition display element. Unlike the other
7067 next_element_from_XXX, this function is not registered in the array
7068 get_next_element[]. It is called from next_element_from_buffer and
7069 next_element_from_string when necessary. */
7072 next_element_from_composition (it
)
7075 it
->what
= IT_COMPOSITION
;
7076 it
->len
= it
->cmp_it
.nbytes
;
7077 if (STRINGP (it
->string
))
7081 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nchars
;
7082 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nbytes
;
7085 it
->position
= it
->current
.string_pos
;
7086 it
->object
= it
->string
;
7087 it
->c
= composition_update_it (&it
->cmp_it
, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
),
7088 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
), it
->string
);
7094 IT_CHARPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nchars
;
7095 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) += it
->cmp_it
.nbytes
;
7098 if (it
->bidi_it
.new_paragraph
)
7099 bidi_paragraph_init (it
->paragraph_embedding
, &it
->bidi_it
);
7100 /* Resync the bidi iterator with IT's new position.
7101 FIXME: this doesn't support bidirectional text. */
7102 while (it
->bidi_it
.charpos
< IT_CHARPOS (*it
))
7103 bidi_move_to_visually_next (&it
->bidi_it
);
7107 it
->position
= it
->current
.pos
;
7108 it
->object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
7109 it
->c
= composition_update_it (&it
->cmp_it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
),
7110 IT_BYTEPOS (*it
), Qnil
);
7117 /***********************************************************************
7118 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
7119 ***********************************************************************/
7121 /* Check if iterator is at a position corresponding to a valid buffer
7122 position after some move_it_ call. */
7124 #define IT_POS_VALID_AFTER_MOVE_P(it) \
7125 ((it)->method == GET_FROM_STRING \
7126 ? IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 \
7130 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
7131 line on the display without producing glyphs.
7133 OP should be a bit mask including some or all of these bits:
7134 MOVE_TO_X: Stop upon reaching x-position TO_X.
7135 MOVE_TO_POS: Stop upon reaching buffer or string position TO_CHARPOS.
7136 Regardless of OP's value, stop upon reaching the end of the display line.
7138 TO_X is normally a value 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x.
7139 This means, in particular, that TO_X includes window's horizontal
7142 The return value has several possible values that
7143 say what condition caused the scan to stop:
7145 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
7146 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
7149 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
7152 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
7156 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
7160 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
7163 static enum move_it_result
7164 move_it_in_display_line_to (struct it
*it
,
7165 EMACS_INT to_charpos
, int to_x
,
7166 enum move_operation_enum op
)
7168 enum move_it_result result
= MOVE_UNDEFINED
;
7169 struct glyph_row
*saved_glyph_row
;
7170 struct it wrap_it
, atpos_it
, atx_it
;
7172 enum it_method prev_method
= it
->method
;
7173 EMACS_INT prev_pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
7175 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
7176 saved_glyph_row
= it
->glyph_row
;
7177 it
->glyph_row
= NULL
;
7179 /* Use wrap_it to save a copy of IT wherever a word wrap could
7180 occur. Use atpos_it to save a copy of IT at the desired buffer
7181 position, if found, so that we can scan ahead and check if the
7182 word later overshoots the window edge. Use atx_it similarly, for
7188 #define BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P() \
7189 ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0 \
7190 && BUFFERP (it->object) \
7191 && (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == to_charpos \
7192 || (!it->bidi_p && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)) \
7193 && (it->method == GET_FROM_BUFFER \
7194 || (it->method == GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR \
7195 && it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index + 1 >= it->dpend)))
7197 /* If there's a line-/wrap-prefix, handle it. */
7198 if (it
->hpos
== 0 && it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
7199 && it
->current_y
< it
->last_visible_y
)
7200 handle_line_prefix (it
);
7204 int x
, i
, ascent
= 0, descent
= 0;
7206 /* Utility macro to reset an iterator with x, ascent, and descent. */
7207 #define IT_RESET_X_ASCENT_DESCENT(IT) \
7208 ((IT)->current_x = x, (IT)->max_ascent = ascent, \
7209 (IT)->max_descent = descent)
7211 /* Stop if we move beyond TO_CHARPOS (after an image or stretch
7213 if ((op
& MOVE_TO_POS
) != 0
7214 && BUFFERP (it
->object
)
7215 && it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
7216 && ((!it
->bidi_p
&& IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > to_charpos
)
7218 && (prev_method
== GET_FROM_IMAGE
7219 || prev_method
== GET_FROM_STRETCH
)
7220 /* Passed TO_CHARPOS from left to right. */
7221 && ((prev_pos
< to_charpos
7222 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > to_charpos
)
7223 /* Passed TO_CHARPOS from right to left. */
7224 || (prev_pos
> to_charpos
7225 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < to_charpos
)))))
7227 if (it
->line_wrap
!= WORD_WRAP
|| wrap_it
.sp
< 0)
7229 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7232 else if (it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
&& atpos_it
.sp
< 0)
7233 /* If wrap_it is valid, the current position might be in a
7234 word that is wrapped. So, save the iterator in
7235 atpos_it and continue to see if wrapping happens. */
7239 prev_method
= it
->method
;
7240 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
)
7241 prev_pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
7242 /* Stop when ZV reached.
7243 We used to stop here when TO_CHARPOS reached as well, but that is
7244 too soon if this glyph does not fit on this line. So we handle it
7245 explicitly below. */
7246 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
7248 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7252 if (it
->line_wrap
== TRUNCATE
)
7254 if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
7256 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7262 if (it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
)
7264 if (IT_DISPLAYING_WHITESPACE (it
))
7268 /* We have reached a glyph that follows one or more
7269 whitespace characters. If the position is
7270 already found, we are done. */
7271 if (atpos_it
.sp
>= 0)
7274 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7280 result
= MOVE_X_REACHED
;
7283 /* Otherwise, we can wrap here. */
7290 /* Remember the line height for the current line, in case
7291 the next element doesn't fit on the line. */
7292 ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
7293 descent
= it
->max_descent
;
7295 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
7296 display element IT is loaded with. Record the x-position
7297 before this display element, in case it doesn't fit on the
7301 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
7303 if (it
->area
!= TEXT_AREA
)
7305 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
7309 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
7310 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
7311 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
7312 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present.
7313 (On X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
7314 composite character.)
7316 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
7317 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
7318 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
7319 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
7320 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
7321 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
7322 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
7325 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
7329 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
7330 glyphs have the same width. */
7331 int single_glyph_width
= it
->pixel_width
/ it
->nglyphs
;
7333 int x_before_this_char
= x
;
7334 int hpos_before_this_char
= it
->hpos
;
7336 for (i
= 0; i
< it
->nglyphs
; ++i
, x
= new_x
)
7338 new_x
= x
+ single_glyph_width
;
7340 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
7341 if ((op
& MOVE_TO_X
) && new_x
> to_x
)
7343 if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
7345 if (it
->line_wrap
!= WORD_WRAP
|| wrap_it
.sp
< 0)
7346 goto buffer_pos_reached
;
7347 if (atpos_it
.sp
< 0)
7350 IT_RESET_X_ASCENT_DESCENT (&atpos_it
);
7355 if (it
->line_wrap
!= WORD_WRAP
|| wrap_it
.sp
< 0)
7358 result
= MOVE_X_REACHED
;
7364 IT_RESET_X_ASCENT_DESCENT (&atx_it
);
7369 if (/* Lines are continued. */
7370 it
->line_wrap
!= TRUNCATE
7371 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
7372 new_x
> it
->last_visible_x
7373 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
7375 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
7376 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))))
7378 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
7379 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
7381 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
7382 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)))
7385 it
->current_x
= new_x
;
7387 /* The character's last glyph just barely fits
7389 if (i
== it
->nglyphs
- 1)
7391 /* If this is the destination position,
7392 return a position *before* it in this row,
7393 now that we know it fits in this row. */
7394 if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
7396 if (it
->line_wrap
!= WORD_WRAP
7399 it
->hpos
= hpos_before_this_char
;
7400 it
->current_x
= x_before_this_char
;
7401 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7404 if (it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
7408 atpos_it
.current_x
= x_before_this_char
;
7409 atpos_it
.hpos
= hpos_before_this_char
;
7413 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
7414 /* On graphical terminals, newlines may
7415 "overflow" into the fringe if
7416 overflow-newline-into-fringe is non-nil.
7417 On text-only terminals, newlines may
7418 overflow into the last glyph on the
7420 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
7421 || IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
7423 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
7425 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7428 if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
7430 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
7431 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7433 result
= MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
;
7436 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
7438 result
= MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
;
7445 IT_RESET_X_ASCENT_DESCENT (it
);
7447 if (wrap_it
.sp
>= 0)
7454 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
7456 result
= MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
;
7460 if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
7462 if (it
->line_wrap
!= WORD_WRAP
|| wrap_it
.sp
< 0)
7463 goto buffer_pos_reached
;
7464 if (it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
&& atpos_it
.sp
< 0)
7467 IT_RESET_X_ASCENT_DESCENT (&atpos_it
);
7471 if (new_x
> it
->first_visible_x
)
7473 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
7474 would be displayed. */
7479 if (result
!= MOVE_UNDEFINED
)
7482 else if (BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
7485 IT_RESET_X_ASCENT_DESCENT (it
);
7486 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7489 else if ((op
& MOVE_TO_X
) && it
->current_x
>= to_x
)
7491 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
7492 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
7493 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
7494 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
7495 xassert (it
->nglyphs
== 0);
7496 result
= MOVE_X_REACHED
;
7500 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
7501 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
7503 result
= MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
;
7507 if (it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
)
7508 prev_pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
7509 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
7511 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
7513 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
7514 past the right edge of the window now. */
7515 if (it
->line_wrap
== TRUNCATE
7516 && it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
)
7518 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
7519 || IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
7521 if (!get_next_display_element (it
)
7522 || BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P ())
7524 result
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7527 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
7529 result
= MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
;
7533 result
= MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
;
7536 #undef IT_RESET_X_ASCENT_DESCENT
7539 #undef BUFFER_POS_REACHED_P
7541 /* If we scanned beyond to_pos and didn't find a point to wrap at,
7542 restore the saved iterator. */
7543 if (atpos_it
.sp
>= 0)
7545 else if (atx_it
.sp
>= 0)
7550 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
7552 it
->glyph_row
= saved_glyph_row
;
7556 /* For external use. */
7558 move_it_in_display_line (struct it
*it
,
7559 EMACS_INT to_charpos
, int to_x
,
7560 enum move_operation_enum op
)
7562 if (it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
7563 && (op
& MOVE_TO_X
))
7565 struct it save_it
= *it
;
7566 int skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, to_x
, op
);
7567 /* When word-wrap is on, TO_X may lie past the end
7568 of a wrapped line. Then it->current is the
7569 character on the next line, so backtrack to the
7570 space before the wrap point. */
7571 if (skip
== MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
)
7573 int prev_x
= max (it
->current_x
- 1, 0);
7575 move_it_in_display_line_to
7576 (it
, -1, prev_x
, MOVE_TO_X
);
7580 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, to_x
, op
);
7584 /* Move IT forward until it satisfies one or more of the criteria in
7585 TO_CHARPOS, TO_X, TO_Y, and TO_VPOS.
7587 OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop, and in particular,
7588 which of those four position arguments makes a difference. See the
7589 description of enum move_operation_enum.
7591 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
7592 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
7596 move_it_to (it
, to_charpos
, to_x
, to_y
, to_vpos
, op
)
7598 int to_charpos
, to_x
, to_y
, to_vpos
;
7601 enum move_it_result skip
, skip2
= MOVE_X_REACHED
;
7602 int line_height
, line_start_x
= 0, reached
= 0;
7606 if (op
& MOVE_TO_VPOS
)
7608 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
7609 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
7610 if ((op
& (MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_POS
)) == 0)
7612 if (it
->vpos
== to_vpos
)
7618 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, -1, -1, 0);
7622 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
7623 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
7624 if (it
->vpos
== to_vpos
)
7630 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, to_x
, op
);
7632 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
|| it
->vpos
== to_vpos
)
7637 else if (skip
== MOVE_X_REACHED
&& it
->vpos
!= to_vpos
)
7639 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
7640 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
,
7642 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
)
7650 else if (op
& MOVE_TO_Y
)
7652 struct it it_backup
;
7654 if (it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
)
7657 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
7658 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
7659 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
7660 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
7661 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
7664 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
7665 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
7666 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
7667 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
7669 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to
7670 (it
, to_charpos
, ((op
& MOVE_TO_X
) ? to_x
: 0),
7671 (MOVE_TO_X
| (op
& MOVE_TO_POS
)));
7673 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
7674 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
)
7676 else if (skip
== MOVE_X_REACHED
)
7678 /* If TO_X was reached, we want to know whether TO_Y is
7679 in the line. We know this is the case if the already
7680 scanned glyphs make the line tall enough. Otherwise,
7681 we must check by scanning the rest of the line. */
7682 line_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
7683 if (to_y
>= it
->current_y
7684 && to_y
< it
->current_y
+ line_height
)
7690 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
7691 skip2
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, -1,
7693 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
7694 line_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
7695 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height
));
7697 if (to_y
>= it
->current_y
7698 && to_y
< it
->current_y
+ line_height
)
7700 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached
7701 above, we scanned too far. We have to restore
7702 IT's settings to the ones before skipping. */
7709 if (skip
== MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
)
7715 /* Check whether TO_Y is in this line. */
7716 line_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
7717 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height
));
7719 if (to_y
>= it
->current_y
7720 && to_y
< it
->current_y
+ line_height
)
7722 /* When word-wrap is on, TO_X may lie past the end
7723 of a wrapped line. Then it->current is the
7724 character on the next line, so backtrack to the
7725 space before the wrap point. */
7726 if (skip
== MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
7727 && it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
)
7729 int prev_x
= max (it
->current_x
- 1, 0);
7731 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to
7732 (it
, -1, prev_x
, MOVE_TO_X
);
7741 else if (BUFFERP (it
->object
)
7742 && (it
->method
== GET_FROM_BUFFER
7743 || it
->method
== GET_FROM_STRETCH
)
7744 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= to_charpos
)
7745 skip
= MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
;
7747 skip
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, to_charpos
, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
7751 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
:
7755 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
:
7756 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
7757 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
7760 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
:
7761 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
7762 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 0);
7763 if ((op
& MOVE_TO_POS
) != 0
7764 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > to_charpos
)
7771 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
:
7772 /* For continued lines ending in a tab, some of the glyphs
7773 associated with the tab are displayed on the current
7774 line. Since it->current_x does not include these glyphs,
7775 we use it->last_visible_x instead. */
7778 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= it
->last_visible_x
;
7779 /* When moving by vpos, ensure that the iterator really
7780 advances to the next line (bug#847, bug#969). Fixme:
7781 do we need to do this in other circumstances? */
7782 if (it
->current_x
!= it
->last_visible_x
7783 && (op
& MOVE_TO_VPOS
)
7784 && !(op
& (MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_POS
)))
7786 line_start_x
= it
->current_x
+ it
->pixel_width
7787 - it
->last_visible_x
;
7788 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
7792 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= it
->current_x
;
7799 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
7800 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
7801 it
->current_x
= line_start_x
;
7804 it
->current_y
+= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
7806 last_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
7807 last_max_ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
7808 it
->max_ascent
= it
->max_descent
= 0;
7813 /* On text terminals, we may stop at the end of a line in the middle
7814 of a multi-character glyph. If the glyph itself is continued,
7815 i.e. it is actually displayed on the next line, don't treat this
7816 stopping point as valid; move to the next line instead (unless
7817 that brings us offscreen). */
7818 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
7820 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == to_charpos
7821 && it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
7823 && it
->line_wrap
== WINDOW_WRAP
7824 && it
->current_x
== it
->last_visible_x
- 1
7827 && it
->vpos
< XFASTINT (it
->w
->window_end_vpos
))
7829 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= it
->current_x
;
7830 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= it
->max_ascent
= it
->max_descent
= 0;
7831 it
->current_y
+= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
7833 last_height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
7834 last_max_ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
7837 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached
));
7841 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
7843 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
7844 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
7845 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
7846 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
7847 set to the top of the line moved to. */
7850 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, dy
)
7861 start_pos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
7863 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
7864 nlines
= max (1, dy
/ FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
));
7866 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
7867 while (nlines
-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
7868 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
7870 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
7871 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
7872 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
7873 use reseat_1 here. */
7874 reseat_1 (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
7876 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
7877 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
7878 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
7880 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
7881 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
7882 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
7885 it2
.max_ascent
= it2
.max_descent
= 0;
7888 move_it_to (&it2
, start_pos
, -1, -1, it2
.vpos
+ 1,
7889 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_VPOS
);
7891 while (!IT_POS_VALID_AFTER_MOVE_P (&it2
));
7892 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
7895 move_it_to (&it2
, start_pos
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
7896 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= BEGV
);
7897 /* H is the actual vertical distance from the position in *IT
7898 and the starting position. */
7899 h
= it2
.current_y
- it
->current_y
;
7900 /* NLINES is the distance in number of lines. */
7901 nlines
= it2
.vpos
- it
->vpos
;
7903 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position
7904 so that they are relative to the starting point. */
7910 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
7911 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
7913 move_it_by_lines (it
, nlines
, 1);
7917 /* The y-position we try to reach, relative to *IT.
7918 Note that H has been subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
7919 int target_y
= it
->current_y
+ h
- dy
;
7920 int y0
= it3
.current_y
;
7921 int y1
= line_bottom_y (&it3
);
7922 int line_height
= y1
- y0
;
7924 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
7925 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
7926 if (target_y
< it
->current_y
7927 /* This is heuristic. In a window that's 3 lines high, with
7928 a line height of 13 pixels each, recentering with point
7929 on the bottom line will try to move -39/2 = 19 pixels
7930 backward. Try to avoid moving into the first line. */
7931 && (it
->current_y
- target_y
7932 > min (window_box_height (it
->w
), line_height
* 2 / 3))
7933 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
)
7935 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, " not far enough -> move_vert %d\n",
7936 target_y
- it
->current_y
));
7937 dy
= it
->current_y
- target_y
;
7938 goto move_further_back
;
7940 else if (target_y
>= it
->current_y
+ line_height
7941 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < ZV
)
7943 /* Should move forward by at least one line, maybe more.
7945 Note: Calling move_it_by_lines can be expensive on
7946 terminal frames, where compute_motion is used (via
7947 vmotion) to do the job, when there are very long lines
7948 and truncate-lines is nil. That's the reason for
7949 treating terminal frames specially here. */
7951 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
7952 move_it_vertically (it
, target_y
- (it
->current_y
+ line_height
));
7957 move_it_by_lines (it
, 1, 1);
7959 while (target_y
>= line_bottom_y (it
) && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < ZV
);
7966 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
7967 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
7968 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
7971 move_it_vertically (it
, dy
)
7976 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, -dy
);
7979 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it
), dy
));
7980 move_it_to (it
, ZV
, -1, it
->current_y
+ dy
, -1,
7981 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
7982 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr
, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it
)));
7984 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
7985 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
7986 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == ZV
7988 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) != '\n')
7989 move_it_by_lines (it
, 0, 0);
7994 /* Move iterator IT past the end of the text line it is in. */
7997 move_it_past_eol (it
)
8000 enum move_it_result rc
;
8002 rc
= move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, Z
, 0, MOVE_TO_POS
);
8003 if (rc
== MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
)
8004 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 0);
8008 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
8009 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
8010 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
8011 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
8013 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
8014 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
8015 truncate-lines nil. */
8018 move_it_by_lines (it
, dvpos
, need_y_p
)
8020 int dvpos
, need_y_p
;
8022 struct position pos
;
8024 /* The commented-out optimization uses vmotion on terminals. This
8025 gives bad results, because elements like it->what, on which
8026 callers such as pos_visible_p rely, aren't updated. */
8027 /* if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
8029 struct text_pos textpos;
8031 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
8032 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
8033 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
8034 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
8035 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
8041 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
8042 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, 0);
8043 xassert (it
->current_x
== 0 && it
->hpos
== 0);
8044 /* Let next call to line_bottom_y calculate real line height */
8049 move_it_to (it
, -1, -1, -1, it
->vpos
+ dvpos
, MOVE_TO_VPOS
);
8050 if (!IT_POS_VALID_AFTER_MOVE_P (it
))
8051 move_it_to (it
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
) + 1, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
8056 int start_charpos
, i
;
8058 /* Start at the beginning of the screen line containing IT's
8059 position. This may actually move vertically backwards,
8060 in case of overlays, so adjust dvpos accordingly. */
8062 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, 0);
8065 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
8066 start_charpos
= IT_CHARPOS (*it
);
8067 for (i
= -dvpos
; i
> 0 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > BEGV
; --i
)
8068 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
8069 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
8071 /* Move further back if we end up in a string or an image. */
8072 while (!IT_POS_VALID_AFTER_MOVE_P (it
))
8074 /* First try to move to start of display line. */
8076 move_it_vertically_backward (it
, 0);
8078 if (IT_POS_VALID_AFTER_MOVE_P (it
))
8080 /* If start of line is still in string or image,
8081 move further back. */
8082 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it
);
8083 reseat (it
, it
->current
.pos
, 1);
8087 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
8089 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
8090 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
8092 it2
.vpos
= it2
.current_y
= 0;
8093 move_it_to (&it2
, start_charpos
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
8094 it
->vpos
-= it2
.vpos
;
8095 it
->current_y
-= it2
.current_y
;
8096 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
8098 /* If we moved too far back, move IT some lines forward. */
8099 if (it2
.vpos
> -dvpos
)
8101 int delta
= it2
.vpos
+ dvpos
;
8103 move_it_to (it
, -1, -1, -1, it
->vpos
+ delta
, MOVE_TO_VPOS
);
8104 /* Move back again if we got too far ahead. */
8105 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) >= start_charpos
)
8111 /* Return 1 if IT points into the middle of a display vector. */
8114 in_display_vector_p (it
)
8117 return (it
->method
== GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
8118 && it
->current
.dpvec_index
> 0
8119 && it
->dpvec
+ it
->current
.dpvec_index
!= it
->dpend
);
8123 /***********************************************************************
8125 ***********************************************************************/
8128 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
8132 add_to_log (format
, arg1
, arg2
)
8134 Lisp_Object arg1
, arg2
;
8136 Lisp_Object args
[3];
8137 Lisp_Object msg
, fmt
;
8140 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
, gcpro4
;
8143 /* Do nothing if called asynchronously. Inserting text into
8144 a buffer may call after-change-functions and alike and
8145 that would means running Lisp asynchronously. */
8146 if (handling_signal
)
8150 GCPRO4 (fmt
, msg
, arg1
, arg2
);
8152 args
[0] = fmt
= build_string (format
);
8155 msg
= Fformat (3, args
);
8157 len
= SBYTES (msg
) + 1;
8158 SAFE_ALLOCA (buffer
, char *, len
);
8159 bcopy (SDATA (msg
), buffer
, len
);
8161 message_dolog (buffer
, len
- 1, 1, 0);
8168 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
8171 message_log_maybe_newline ()
8173 if (message_log_need_newline
)
8174 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
8178 /* Add a string M of length NBYTES to the message log, optionally
8179 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
8180 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
8181 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
8182 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run.
8184 This may GC (insert may run before/after change hooks),
8185 so the buffer M must NOT point to a Lisp string. */
8188 message_dolog (m
, nbytes
, nlflag
, multibyte
)
8190 int nbytes
, nlflag
, multibyte
;
8192 if (!NILP (Vmemory_full
))
8195 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max
))
8197 struct buffer
*oldbuf
;
8198 Lisp_Object oldpoint
, oldbegv
, oldzv
;
8199 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed
= windows_or_buffers_changed
;
8200 int point_at_end
= 0;
8202 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark
, tem
;
8203 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
8205 old_deactivate_mark
= Vdeactivate_mark
;
8206 oldbuf
= current_buffer
;
8207 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name
));
8208 current_buffer
->undo_list
= Qt
;
8210 oldpoint
= message_dolog_marker1
;
8211 set_marker_restricted (oldpoint
, make_number (PT
), Qnil
);
8212 oldbegv
= message_dolog_marker2
;
8213 set_marker_restricted (oldbegv
, make_number (BEGV
), Qnil
);
8214 oldzv
= message_dolog_marker3
;
8215 set_marker_restricted (oldzv
, make_number (ZV
), Qnil
);
8216 GCPRO1 (old_deactivate_mark
);
8224 BEGV_BYTE
= BEG_BYTE
;
8227 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z
, Z_BYTE
);
8229 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
8230 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
8232 && NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
8234 int i
, c
, char_bytes
;
8235 unsigned char work
[1];
8237 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
8238 for the *Message* buffer. */
8239 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= char_bytes
)
8241 c
= string_char_and_length (m
+ i
, &char_bytes
);
8242 work
[0] = (ASCII_CHAR_P (c
)
8244 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c
, Qnil
));
8245 insert_1_both (work
, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
8248 else if (! multibyte
8249 && ! NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
8251 int i
, c
, char_bytes
;
8252 unsigned char *msg
= (unsigned char *) m
;
8253 unsigned char str
[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
];
8254 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
8255 for the *Message* buffer. */
8256 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
8259 MAKE_CHAR_MULTIBYTE (c
);
8260 char_bytes
= CHAR_STRING (c
, str
);
8261 insert_1_both (str
, 1, char_bytes
, 1, 0, 0);
8265 insert_1 (m
, nbytes
, 1, 0, 0);
8269 int this_bol
, this_bol_byte
, prev_bol
, prev_bol_byte
, dup
;
8270 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
8272 scan_newline (Z
, Z_BYTE
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
, -2, 0);
8274 this_bol_byte
= PT_BYTE
;
8276 /* See if this line duplicates the previous one.
8277 If so, combine duplicates. */
8280 scan_newline (PT
, PT_BYTE
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
, -2, 0);
8282 prev_bol_byte
= PT_BYTE
;
8284 dup
= message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol
, prev_bol_byte
,
8285 this_bol
, this_bol_byte
);
8288 del_range_both (prev_bol
, prev_bol_byte
,
8289 this_bol
, this_bol_byte
, 0);
8295 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
8296 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
8297 sprintf (dupstr
, " [%d times]", dup
);
8298 duplen
= strlen (dupstr
);
8299 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z
- 1, Z_BYTE
- 1);
8300 insert_1 (dupstr
, duplen
, 1, 0, 1);
8305 /* If we have more than the desired maximum number of lines
8306 in the *Messages* buffer now, delete the oldest ones.
8307 This is safe because we don't have undo in this buffer. */
8309 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max
))
8311 scan_newline (Z
, Z_BYTE
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
,
8312 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max
) - 1, 0);
8313 del_range_both (BEG
, BEG_BYTE
, PT
, PT_BYTE
, 0);
8316 BEGV
= XMARKER (oldbegv
)->charpos
;
8317 BEGV_BYTE
= marker_byte_position (oldbegv
);
8326 ZV
= XMARKER (oldzv
)->charpos
;
8327 ZV_BYTE
= marker_byte_position (oldzv
);
8331 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z
, Z_BYTE
);
8333 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
8335 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint
)->charpos
,
8336 XMARKER (oldpoint
)->bytepos
);
8339 unchain_marker (XMARKER (oldpoint
));
8340 unchain_marker (XMARKER (oldbegv
));
8341 unchain_marker (XMARKER (oldzv
));
8343 tem
= Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt
);
8344 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf
);
8346 windows_or_buffers_changed
= old_windows_or_buffers_changed
;
8347 message_log_need_newline
= !nlflag
;
8348 Vdeactivate_mark
= old_deactivate_mark
;
8353 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
8354 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
8355 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
8356 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
8357 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
8360 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol
, prev_bol_byte
, this_bol
, this_bol_byte
)
8361 int prev_bol
, this_bol
;
8362 int prev_bol_byte
, this_bol_byte
;
8365 int len
= Z_BYTE
- 1 - this_bol_byte
;
8367 unsigned char *p1
= BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer
, prev_bol_byte
);
8368 unsigned char *p2
= BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer
, this_bol_byte
);
8370 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++)
8372 if (i
>= 3 && p1
[i
-3] == '.' && p1
[i
-2] == '.' && p1
[i
-1] == '.')
8380 if (*p1
++ == ' ' && *p1
++ == '[')
8383 while (*p1
>= '0' && *p1
<= '9')
8384 n
= n
* 10 + *p1
++ - '0';
8385 if (strncmp (p1
, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
8392 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
8393 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
8394 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show
8397 This may GC, so the buffer M must NOT point to a Lisp string. */
8400 message2 (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
)
8405 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
8406 message_log_maybe_newline ();
8408 message_dolog (m
, nbytes
, 1, multibyte
);
8409 message2_nolog (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
);
8413 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
8416 message2_nolog (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
)
8418 int nbytes
, multibyte
;
8420 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
8421 message_enable_multibyte
= multibyte
;
8423 if (FRAME_INITIAL_P (sf
))
8425 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
8426 putc ('\n', stderr
);
8427 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
8429 fwrite (m
, nbytes
, 1, stderr
);
8430 if (cursor_in_echo_area
== 0)
8431 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
8434 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
8435 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
8436 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
8437 else if (INTERACTIVE
8438 && sf
->glyphs_initialized_p
8439 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf
))
8441 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
8444 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
8445 that the selected frame is using. */
8446 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
8447 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
8449 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8450 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
)
8451 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8452 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
8456 set_message (m
, Qnil
, nbytes
, multibyte
);
8457 if (minibuffer_auto_raise
)
8458 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
8461 clear_message (1, 1);
8463 do_pending_window_change (0);
8464 echo_area_display (1);
8465 do_pending_window_change (0);
8466 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->frame_up_to_date_hook
!= 0 && ! gc_in_progress
)
8467 (*FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->frame_up_to_date_hook
) (f
);
8472 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
8473 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
8474 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
8477 This function cancels echoing. */
8480 message3 (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
)
8485 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
8488 clear_message (1,1);
8491 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
8492 message_log_maybe_newline ();
8498 SAFE_ALLOCA (buffer
, char *, nbytes
);
8499 bcopy (SDATA (m
), buffer
, nbytes
);
8500 message_dolog (buffer
, nbytes
, 1, multibyte
);
8503 message3_nolog (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
);
8509 /* The non-logging version of message3.
8510 This does not cancel echoing, because it is used for echoing.
8511 Perhaps we need to make a separate function for echoing
8512 and make this cancel echoing. */
8515 message3_nolog (m
, nbytes
, multibyte
)
8517 int nbytes
, multibyte
;
8519 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
8520 message_enable_multibyte
= multibyte
;
8522 if (FRAME_INITIAL_P (sf
))
8524 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
8525 putc ('\n', stderr
);
8526 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
8528 fwrite (SDATA (m
), nbytes
, 1, stderr
);
8529 if (cursor_in_echo_area
== 0)
8530 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
8533 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
8534 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
8535 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
8536 else if (INTERACTIVE
8537 && sf
->glyphs_initialized_p
8538 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf
))
8540 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
8544 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
8545 that the selected frame is using. */
8546 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
8547 frame
= XWINDOW (mini_window
)->frame
;
8550 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8551 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
)
8552 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8553 Fmake_frame_visible (frame
);
8555 if (STRINGP (m
) && SCHARS (m
) > 0)
8557 set_message (NULL
, m
, nbytes
, multibyte
);
8558 if (minibuffer_auto_raise
)
8559 Fraise_frame (frame
);
8560 /* Assume we are not echoing.
8561 (If we are, echo_now will override this.) */
8562 echo_message_buffer
= Qnil
;
8565 clear_message (1, 1);
8567 do_pending_window_change (0);
8568 echo_area_display (1);
8569 do_pending_window_change (0);
8570 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->frame_up_to_date_hook
!= 0 && ! gc_in_progress
)
8571 (*FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->frame_up_to_date_hook
) (f
);
8576 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
8577 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
8579 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
8580 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
8581 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
8582 that was alloca'd. */
8588 message2 (m
, (m
? strlen (m
) : 0), 0);
8592 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
8598 message2_nolog (m
, (m
? strlen (m
) : 0), 0);
8601 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
8602 which gets replaced with STRING. */
8605 message_with_string (m
, string
, log
)
8610 CHECK_STRING (string
);
8616 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
8617 putc ('\n', stderr
);
8618 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
8619 fprintf (stderr
, m
, SDATA (string
));
8620 if (!cursor_in_echo_area
)
8621 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
8625 else if (INTERACTIVE
)
8627 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
8628 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
8629 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
8630 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
8631 struct frame
*f
, *sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
8633 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
8634 that the selected frame is using. */
8635 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
8636 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
8638 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
8639 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
8640 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
8641 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
))
8643 Lisp_Object args
[2], message
;
8644 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
8646 args
[0] = build_string (m
);
8647 args
[1] = message
= string
;
8648 GCPRO2 (args
[0], message
);
8651 message
= Fformat (2, args
);
8654 message3 (message
, SBYTES (message
), STRING_MULTIBYTE (message
));
8656 message3_nolog (message
, SBYTES (message
), STRING_MULTIBYTE (message
));
8660 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
8661 buffer next time. */
8662 message_buf_print
= 0;
8668 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
8669 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
8673 message (m
, a1
, a2
, a3
)
8675 EMACS_INT a1
, a2
, a3
;
8681 if (noninteractive_need_newline
)
8682 putc ('\n', stderr
);
8683 noninteractive_need_newline
= 0;
8684 fprintf (stderr
, m
, a1
, a2
, a3
);
8685 if (cursor_in_echo_area
== 0)
8686 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
8690 else if (INTERACTIVE
)
8692 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
8693 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
8694 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
8695 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
8696 struct frame
*f
, *sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
8698 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
8699 that the selected frame is using. */
8700 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
8701 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
8703 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
8704 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
8705 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
8707 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
))
8717 len
= doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
),
8718 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f
), m
, (char *)0, 3, a
);
8720 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f
), len
, 0);
8725 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
8726 buffer next time. */
8727 message_buf_print
= 0;
8733 /* The non-logging version of message. */
8736 message_nolog (m
, a1
, a2
, a3
)
8738 EMACS_INT a1
, a2
, a3
;
8740 Lisp_Object old_log_max
;
8741 old_log_max
= Vmessage_log_max
;
8742 Vmessage_log_max
= Qnil
;
8743 message (m
, a1
, a2
, a3
);
8744 Vmessage_log_max
= old_log_max
;
8748 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
8749 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
8755 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
8758 string
= Fcurrent_message ();
8759 message3 (string
, SBYTES (string
),
8760 !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
));
8765 /* Make sure echo area buffers in `echo_buffers' are live.
8766 If they aren't, make new ones. */
8769 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
8773 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
8774 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer
[i
])
8775 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer
[i
])->name
))
8778 Lisp_Object old_buffer
;
8781 old_buffer
= echo_buffer
[i
];
8782 sprintf (name
, " *Echo Area %d*", i
);
8783 echo_buffer
[i
] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name
));
8784 XBUFFER (echo_buffer
[i
])->truncate_lines
= Qnil
;
8785 /* to force word wrap in echo area -
8786 it was decided to postpone this*/
8787 /* XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->word_wrap = Qt; */
8789 for (j
= 0; j
< 2; ++j
)
8790 if (EQ (old_buffer
, echo_area_buffer
[j
]))
8791 echo_area_buffer
[j
] = echo_buffer
[i
];
8796 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
8797 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
8799 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
8800 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
8801 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
8803 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
8804 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
8806 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
8807 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
8808 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
8810 Value is what FN returns. */
8813 with_echo_area_buffer (w
, which
, fn
, a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
)
8816 int (*fn
) (EMACS_INT
, Lisp_Object
, EMACS_INT
, EMACS_INT
);
8822 int this_one
, the_other
, clear_buffer_p
, rc
;
8823 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
8825 /* If buffers aren't live, make new ones. */
8826 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
8831 this_one
= 0, the_other
= 1;
8833 this_one
= 1, the_other
= 0;
8836 this_one
= 0, the_other
= 1;
8839 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
8840 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
8841 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[this_one
])
8842 && EQ (echo_area_buffer
[this_one
], echo_area_buffer
[the_other
]))
8843 echo_area_buffer
[this_one
] = Qnil
;
8846 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
8848 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer
[this_one
]))
8850 echo_area_buffer
[this_one
]
8851 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer
[the_other
], echo_buffer
[this_one
])
8852 ? echo_buffer
[the_other
]
8853 : echo_buffer
[this_one
]);
8857 buffer
= echo_area_buffer
[this_one
];
8859 /* Don't get confused by reusing the buffer used for echoing
8860 for a different purpose. */
8861 if (echo_kboard
== NULL
&& EQ (buffer
, echo_message_buffer
))
8864 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer
,
8865 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w
));
8867 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
8868 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
8869 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
8870 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
8871 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
8872 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
8874 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer
));
8878 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, buffer
, BEG
, BEG_BYTE
);
8881 current_buffer
->undo_list
= Qt
;
8882 current_buffer
->read_only
= Qnil
;
8883 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only
, Qt
);
8884 specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks
, Qt
);
8886 if (clear_buffer_p
&& Z
> BEG
)
8889 xassert (BEGV
>= BEG
);
8890 xassert (ZV
<= Z
&& ZV
>= BEGV
);
8892 rc
= fn (a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
);
8894 xassert (BEGV
>= BEG
);
8895 xassert (ZV
<= Z
&& ZV
>= BEGV
);
8897 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
8902 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
8903 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
8906 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w
)
8910 Lisp_Object vector
, tmp
;
8912 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
8913 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
8914 vector
= Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
;
8915 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
= Qnil
;
8918 vector
= Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil
);
8920 XSETBUFFER (tmp
, current_buffer
); ASET (vector
, i
, tmp
); ++i
;
8921 ASET (vector
, i
, Vdeactivate_mark
); ++i
;
8922 ASET (vector
, i
, make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed
)); ++i
;
8926 XSETWINDOW (tmp
, w
); ASET (vector
, i
, tmp
); ++i
;
8927 ASET (vector
, i
, w
->buffer
); ++i
;
8928 ASET (vector
, i
, make_number (XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->charpos
)); ++i
;
8929 ASET (vector
, i
, make_number (XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->bytepos
)); ++i
;
8934 for (; i
< end
; ++i
)
8935 ASET (vector
, i
, Qnil
);
8938 xassert (i
== ASIZE (vector
));
8943 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
8944 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
8947 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector
)
8950 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector
, 0)));
8951 Vdeactivate_mark
= AREF (vector
, 1);
8952 windows_or_buffers_changed
= XFASTINT (AREF (vector
, 2));
8954 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector
, 3)))
8957 Lisp_Object buffer
, charpos
, bytepos
;
8959 w
= XWINDOW (AREF (vector
, 3));
8960 buffer
= AREF (vector
, 4);
8961 charpos
= AREF (vector
, 5);
8962 bytepos
= AREF (vector
, 6);
8965 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, buffer
,
8966 XFASTINT (charpos
), XFASTINT (bytepos
));
8969 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
= vector
;
8974 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
8975 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
8978 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p
)
8981 /* If we can't find an echo area any more, exit. */
8982 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (selected_frame
)))
8985 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
8987 if (!message_buf_print
)
8989 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
8990 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
8991 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer
[1], echo_buffer
[0]))
8992 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[1];
8994 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[0];
8996 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
8997 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer
[0]));
8998 current_buffer
->truncate_lines
= Qnil
;
9002 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
9003 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only
, Qt
);
9004 /* Note that undo recording is always disabled. */
9006 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
9008 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG
, BEG_BYTE
);
9010 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
9012 != !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
9013 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9015 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
9016 if (minibuffer_auto_raise
)
9018 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
9019 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
9020 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
9021 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
9024 message_log_maybe_newline ();
9025 message_buf_print
= 1;
9029 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
9031 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer
[1], echo_buffer
[0]))
9032 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[1];
9034 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[0];
9037 if (current_buffer
!= XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
9039 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
9040 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer
[0]));
9041 current_buffer
->truncate_lines
= Qnil
;
9047 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
9048 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
9049 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
9050 display the current message. */
9053 display_echo_area (w
)
9056 int i
, no_message_p
, window_height_changed_p
, count
;
9058 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
9059 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
9060 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
9061 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
9063 count
= inhibit_garbage_collection ();
9065 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
9066 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
9067 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
9068 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
9069 i
= display_last_displayed_message_p
? 1 : 0;
9070 no_message_p
= NILP (echo_area_buffer
[i
]);
9072 window_height_changed_p
9073 = with_echo_area_buffer (w
, display_last_displayed_message_p
,
9074 display_echo_area_1
,
9075 (EMACS_INT
) w
, Qnil
, 0, 0);
9078 echo_area_buffer
[i
] = Qnil
;
9080 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
9081 return window_height_changed_p
;
9085 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
9086 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
9087 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
9088 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
9089 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
9092 display_echo_area_1 (a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
)
9097 struct window
*w
= (struct window
*) a1
;
9099 struct text_pos start
;
9100 int window_height_changed_p
= 0;
9102 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
9103 matrix for the display. If we can't get enough space for the
9104 whole text, display the last N lines. That works by setting w->start. */
9105 window_height_changed_p
= resize_mini_window (w
, 0);
9107 /* Use the starting position chosen by resize_mini_window. */
9108 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start
, w
->start
);
9111 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
9112 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
9113 try_window (window
, start
, 0);
9115 return window_height_changed_p
;
9119 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
9120 currently displayed message, if there is one. If a mini-buffer
9121 is active, don't shrink it. */
9124 resize_echo_area_exactly ()
9126 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer
[0])
9127 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window
))
9129 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (echo_area_window
);
9131 Lisp_Object resize_exactly
;
9133 if (minibuf_level
== 0)
9134 resize_exactly
= Qt
;
9136 resize_exactly
= Qnil
;
9138 resized_p
= with_echo_area_buffer (w
, 0, resize_mini_window_1
,
9139 (EMACS_INT
) w
, resize_exactly
, 0, 0);
9142 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
9143 ++update_mode_lines
;
9144 redisplay_internal (0);
9150 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
9151 resize_echo_area_exactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
9152 resize, EXACTLY non-nil means resize the mini-window exactly to the
9153 size of the text displayed. A3 and A4 are not used. Value is what
9154 resize_mini_window returns. */
9157 resize_mini_window_1 (a1
, exactly
, a3
, a4
)
9159 Lisp_Object exactly
;
9162 return resize_mini_window ((struct window
*) a1
, !NILP (exactly
));
9166 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT_P
9167 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
9168 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty.
9170 Set W->start to the right place to begin display. If the whole
9171 contents fit, start at the beginning. Otherwise, start so as
9172 to make the end of the contents appear. This is particularly
9173 important for y-or-n-p, but seems desirable generally.
9175 Value is non-zero if the window height has been changed. */
9178 resize_mini_window (w
, exact_p
)
9182 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
9183 int window_height_changed_p
= 0;
9185 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
));
9187 /* By default, start display at the beginning. */
9188 set_marker_both (w
->start
, w
->buffer
,
9189 BUF_BEGV (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)),
9190 BUF_BEGV_BYTE (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)));
9192 /* Don't resize windows while redisplaying a window; it would
9193 confuse redisplay functions when the size of the window they are
9194 displaying changes from under them. Such a resizing can happen,
9195 for instance, when which-func prints a long message while
9196 we are running fontification-functions. We're running these
9197 functions with safe_call which binds inhibit-redisplay to t. */
9198 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
9201 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
9202 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows
)
9203 || (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
) == NULL
))
9206 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f
))
9209 struct window
*root
= XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
));
9210 int total_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (root
) + WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
9211 int height
, max_height
;
9212 int unit
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9213 struct text_pos start
;
9214 struct buffer
*old_current_buffer
= NULL
;
9216 if (current_buffer
!= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
9218 old_current_buffer
= current_buffer
;
9219 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
9222 init_iterator (&it
, w
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
9224 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
9225 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height
))
9226 max_height
= XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height
) * FRAME_LINES (f
);
9227 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height
))
9228 max_height
= XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height
);
9230 max_height
= total_height
/ 4;
9232 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
9233 max_height
= max (1, max_height
);
9234 max_height
= min (total_height
, max_height
);
9236 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
9237 if (it
.line_wrap
== TRUNCATE
)
9242 move_it_to (&it
, ZV
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
9243 if (it
.max_ascent
== 0 && it
.max_descent
== 0)
9244 height
= it
.current_y
+ last_height
;
9246 height
= it
.current_y
+ it
.max_ascent
+ it
.max_descent
;
9247 height
-= min (it
.extra_line_spacing
, it
.max_extra_line_spacing
);
9248 height
= (height
+ unit
- 1) / unit
;
9251 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
9252 if (height
> max_height
)
9254 height
= max_height
;
9255 init_iterator (&it
, w
, ZV
, ZV_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
9256 move_it_vertically_backward (&it
, (height
- 1) * unit
);
9257 start
= it
.current
.pos
;
9260 SET_TEXT_POS (start
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
9261 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w
->start
, start
);
9263 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows
, Qgrow_only
))
9265 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
9266 case the window shrinks again. */
9267 if (height
> WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
))
9269 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
9270 freeze_window_starts (f
, 1);
9271 grow_mini_window (w
, height
- WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
));
9272 window_height_changed_p
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
;
9274 else if (height
< WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
)
9275 && (exact_p
|| BEGV
== ZV
))
9277 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
9278 freeze_window_starts (f
, 0);
9279 shrink_mini_window (w
);
9280 window_height_changed_p
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
;
9285 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
9286 if (height
> WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
))
9288 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
9289 freeze_window_starts (f
, 1);
9290 grow_mini_window (w
, height
- WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
));
9291 window_height_changed_p
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
;
9293 else if (height
< WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
))
9295 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
9296 freeze_window_starts (f
, 0);
9297 shrink_mini_window (w
);
9301 freeze_window_starts (f
, 1);
9302 grow_mini_window (w
, height
- WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
));
9305 window_height_changed_p
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
;
9309 if (old_current_buffer
)
9310 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer
);
9313 return window_height_changed_p
;
9317 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
9325 if (!BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
9329 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1
,
9330 (EMACS_INT
) &msg
, Qnil
, 0, 0);
9332 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
9340 current_message_1 (a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
)
9345 Lisp_Object
*msg
= (Lisp_Object
*) a1
;
9348 *msg
= make_buffer_string (BEG
, Z
, 1);
9355 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
9356 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
9357 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
9358 worth optimizing. */
9364 msg
= current_message ();
9365 Vmessage_stack
= Fcons (msg
, Vmessage_stack
);
9366 return STRINGP (msg
);
9370 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
9377 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack
));
9378 msg
= XCAR (Vmessage_stack
);
9380 message3_nolog (msg
, SBYTES (msg
), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg
));
9382 message3_nolog (msg
, 0, 0);
9386 /* Handler for record_unwind_protect calling pop_message. */
9389 pop_message_unwind (dummy
)
9396 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
9401 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack
));
9402 Vmessage_stack
= XCDR (Vmessage_stack
);
9406 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
9407 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
9411 check_message_stack ()
9413 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack
))
9418 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
9419 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
9422 truncate_echo_area (nchars
)
9426 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
9427 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
9428 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
9429 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
9430 else if (!noninteractive
9432 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
9434 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
9435 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf
))
9436 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1
, nchars
, Qnil
, 0, 0);
9441 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
9442 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
9445 truncate_message_1 (nchars
, a2
, a3
, a4
)
9450 if (BEG
+ nchars
< Z
)
9451 del_range (BEG
+ nchars
, Z
);
9453 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
9458 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
9460 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
9461 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
9462 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
9464 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
9465 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
9466 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case.
9468 Doesn't GC, as with_echo_area_buffer binds Qinhibit_modification_hooks
9469 to t before calling set_message_1 (which calls insert).
9473 set_message (s
, string
, nbytes
, multibyte_p
)
9476 int nbytes
, multibyte_p
;
9478 message_enable_multibyte
9479 = ((s
&& multibyte_p
)
9480 || (STRINGP (string
) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
)));
9482 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1
,
9483 (EMACS_INT
) s
, string
, nbytes
, multibyte_p
);
9484 message_buf_print
= 0;
9485 help_echo_showing_p
= 0;
9489 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
9490 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
9491 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
9495 set_message_1 (a1
, a2
, nbytes
, multibyte_p
)
9498 EMACS_INT nbytes
, multibyte_p
;
9500 const char *s
= (const char *) a1
;
9501 Lisp_Object string
= a2
;
9503 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
9504 if (message_enable_multibyte
9505 != !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
9506 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9508 current_buffer
->truncate_lines
= message_truncate_lines
? Qt
: Qnil
;
9510 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
9511 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG
, BEG_BYTE
);
9513 if (STRINGP (string
))
9518 nbytes
= SBYTES (string
);
9519 nchars
= string_byte_to_char (string
, nbytes
);
9521 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
9522 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
9523 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
9524 insert_from_string (string
, 0, 0, nchars
, nbytes
, 1);
9529 nbytes
= strlen (s
);
9531 if (multibyte_p
&& NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
9533 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
9535 unsigned char work
[1];
9537 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
9538 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= n
)
9540 c
= string_char_and_length (s
+ i
, &n
);
9541 work
[0] = (ASCII_CHAR_P (c
)
9543 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c
, Qnil
));
9544 insert_1_both (work
, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
9547 else if (!multibyte_p
9548 && !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
))
9550 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
9552 const unsigned char *msg
= (const unsigned char *) s
;
9553 unsigned char str
[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
];
9555 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
9556 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
9559 MAKE_CHAR_MULTIBYTE (c
);
9560 n
= CHAR_STRING (c
, str
);
9561 insert_1_both (str
, 1, n
, 1, 0, 0);
9565 insert_1 (s
, nbytes
, 1, 0, 0);
9572 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
9573 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
9577 clear_message (current_p
, last_displayed_p
)
9578 int current_p
, last_displayed_p
;
9582 echo_area_buffer
[0] = Qnil
;
9583 message_cleared_p
= 1;
9586 if (last_displayed_p
)
9587 echo_area_buffer
[1] = Qnil
;
9589 message_buf_print
= 0;
9592 /* Clear garbaged frames.
9594 This function is used where the old redisplay called
9595 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
9596 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
9597 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
9598 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
9599 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
9602 clear_garbaged_frames ()
9606 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
9607 int changed_count
= 0;
9609 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9611 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9613 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
9617 Fredraw_frame (frame
);
9618 f
->force_flush_display_p
= 1;
9620 clear_current_matrices (f
);
9629 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
9634 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
9635 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
9636 mini-windows height has been changed. */
9639 echo_area_display (update_frame_p
)
9642 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
9645 int window_height_changed_p
= 0;
9646 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
9648 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
9649 w
= XWINDOW (mini_window
);
9650 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
9652 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
9653 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || !f
->glyphs_initialized_p
)
9656 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9657 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be the initial terminal
9658 frame. If we let this through, a message would be displayed on
9660 if (FRAME_INITIAL_P (XFRAME (selected_frame
)))
9662 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
9664 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
9666 clear_garbaged_frames ();
9668 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]) || minibuf_level
== 0)
9670 echo_area_window
= mini_window
;
9671 window_height_changed_p
= display_echo_area (w
);
9672 w
->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
9674 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
9675 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
9676 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
9677 here could cause confusion. */
9678 if (update_frame_p
&& !redisplaying_p
)
9682 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
9683 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
9684 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
9685 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
9686 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
9687 if (!display_completed
)
9688 n
= redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
), 0);
9690 if (window_height_changed_p
9691 /* Don't do this if Emacs is shutting down. Redisplay
9692 needs to run hooks. */
9693 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks
))
9695 /* Must update other windows. Likewise as in other
9696 cases, don't let this update be interrupted by
9698 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
9699 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause
, Qt
);
9700 windows_or_buffers_changed
= 1;
9701 redisplay_internal (0);
9702 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
9704 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
) && n
== 0)
9706 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
9707 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
9708 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
9709 update_single_window (w
, 1);
9710 FRAME_RIF (f
)->flush_display (f
);
9713 update_frame (f
, 1, 1);
9715 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
9716 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
9717 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
9718 if (cursor_in_echo_area
)
9719 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
9722 else if (!EQ (mini_window
, selected_window
))
9723 windows_or_buffers_changed
++;
9725 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
9726 echo_area_buffer
[1] = echo_area_buffer
[0];
9727 /* Inform read_char that we're not echoing. */
9728 echo_message_buffer
= Qnil
;
9730 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
9731 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
9732 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
9733 if (EQ (mini_window
, selected_window
))
9734 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
9736 return window_height_changed_p
;
9741 /***********************************************************************
9742 Mode Lines and Frame Titles
9743 ***********************************************************************/
9745 /* A buffer for constructing non-propertized mode-line strings and
9746 frame titles in it; allocated from the heap in init_xdisp and
9747 resized as needed in store_mode_line_noprop_char. */
9749 static char *mode_line_noprop_buf
;
9751 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
9753 static char *mode_line_noprop_buf_end
;
9754 static char *mode_line_noprop_ptr
;
9756 #define MODE_LINE_NOPROP_LEN(start) \
9757 ((mode_line_noprop_ptr - mode_line_noprop_buf) - start)
9760 MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
= 0,
9766 /* Alist that caches the results of :propertize.
9767 Each element is (PROPERTIZED-STRING . PROPERTY-LIST). */
9768 static Lisp_Object mode_line_proptrans_alist
;
9770 /* List of strings making up the mode-line. */
9771 static Lisp_Object mode_line_string_list
;
9773 /* Base face property when building propertized mode line string. */
9774 static Lisp_Object mode_line_string_face
;
9775 static Lisp_Object mode_line_string_face_prop
;
9778 /* Unwind data for mode line strings */
9780 static Lisp_Object Vmode_line_unwind_vector
;
9783 format_mode_line_unwind_data (struct buffer
*obuf
,
9787 Lisp_Object vector
, tmp
;
9789 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
9790 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
9791 vector
= Vmode_line_unwind_vector
;
9792 Vmode_line_unwind_vector
= Qnil
;
9795 vector
= Fmake_vector (make_number (8), Qnil
);
9797 ASET (vector
, 0, make_number (mode_line_target
));
9798 ASET (vector
, 1, make_number (MODE_LINE_NOPROP_LEN (0)));
9799 ASET (vector
, 2, mode_line_string_list
);
9800 ASET (vector
, 3, save_proptrans
? mode_line_proptrans_alist
: Qt
);
9801 ASET (vector
, 4, mode_line_string_face
);
9802 ASET (vector
, 5, mode_line_string_face_prop
);
9805 XSETBUFFER (tmp
, obuf
);
9808 ASET (vector
, 6, tmp
);
9809 ASET (vector
, 7, owin
);
9815 unwind_format_mode_line (vector
)
9818 mode_line_target
= XINT (AREF (vector
, 0));
9819 mode_line_noprop_ptr
= mode_line_noprop_buf
+ XINT (AREF (vector
, 1));
9820 mode_line_string_list
= AREF (vector
, 2);
9821 if (! EQ (AREF (vector
, 3), Qt
))
9822 mode_line_proptrans_alist
= AREF (vector
, 3);
9823 mode_line_string_face
= AREF (vector
, 4);
9824 mode_line_string_face_prop
= AREF (vector
, 5);
9826 if (!NILP (AREF (vector
, 7)))
9827 /* Select window before buffer, since it may change the buffer. */
9828 Fselect_window (AREF (vector
, 7), Qt
);
9830 if (!NILP (AREF (vector
, 6)))
9832 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector
, 6)));
9833 ASET (vector
, 6, Qnil
);
9836 Vmode_line_unwind_vector
= vector
;
9841 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in mode_line_noprop_buf.
9842 Re-allocate mode_line_noprop_buf if necessary. */
9846 store_mode_line_noprop_char (char c
)
9848 store_mode_line_noprop_char (c
)
9852 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
9853 double the buffer's size. */
9854 if (mode_line_noprop_ptr
== mode_line_noprop_buf_end
)
9856 int len
= MODE_LINE_NOPROP_LEN (0);
9857 int new_size
= 2 * len
* sizeof *mode_line_noprop_buf
;
9858 mode_line_noprop_buf
= (char *) xrealloc (mode_line_noprop_buf
, new_size
);
9859 mode_line_noprop_buf_end
= mode_line_noprop_buf
+ new_size
;
9860 mode_line_noprop_ptr
= mode_line_noprop_buf
+ len
;
9863 *mode_line_noprop_ptr
++ = c
;
9867 /* Store part of a frame title in mode_line_noprop_buf, beginning at
9868 mode_line_noprop_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy
9869 characters that yield more columns than PRECISION; PRECISION <= 0
9870 means copy the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
9871 number of characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't
9872 pad. Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a
9876 store_mode_line_noprop (str
, field_width
, precision
)
9877 const unsigned char *str
;
9878 int field_width
, precision
;
9883 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
9884 nbytes
= strlen (str
);
9885 n
+= c_string_width (str
, nbytes
, precision
, &dummy
, &nbytes
);
9887 store_mode_line_noprop_char (*str
++);
9889 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
9890 while (field_width
> 0
9893 store_mode_line_noprop_char (' ');
9900 /***********************************************************************
9902 ***********************************************************************/
9904 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9906 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
9907 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
9908 frame_title_format. */
9911 x_consider_frame_title (frame
)
9914 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9916 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
9917 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f
)
9918 || f
->explicit_name
)
9920 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
9927 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
9929 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9931 Lisp_Object other_frame
= XCAR (tail
);
9932 struct frame
*tf
= XFRAME (other_frame
);
9935 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf
) == FRAME_KBOARD (f
)
9936 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf
)
9937 && !EQ (other_frame
, tip_frame
)
9938 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf
)))
9942 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
9943 multiple_frames
= CONSP (tail
);
9945 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
9946 mode_line_target so that display_mode_element will output into
9947 mode_line_noprop_buf; then display the title. */
9948 record_unwind_protect (unwind_format_mode_line
,
9949 format_mode_line_unwind_data
9950 (current_buffer
, selected_window
, 0));
9952 Fselect_window (f
->selected_window
, Qt
);
9953 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
)->buffer
));
9954 fmt
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) ? Vicon_title_format
: Vframe_title_format
;
9956 mode_line_target
= MODE_LINE_TITLE
;
9957 title_start
= MODE_LINE_NOPROP_LEN (0);
9958 init_iterator (&it
, XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
), -1, -1,
9959 NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
9960 display_mode_element (&it
, 0, -1, -1, fmt
, Qnil
, 0);
9961 len
= MODE_LINE_NOPROP_LEN (title_start
);
9962 title
= mode_line_noprop_buf
+ title_start
;
9963 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
9965 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
9966 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
9967 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
9968 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
9969 higher level than this.) */
9970 if (! STRINGP (f
->name
)
9971 || SBYTES (f
->name
) != len
9972 || bcmp (title
, SDATA (f
->name
), len
) != 0)
9973 x_implicitly_set_name (f
, make_string (title
, len
), Qnil
);
9977 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
9982 /***********************************************************************
9984 ***********************************************************************/
9987 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
9988 appropriate. This can call eval. */
9991 prepare_menu_bars ()
9994 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
9996 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame
;
9998 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9999 tooltip_frame
= tip_frame
;
10001 tooltip_frame
= Qnil
;
10004 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
10005 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
10006 up-to-date frame titles. */
10007 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10008 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
|| update_mode_lines
)
10010 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
10012 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
10014 f
= XFRAME (frame
);
10015 if (!EQ (frame
, tooltip_frame
)
10016 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)))
10017 x_consider_frame_title (frame
);
10020 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
10022 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
10023 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
10024 all_windows
= (update_mode_lines
10025 || buffer_shared
> 1
10026 || windows_or_buffers_changed
);
10029 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
10030 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
10031 /* 1 means that update_menu_bar has run its hooks
10032 so any further calls to update_menu_bar shouldn't do so again. */
10033 int menu_bar_hooks_run
= 0;
10035 record_unwind_save_match_data ();
10037 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
10039 f
= XFRAME (frame
);
10041 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
10042 if (EQ (frame
, tooltip_frame
))
10045 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
10046 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
10047 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f
))
10049 Lisp_Object functions
;
10051 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
10052 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f
) = 0;
10053 functions
= Vwindow_size_change_functions
;
10054 GCPRO2 (tail
, functions
);
10056 while (CONSP (functions
))
10058 if (!EQ (XCAR (functions
), Qt
))
10059 call1 (XCAR (functions
), frame
);
10060 functions
= XCDR (functions
);
10066 menu_bar_hooks_run
= update_menu_bar (f
, 0, menu_bar_hooks_run
);
10067 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10068 update_tool_bar (f
, 0);
10071 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
10073 ns_set_doc_edited (f
, Fbuffer_modified_p
10074 (XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
)->buffer
));
10079 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
10083 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
10084 update_menu_bar (sf
, 1, 0);
10085 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10086 update_tool_bar (sf
, 1);
10090 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
10091 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
10092 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10093 pending_menu_activation
= 0;
10098 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
10099 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
10102 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here.
10104 If HOOKS_RUN is 1, that means a previous call to update_menu_bar
10105 already ran the menu bar hooks for this redisplay, so there
10106 is no need to run them again. The return value is the
10107 updated value of this flag, to pass to the next call. */
10110 update_menu_bar (f
, save_match_data
, hooks_run
)
10112 int save_match_data
;
10115 Lisp_Object window
;
10116 register struct window
*w
;
10118 /* If called recursively during a menu update, do nothing. This can
10119 happen when, for instance, an activate-menubar-hook causes a
10121 if (inhibit_menubar_update
)
10124 window
= FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f
);
10125 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
10127 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
10129 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) \
10130 || defined (HAVE_NS) || defined (USE_GTK)
10131 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
)
10133 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0
10135 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0)
10137 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
10138 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
10139 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
10140 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
10141 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
10142 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
10143 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
10144 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
10145 /* This used to test w->update_mode_line, but we believe
10146 there is no need to recompute the menu in that case. */
10147 || update_mode_lines
10148 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
10149 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
10150 != !NILP (w
->last_had_star
))
10151 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
10152 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->mark_active
))
10153 != !NILP (w
->region_showing
)))
10155 struct buffer
*prev
= current_buffer
;
10156 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
10158 specbind (Qinhibit_menubar_update
, Qt
);
10160 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
10161 if (save_match_data
)
10162 record_unwind_save_match_data ();
10163 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag
))
10165 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
, Qnil
);
10166 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map
, Qnil
);
10171 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
10172 safe_run_hooks (Qactivate_menubar_hook
);
10174 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
10175 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
10176 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag
))
10177 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar
);
10179 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook
);
10184 XSETFRAME (Vmenu_updating_frame
, f
);
10185 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f
) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f
));
10187 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
10188 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) \
10189 || defined (HAVE_NS) || defined (USE_GTK)
10190 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
10192 #if defined (HAVE_NS)
10193 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only
10194 the selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
10195 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
10197 set_frame_menubar (f
, 0, 0);
10200 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
10201 line, and this makes it get updated. */
10202 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
10203 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI || HAVE_NS || USE_GTK) */
10204 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
10205 line, and this makes it get updated. */
10206 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
10207 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI || HAVE_NS || USE_GTK) */
10209 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
10210 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev
);
10219 /***********************************************************************
10221 ***********************************************************************/
10223 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10226 Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
10227 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
10228 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
10230 struct cursor_pos output_cursor
;
10234 Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
10235 positions are relative to updated_window. */
10238 set_output_cursor (cursor
)
10239 struct cursor_pos
*cursor
;
10241 output_cursor
.hpos
= cursor
->hpos
;
10242 output_cursor
.vpos
= cursor
->vpos
;
10243 output_cursor
.x
= cursor
->x
;
10244 output_cursor
.y
= cursor
->y
;
10249 Set a nominal cursor position.
10251 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
10252 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
10254 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
10255 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
10256 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
10257 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
10260 x_cursor_to (vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
)
10261 int vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
;
10265 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
10266 if (updated_window
)
10267 w
= updated_window
;
10269 w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
10271 /* Set the output cursor. */
10272 output_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
10273 output_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
10274 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
10275 output_cursor
.y
= y
;
10277 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
10278 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
10279 if (updated_window
== NULL
)
10282 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
);
10283 if (FRAME_RIF (SELECTED_FRAME ())->flush_display_optional
)
10284 FRAME_RIF (SELECTED_FRAME ())->flush_display_optional (SELECTED_FRAME ());
10289 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
10292 /***********************************************************************
10294 ***********************************************************************/
10296 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10298 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
10300 FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame
;
10302 /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
10305 int last_tool_bar_item
;
10309 update_tool_bar_unwind (frame
)
10312 selected_frame
= frame
;
10316 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
10317 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
10318 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
10319 and restore it here. */
10322 update_tool_bar (f
, save_match_data
)
10324 int save_match_data
;
10326 #if defined (USE_GTK) || defined (HAVE_NS)
10327 int do_update
= FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
);
10329 int do_update
= WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
10330 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)) > 0;
10335 Lisp_Object window
;
10338 window
= FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f
);
10339 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
10341 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
10342 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
10343 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
10344 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
10345 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
10346 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
10347 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
10348 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
10349 || !NILP (w
->update_mode_line
)
10350 || update_mode_lines
10351 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
10352 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
10353 != !NILP (w
->last_had_star
))
10354 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
10355 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->mark_active
))
10356 != !NILP (w
->region_showing
)))
10358 struct buffer
*prev
= current_buffer
;
10359 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
10360 Lisp_Object frame
, new_tool_bar
;
10361 int new_n_tool_bar
;
10362 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10364 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
10365 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
10367 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
10369 /* Save match data, if we must. */
10370 if (save_match_data
)
10371 record_unwind_save_match_data ();
10373 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
10374 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag
))
10376 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
, Qnil
);
10377 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map
, Qnil
);
10380 GCPRO1 (new_tool_bar
);
10382 /* We must temporarily set the selected frame to this frame
10383 before calling tool_bar_items, because the calculation of
10384 the tool-bar keymap uses the selected frame (see
10385 `tool-bar-make-keymap' in tool-bar.el). */
10386 record_unwind_protect (update_tool_bar_unwind
, selected_frame
);
10387 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10388 selected_frame
= frame
;
10390 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
10391 new_tool_bar
= tool_bar_items (Fcopy_sequence (f
->tool_bar_items
),
10394 /* Redisplay the tool-bar if we changed it. */
10395 if (new_n_tool_bar
!= f
->n_tool_bar_items
10396 || NILP (Fequal (new_tool_bar
, f
->tool_bar_items
)))
10398 /* Redisplay that happens asynchronously due to an expose event
10399 may access f->tool_bar_items. Make sure we update both
10400 variables within BLOCK_INPUT so no such event interrupts. */
10402 f
->tool_bar_items
= new_tool_bar
;
10403 f
->n_tool_bar_items
= new_n_tool_bar
;
10404 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
10410 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
10411 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev
);
10417 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
10418 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
10419 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
10422 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f
)
10425 int i
, size
, size_needed
;
10426 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
;
10427 Lisp_Object image
, plist
, props
;
10429 image
= plist
= props
= Qnil
;
10430 GCPRO3 (image
, plist
, props
);
10432 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
10433 Otherwise, make a new string. */
10435 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
10436 size
= (STRINGP (f
->desired_tool_bar_string
)
10437 ? SCHARS (f
->desired_tool_bar_string
)
10440 /* We need one space in the string for each image. */
10441 size_needed
= f
->n_tool_bar_items
;
10443 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
10444 if (size
< size_needed
|| NILP (f
->desired_tool_bar_string
))
10445 f
->desired_tool_bar_string
= Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed
),
10446 make_number (' '));
10449 props
= list4 (Qdisplay
, Qnil
, Qmenu_item
, Qnil
);
10450 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size
),
10451 props
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
);
10454 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
10455 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
10456 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
10457 for (i
= 0; i
< f
->n_tool_bar_items
; ++i
)
10459 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
10461 int enabled_p
= !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
));
10462 int selected_p
= !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P
));
10463 int hmargin
, vmargin
, relief
, idx
, end
;
10464 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief
, QCmargin
, QCconversion
;
10466 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
10468 image
= PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES
);
10469 if (VECTORP (image
))
10473 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
10474 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED
);
10477 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
10478 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED
);
10480 xassert (ASIZE (image
) >= idx
);
10481 image
= AREF (image
, idx
);
10486 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
10487 if (!valid_image_p (image
))
10490 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
10491 plist
= Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image
));
10493 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
10494 relief
= (tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0
10495 ? tool_bar_button_relief
10496 : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
);
10497 hmargin
= vmargin
= relief
;
10499 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
10500 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) > 0)
10502 hmargin
+= XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
10503 vmargin
+= XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
10505 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
10507 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
10508 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)) > 0)
10509 hmargin
+= XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
10511 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
10512 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)) > 0)
10513 vmargin
+= XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
10516 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p
)
10518 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
10522 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCrelief
, make_number (-relief
));
10529 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
10530 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
10532 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCrelief
,
10534 ? make_number (-relief
)
10535 : make_number (relief
)));
10540 /* Put a margin around the image. */
10541 if (hmargin
|| vmargin
)
10543 if (hmargin
== vmargin
)
10544 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCmargin
, make_number (hmargin
));
10546 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCmargin
,
10547 Fcons (make_number (hmargin
),
10548 make_number (vmargin
)));
10551 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
10552 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
10553 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
10554 if (!enabled_p
&& idx
< 0)
10555 plist
= Fplist_put (plist
, QCconversion
, Qdisabled
);
10557 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
10558 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
10559 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
10561 image
= Fcons (Qimage
, plist
);
10562 props
= list4 (Qdisplay
, image
,
10563 Qmenu_item
, make_number (i
* TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS
));
10565 /* Let the last image hide all remaining spaces in the tool bar
10566 string. The string can be longer than needed when we reuse a
10567 previous string. */
10568 if (i
+ 1 == f
->n_tool_bar_items
)
10569 end
= SCHARS (f
->desired_tool_bar_string
);
10572 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (i
), make_number (end
),
10573 props
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
);
10581 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f.
10583 HEIGHT specifies the desired height of the tool-bar line.
10584 If the actual height of the glyph row is less than HEIGHT, the
10585 row's height is increased to HEIGHT, and the icons are centered
10586 vertically in the new height.
10588 If HEIGHT is -1, we are counting needed tool-bar lines, so don't
10589 count a final empty row in case the tool-bar width exactly matches
10594 display_tool_bar_line (it
, height
)
10598 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
10599 int max_x
= it
->last_visible_x
;
10600 struct glyph
*last
;
10602 prepare_desired_row (row
);
10603 row
->y
= it
->current_y
;
10605 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
10606 so there's no need to check the face here. */
10607 it
->start_of_box_run_p
= 1;
10609 while (it
->current_x
< max_x
)
10611 int x
, n_glyphs_before
, i
, nglyphs
;
10612 struct it it_before
;
10614 /* Get the next display element. */
10615 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
10617 /* Don't count empty row if we are counting needed tool-bar lines. */
10618 if (height
< 0 && !it
->hpos
)
10623 /* Produce glyphs. */
10624 n_glyphs_before
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
10627 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
10629 nglyphs
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - n_glyphs_before
;
10631 x
= it_before
.current_x
;
10632 while (i
< nglyphs
)
10634 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
10636 if (x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
> max_x
)
10638 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. Backtrack. */
10639 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
;
10641 /* If this is the only glyph on this line, it will never fit on the
10642 toolbar, so skip it. But ensure there is at least one glyph,
10643 so we don't accidentally disable the tool-bar. */
10644 if (n_glyphs_before
== 0
10645 && (it
->vpos
> 0 || IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->end_charpos
-1))
10651 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
10655 /* Stop at line ends. */
10656 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
10659 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
10664 row
->displays_text_p
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] != 0;
10666 /* Use default face for the border below the tool bar.
10668 FIXME: When auto-resize-tool-bars is grow-only, there is
10669 no additional border below the possibly empty tool-bar lines.
10670 So to make the extra empty lines look "normal", we have to
10671 use the tool-bar face for the border too. */
10672 if (!row
->displays_text_p
&& !EQ (Vauto_resize_tool_bars
, Qgrow_only
))
10673 it
->face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10675 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
);
10676 last
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
10677 last
->right_box_line_p
= 1;
10678 if (last
== row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
])
10679 last
->left_box_line_p
= 1;
10681 /* Make line the desired height and center it vertically. */
10682 if ((height
-= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
) > 0)
10684 /* Don't add more than one line height. */
10685 height
%= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
);
10686 it
->max_ascent
+= height
/ 2;
10687 it
->max_descent
+= (height
+ 1) / 2;
10690 compute_line_metrics (it
);
10692 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
10693 if (!row
->displays_text_p
)
10695 row
->height
= row
->phys_height
= it
->last_visible_y
- row
->y
;
10696 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
;
10697 row
->ascent
= row
->phys_ascent
= 0;
10698 row
->extra_line_spacing
= 0;
10701 row
->full_width_p
= 1;
10702 row
->continued_p
= 0;
10703 row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 0;
10704 row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 0;
10706 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
10707 it
->current_y
+= row
->height
;
10713 /* Max tool-bar height. */
10715 #define MAX_FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT(f) \
10716 ((FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) * FRAME_LINES (f)))
10718 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
10719 items of frame F visible. The number of actual rows needed is
10720 returned in *N_ROWS if non-NULL. */
10723 tool_bar_lines_needed (f
, n_rows
)
10727 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
10729 /* tool_bar_lines_needed is called from redisplay_tool_bar after building
10730 the desired matrix, so use (unused) mode-line row as temporary row to
10731 avoid destroying the first tool-bar row. */
10732 struct glyph_row
*temp_row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
);
10734 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
10735 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
10736 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, temp_row
, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
);
10737 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
10738 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
10739 reseat_to_string (&it
, NULL
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
, 0, 0, 0, -1);
10741 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it
))
10743 clear_glyph_row (temp_row
);
10744 it
.glyph_row
= temp_row
;
10745 display_tool_bar_line (&it
, -1);
10747 clear_glyph_row (temp_row
);
10749 /* f->n_tool_bar_rows == 0 means "unknown"; -1 means no tool-bar. */
10751 *n_rows
= it
.vpos
> 0 ? it
.vpos
: -1;
10753 return (it
.current_y
+ FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) - 1) / FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
10757 DEFUN ("tool-bar-lines-needed", Ftool_bar_lines_needed
, Stool_bar_lines_needed
,
10759 doc
: /* Return the number of lines occupied by the tool bar of FRAME. */)
10768 frame
= selected_frame
;
10770 CHECK_FRAME (frame
);
10771 f
= XFRAME (frame
);
10773 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
10774 || (w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
),
10775 WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) > 0))
10777 update_tool_bar (f
, 1);
10778 if (f
->n_tool_bar_items
)
10780 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f
);
10781 nlines
= tool_bar_lines_needed (f
, NULL
);
10785 return make_number (nlines
);
10789 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
10790 height should be changed. */
10793 redisplay_tool_bar (f
)
10798 struct glyph_row
*row
;
10800 #if defined (USE_GTK) || defined (HAVE_NS)
10801 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
))
10802 update_frame_tool_bar (f
);
10806 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
10807 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
10808 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
10809 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
10810 if (!WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
10811 || (w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
),
10812 WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) == 0))
10815 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
10816 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, w
->desired_matrix
->rows
, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
);
10817 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
10818 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
10819 row
= it
.glyph_row
;
10821 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
10822 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f
);
10823 reseat_to_string (&it
, NULL
, f
->desired_tool_bar_string
, 0, 0, 0, -1);
10825 if (f
->n_tool_bar_rows
== 0)
10829 if ((nlines
= tool_bar_lines_needed (f
, &f
->n_tool_bar_rows
),
10830 nlines
!= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
)))
10832 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines
;
10834 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
10836 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10837 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame
,
10838 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines
,
10839 make_number (nlines
)),
10841 if (WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
)
10843 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
10844 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
10850 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
10852 if (f
->n_tool_bar_rows
> 0)
10854 int border
, rows
, height
, extra
;
10856 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_border
))
10857 border
= XINT (Vtool_bar_border
);
10858 else if (EQ (Vtool_bar_border
, Qinternal_border_width
))
10859 border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
10860 else if (EQ (Vtool_bar_border
, Qborder_width
))
10861 border
= f
->border_width
;
10867 rows
= f
->n_tool_bar_rows
;
10868 height
= max (1, (it
.last_visible_y
- border
) / rows
);
10869 extra
= it
.last_visible_y
- border
- height
* rows
;
10871 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
10874 if (extra
> 0 && rows
-- > 0)
10876 h
= (extra
+ rows
- 1) / rows
;
10879 display_tool_bar_line (&it
, height
+ h
);
10884 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
10885 display_tool_bar_line (&it
, 0);
10888 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
10889 window, so don't do it. */
10890 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
10891 w
->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
10893 if (!NILP (Vauto_resize_tool_bars
))
10895 int max_tool_bar_height
= MAX_FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
10896 int change_height_p
= 0;
10898 /* If we couldn't display everything, change the tool-bar's
10899 height if there is room for more. */
10900 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (it
) < it
.end_charpos
10901 && it
.current_y
< max_tool_bar_height
)
10902 change_height_p
= 1;
10904 row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
10906 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
10907 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
10908 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT, change the tool-bar's height. */
10909 if (!row
->displays_text_p
10910 && row
->height
>= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
10911 change_height_p
= 1;
10913 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
10914 change the tool-bar's height. */
10915 if (row
->displays_text_p
10916 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > it
.last_visible_y
10917 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < max_tool_bar_height
)
10918 change_height_p
= 1;
10920 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
10921 frame parameter. */
10922 if (change_height_p
)
10924 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines
;
10926 int old_height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
10928 int nlines
= tool_bar_lines_needed (f
, &nrows
);
10930 change_height_p
= ((EQ (Vauto_resize_tool_bars
, Qgrow_only
)
10931 && !f
->minimize_tool_bar_window_p
)
10932 ? (nlines
> old_height
)
10933 : (nlines
!= old_height
));
10934 f
->minimize_tool_bar_window_p
= 0;
10936 if (change_height_p
)
10938 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10939 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame
,
10940 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines
,
10941 make_number (nlines
)),
10943 if (WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) != old_height
)
10945 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
10946 f
->n_tool_bar_rows
= nrows
;
10947 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
10954 f
->minimize_tool_bar_window_p
= 0;
10959 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
10960 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
10961 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
10962 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
10965 tool_bar_item_info (f
, glyph
, prop_idx
)
10967 struct glyph
*glyph
;
10974 /* This function can be called asynchronously, which means we must
10975 exclude any possibility that Fget_text_property signals an
10977 charpos
= min (SCHARS (f
->current_tool_bar_string
), glyph
->charpos
);
10978 charpos
= max (0, charpos
);
10980 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
10981 property is the start index of this item's properties in
10982 F->tool_bar_items. */
10983 prop
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
10984 Qmenu_item
, f
->current_tool_bar_string
);
10985 if (INTEGERP (prop
))
10987 *prop_idx
= XINT (prop
);
10997 /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F.
10998 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in
10999 the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not
11000 on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar
11001 item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is
11003 -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item
11004 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
11008 get_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, glyph
, hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
)
11011 struct glyph
**glyph
;
11012 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *prop_idx
;
11014 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11015 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
11018 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
11019 *glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, 0, 0, &area
);
11020 if (*glyph
== NULL
)
11023 /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in
11024 f->tool_bar_items. */
11025 if (!tool_bar_item_info (f
, *glyph
, prop_idx
))
11028 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
11029 if (EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
11030 && *vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
11031 && *vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
11032 && (*vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
11033 || *hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
11034 && (*vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
11035 || *hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
11036 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
))
11044 Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
11045 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. DOWN_P is 1 for a button press,
11046 0 for button release. MODIFIERS is event modifiers for button
11050 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, down_p
, modifiers
)
11053 unsigned int modifiers
;
11055 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11056 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
11057 int hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
;
11058 struct glyph
*glyph
;
11059 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
11061 /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */
11062 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
11063 if (get_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
) != 0)
11066 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
11067 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
11068 if (NILP (enabled_p
))
11073 /* Show item in pressed state. */
11074 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
);
11075 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
;
11076 last_tool_bar_item
= prop_idx
;
11080 Lisp_Object key
, frame
;
11081 struct input_event event
;
11082 EVENT_INIT (event
);
11084 /* Show item in released state. */
11085 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
);
11086 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
11088 key
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY
);
11090 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
11091 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
11092 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
11094 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
11096 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
11097 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
11099 event
.modifiers
= modifiers
;
11100 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
11101 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
11106 /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to
11107 tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
11108 note_mouse_highlight. */
11111 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
11115 Lisp_Object window
= f
->tool_bar_window
;
11116 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
11117 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11119 struct glyph
*glyph
;
11120 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11122 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
11124 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
= DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
11125 int mouse_down_p
, rc
;
11127 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
11128 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
11129 if (x
<= 0 || y
<= 0)
11131 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
11135 rc
= get_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
);
11138 /* Not on tool-bar item. */
11139 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
11143 /* On same tool-bar item as before. */
11144 goto set_help_echo
;
11146 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
11148 /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */
11149 mouse_down_p
= (dpyinfo
->grabbed
11150 && f
== last_mouse_frame
11151 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f
));
11153 && last_tool_bar_item
!= prop_idx
)
11156 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
11157 draw
= mouse_down_p
? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
: DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
11159 /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
11160 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
11161 if (!NILP (enabled_p
))
11163 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
11164 image is a space. We include this in the highlighted area. */
11165 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
11166 for (i
= x
= 0; i
< hpos
; ++i
)
11167 x
+= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
].pixel_width
;
11169 /* Record this as the current active region. */
11170 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= hpos
;
11171 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= vpos
;
11172 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= x
;
11173 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= row
->y
;
11174 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
11176 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= hpos
+ 1;
11177 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= vpos
;
11178 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
;
11179 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
= row
->y
;
11180 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
11181 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
;
11183 /* Display it as active. */
11184 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
);
11185 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= draw
;
11190 /* Set help_echo_string to a help string to display for this tool-bar item.
11191 XTread_socket does the rest. */
11192 help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
11193 help_echo_pos
= -1;
11194 help_echo_string
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP
);
11195 if (NILP (help_echo_string
))
11196 help_echo_string
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION
);
11199 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
11203 /************************************************************************
11204 Horizontal scrolling
11205 ************************************************************************/
11207 static int hscroll_window_tree (Lisp_Object
);
11208 static int hscroll_windows (Lisp_Object
);
11210 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
11211 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
11212 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
11213 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
11217 hscroll_window_tree (window
)
11218 Lisp_Object window
;
11220 int hscrolled_p
= 0;
11221 int hscroll_relative_p
= FLOATP (Vhscroll_step
);
11222 int hscroll_step_abs
= 0;
11223 double hscroll_step_rel
= 0;
11225 if (hscroll_relative_p
)
11227 hscroll_step_rel
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vhscroll_step
);
11228 if (hscroll_step_rel
< 0)
11230 hscroll_relative_p
= 0;
11231 hscroll_step_abs
= 0;
11234 else if (INTEGERP (Vhscroll_step
))
11236 hscroll_step_abs
= XINT (Vhscroll_step
);
11237 if (hscroll_step_abs
< 0)
11238 hscroll_step_abs
= 0;
11241 hscroll_step_abs
= 0;
11243 while (WINDOWP (window
))
11245 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
11247 if (WINDOWP (w
->hchild
))
11248 hscrolled_p
|= hscroll_window_tree (w
->hchild
);
11249 else if (WINDOWP (w
->vchild
))
11250 hscrolled_p
|= hscroll_window_tree (w
->vchild
);
11251 else if (w
->cursor
.vpos
>= 0)
11254 int text_area_width
;
11255 struct glyph_row
*current_cursor_row
11256 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
11257 struct glyph_row
*desired_cursor_row
11258 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
11259 struct glyph_row
*cursor_row
11260 = (desired_cursor_row
->enabled_p
11261 ? desired_cursor_row
11262 : current_cursor_row
);
11264 text_area_width
= window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
11266 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
11267 h_margin
= hscroll_margin
* WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w
);
11269 if (!NILP (Fbuffer_local_value (Qauto_hscroll_mode
, w
->buffer
))
11270 && ((XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
)
11271 && w
->cursor
.x
<= h_margin
)
11272 || (cursor_row
->enabled_p
11273 && cursor_row
->truncated_on_right_p
11274 && (w
->cursor
.x
>= text_area_width
- h_margin
))))
11278 struct buffer
*saved_current_buffer
;
11282 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
11283 saved_current_buffer
= current_buffer
;
11284 current_buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
11286 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
11287 pt
= BUF_PT (current_buffer
);
11290 pt
= marker_position (w
->pointm
);
11291 pt
= max (BEGV
, pt
);
11295 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
11296 a line with infinite width. */
11297 init_to_row_start (&it
, w
, cursor_row
);
11298 it
.last_visible_x
= INFINITY
;
11299 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it
, pt
, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
11300 current_buffer
= saved_current_buffer
;
11302 /* Position cursor in window. */
11303 if (!hscroll_relative_p
&& hscroll_step_abs
== 0)
11304 hscroll
= max (0, (it
.current_x
11305 - (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it
)
11306 ? (text_area_width
- 4 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
))
11307 : (text_area_width
/ 2))))
11308 / FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
);
11309 else if (w
->cursor
.x
>= text_area_width
- h_margin
)
11311 if (hscroll_relative_p
)
11312 wanted_x
= text_area_width
* (1 - hscroll_step_rel
)
11315 wanted_x
= text_area_width
11316 - hscroll_step_abs
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
)
11319 = max (0, it
.current_x
- wanted_x
) / FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
);
11323 if (hscroll_relative_p
)
11324 wanted_x
= text_area_width
* hscroll_step_rel
11327 wanted_x
= hscroll_step_abs
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
)
11330 = max (0, it
.current_x
- wanted_x
) / FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
.f
);
11332 hscroll
= max (hscroll
, XFASTINT (w
->min_hscroll
));
11334 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
11335 changed because it will prevent redisplay
11337 if (XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
) != hscroll
)
11339 XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
= 1;
11340 w
->hscroll
= make_number (hscroll
);
11349 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
11350 return hscrolled_p
;
11354 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
11355 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
11356 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
11357 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
11358 of WINDOW are cleared. */
11361 hscroll_windows (window
)
11362 Lisp_Object window
;
11364 int hscrolled_p
= hscroll_window_tree (window
);
11366 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window
))));
11367 return hscrolled_p
;
11372 /************************************************************************
11374 ************************************************************************/
11376 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
11377 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
11382 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
11384 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
;
11385 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
;
11387 /* Delta vpos and y. */
11389 int debug_dvpos
, debug_dy
;
11391 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
11393 int debug_delta
, debug_delta_bytes
;
11395 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
11398 EMACS_INT debug_end_pos
, debug_end_vpos
;
11400 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
11401 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
11402 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
11403 resulting string to stderr. */
11406 debug_method_add (w
, fmt
, a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
, a5
, a6
, a7
, a8
, a9
)
11409 int a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
, a5
, a6
, a7
, a8
, a9
;
11412 char *method
= w
->desired_matrix
->method
;
11413 int len
= strlen (method
);
11414 int size
= sizeof w
->desired_matrix
->method
;
11415 int remaining
= size
- len
- 1;
11417 sprintf (buffer
, fmt
, a1
, a2
, a3
, a4
, a5
, a6
, a7
, a8
, a9
);
11418 if (len
&& remaining
)
11421 --remaining
, ++len
;
11424 strncpy (method
+ len
, buffer
, remaining
);
11426 if (trace_redisplay_p
)
11427 fprintf (stderr
, "%p (%s): %s\n",
11429 ((BUFFERP (w
->buffer
)
11430 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->name
))
11431 ? (char *) SDATA (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->name
)
11436 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11439 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
11440 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
11441 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
11442 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
11445 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w
, start
, end
)
11449 int unchanged_p
= 1;
11451 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
11452 if (XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) < MODIFF
11453 || XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
11455 /* Gap in the line? */
11456 if (GPT
< start
|| Z
- GPT
< end
)
11459 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
11461 && (BEG_UNCHANGED
< start
- 1
11462 || END_UNCHANGED
< end
))
11465 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
11466 beginning of the line. */
11468 && INTEGERP (current_buffer
->selective_display
)
11469 && XINT (current_buffer
->selective_display
) > 0
11470 && (BEG_UNCHANGED
< start
|| GPT
<= start
))
11473 /* If there are overlays at the start or end of the line, these
11474 may have overlay strings with newlines in them. A change at
11475 START, for instance, may actually concern the display of such
11476 overlay strings as well, and they are displayed on different
11477 lines. So, quickly rule out this case. (For the future, it
11478 might be desirable to implement something more telling than
11479 just BEG/END_UNCHANGED.) */
11482 if (BEG
+ BEG_UNCHANGED
== start
11483 && overlay_touches_p (start
))
11485 if (END_UNCHANGED
== end
11486 && overlay_touches_p (Z
- end
))
11490 /* Under bidi reordering, adding or deleting a character in the
11491 beginning of a paragraph, before the first strong directional
11492 character, can change the base direction of the paragraph (unless
11493 the buffer specifies a fixed paragraph direction), which will
11494 require to redisplay the whole paragraph. It might be worthwhile
11495 to find the paragraph limits and widen the range of redisplayed
11496 lines to that, but for now just give up this optimization. */
11497 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->bidi_display_reordering
)
11498 && NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->bidi_paragraph_direction
))
11502 return unchanged_p
;
11506 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
11507 the main external entry point for redisplay.
11509 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
11510 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
11511 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
11516 redisplay_internal (0);
11521 overlay_arrow_string_or_property (var
)
11526 if (val
= Fget (var
, Qoverlay_arrow_string
), STRINGP (val
))
11529 return Voverlay_arrow_string
;
11532 /* Return 1 if there are any overlay-arrows in current_buffer. */
11534 overlay_arrow_in_current_buffer_p ()
11538 for (vlist
= Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
;
11540 vlist
= XCDR (vlist
))
11542 Lisp_Object var
= XCAR (vlist
);
11545 if (!SYMBOLP (var
))
11547 val
= find_symbol_value (var
);
11549 && current_buffer
== XMARKER (val
)->buffer
)
11556 /* Return 1 if any overlay_arrows have moved or overlay-arrow-string
11560 overlay_arrows_changed_p ()
11564 for (vlist
= Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
;
11566 vlist
= XCDR (vlist
))
11568 Lisp_Object var
= XCAR (vlist
);
11569 Lisp_Object val
, pstr
;
11571 if (!SYMBOLP (var
))
11573 val
= find_symbol_value (var
);
11574 if (!MARKERP (val
))
11576 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (val
),
11577 Fget (var
, Qlast_arrow_position
))
11578 || ! (pstr
= overlay_arrow_string_or_property (var
),
11579 EQ (pstr
, Fget (var
, Qlast_arrow_string
))))
11585 /* Mark overlay arrows to be updated on next redisplay. */
11588 update_overlay_arrows (up_to_date
)
11593 for (vlist
= Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
;
11595 vlist
= XCDR (vlist
))
11597 Lisp_Object var
= XCAR (vlist
);
11599 if (!SYMBOLP (var
))
11602 if (up_to_date
> 0)
11604 Lisp_Object val
= find_symbol_value (var
);
11605 Fput (var
, Qlast_arrow_position
,
11606 COERCE_MARKER (val
));
11607 Fput (var
, Qlast_arrow_string
,
11608 overlay_arrow_string_or_property (var
));
11610 else if (up_to_date
< 0
11611 || !NILP (Fget (var
, Qlast_arrow_position
)))
11613 Fput (var
, Qlast_arrow_position
, Qt
);
11614 Fput (var
, Qlast_arrow_string
, Qt
);
11620 /* Return overlay arrow string to display at row.
11621 Return integer (bitmap number) for arrow bitmap in left fringe.
11622 Return nil if no overlay arrow. */
11625 overlay_arrow_at_row (it
, row
)
11627 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11631 for (vlist
= Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
;
11633 vlist
= XCDR (vlist
))
11635 Lisp_Object var
= XCAR (vlist
);
11638 if (!SYMBOLP (var
))
11641 val
= find_symbol_value (var
);
11644 && current_buffer
== XMARKER (val
)->buffer
11645 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) == marker_position (val
)))
11647 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
11648 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (it
->w
) > 0)
11650 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
11651 if (val
= Fget (var
, Qoverlay_arrow_bitmap
), SYMBOLP (val
))
11654 if ((fringe_bitmap
= lookup_fringe_bitmap (val
)) != 0)
11655 return make_number (fringe_bitmap
);
11658 return make_number (-1); /* Use default arrow bitmap */
11660 return overlay_arrow_string_or_property (var
);
11667 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
11668 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
11669 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
11672 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf
, prev_pt
, buf
, pt
)
11673 struct buffer
*prev_buf
, *buf
;
11676 EMACS_INT start
, end
;
11678 Lisp_Object buffer
;
11680 XSETBUFFER (buffer
, buf
);
11681 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
11683 if (prev_buf
== buf
)
11686 /* Point didn't move. */
11689 if (prev_pt
> BUF_BEGV (buf
) && prev_pt
< BUF_ZV (buf
)
11690 && find_composition (prev_pt
, -1, &start
, &end
, &prop
, buffer
)
11691 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start
, end
, prop
)
11692 && start
< prev_pt
&& end
> prev_pt
)
11693 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
11694 point moved out of the composition. */
11695 return (pt
<= start
|| pt
>= end
);
11698 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
11699 return (pt
> BUF_BEGV (buf
) && pt
< BUF_ZV (buf
)
11700 && find_composition (pt
, -1, &start
, &end
, &prop
, buffer
)
11701 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start
, end
, prop
)
11702 && start
< pt
&& end
> pt
);
11706 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
11710 reconsider_clip_changes (w
, b
)
11714 if (b
->clip_changed
11715 && !NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
11716 && w
->current_matrix
->buffer
== b
11717 && w
->current_matrix
->zv
== BUF_ZV (b
)
11718 && w
->current_matrix
->begv
== BUF_BEGV (b
))
11719 b
->clip_changed
= 0;
11721 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
11722 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
11723 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
11724 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
11726 if (!b
->clip_changed
11727 && BUFFERP (w
->buffer
) && !NILP (w
->window_end_valid
))
11731 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
11732 pt
= BUF_PT (current_buffer
);
11734 pt
= marker_position (w
->pointm
);
11736 if ((w
->current_matrix
->buffer
!= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)
11737 || pt
!= XINT (w
->last_point
))
11738 && check_point_in_composition (w
->current_matrix
->buffer
,
11739 XINT (w
->last_point
),
11740 XBUFFER (w
->buffer
), pt
))
11741 b
->clip_changed
= 1;
11746 /* Select FRAME to forward the values of frame-local variables into C
11747 variables so that the redisplay routines can access those values
11751 select_frame_for_redisplay (frame
)
11754 Lisp_Object tail
, tem
;
11755 Lisp_Object old
= selected_frame
;
11756 struct Lisp_Symbol
*sym
;
11758 xassert (FRAMEP (frame
) && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (frame
)));
11760 selected_frame
= frame
;
11763 for (tail
= XFRAME (frame
)->param_alist
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
11764 if (CONSP (XCAR (tail
))
11765 && (tem
= XCAR (XCAR (tail
)),
11767 && (sym
= indirect_variable (XSYMBOL (tem
)),
11768 sym
->redirect
== SYMBOL_LOCALIZED
)
11769 && sym
->val
.blv
->frame_local
)
11770 /* Use find_symbol_value rather than Fsymbol_value
11771 to avoid an error if it is void. */
11772 find_symbol_value (tem
);
11773 } while (!EQ (frame
, old
) && (frame
= old
, 1));
11777 #define STOP_POLLING \
11778 do { if (! polling_stopped_here) stop_polling (); \
11779 polling_stopped_here = 1; } while (0)
11781 #define RESUME_POLLING \
11782 do { if (polling_stopped_here) start_polling (); \
11783 polling_stopped_here = 0; } while (0)
11786 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
11787 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
11788 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
11789 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
11790 causes some problems. */
11793 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area
)
11794 int preserve_echo_area
;
11796 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
11799 int must_finish
= 0;
11800 struct text_pos tlbufpos
, tlendpos
;
11801 int number_of_visible_frames
;
11804 int polling_stopped_here
= 0;
11805 Lisp_Object old_frame
= selected_frame
;
11807 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
11808 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
11809 int consider_all_windows_p
;
11811 TRACE ((stderr
, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p
));
11813 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
11814 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
11815 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
11816 if (FRAME_INITIAL_P (SELECTED_FRAME ())
11817 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
11820 /* Don't examine these until after testing Vinhibit_redisplay.
11821 When Emacs is shutting down, perhaps because its connection to
11822 X has dropped, we should not look at them at all. */
11823 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
11824 sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
11826 if (!f
->glyphs_initialized_p
)
11829 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK) || defined (HAVE_NS)
11830 if (popup_activated ())
11834 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
11835 if (redisplaying_p
)
11838 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
11839 when we leave this function. */
11840 count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
11841 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay
,
11842 Fcons (make_number (redisplaying_p
), selected_frame
));
11844 specbind (Qinhibit_free_realized_faces
, Qnil
);
11847 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
11849 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
11851 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
11852 f
->already_hscrolled_p
= 0;
11857 if (!EQ (old_frame
, selected_frame
)
11858 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (old_frame
)))
11859 /* When running redisplay, we play a bit fast-and-loose and allow e.g.
11860 selected_frame and selected_window to be temporarily out-of-sync so
11861 when we come back here via `goto retry', we need to resync because we
11862 may need to run Elisp code (via prepare_menu_bars). */
11863 select_frame_for_redisplay (old_frame
);
11866 reconsider_clip_changes (w
, current_buffer
);
11867 last_escape_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
11868 last_escape_glyph_face_id
= (1 << FACE_ID_BITS
);
11870 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
11871 necessary, do it. */
11872 if (fonts_changed_p
)
11874 adjust_glyphs (NULL
);
11875 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
11876 fonts_changed_p
= 0;
11879 /* If face_change_count is non-zero, init_iterator will free all
11880 realized faces, which includes the faces referenced from current
11881 matrices. So, we can't reuse current matrices in this case. */
11882 if (face_change_count
)
11883 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
11885 if ((FRAME_TERMCAP_P (sf
) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (sf
))
11886 && FRAME_TTY (sf
)->previous_frame
!= sf
)
11888 /* Since frames on a single ASCII terminal share the same
11889 display area, displaying a different frame means redisplay
11890 the whole thing. */
11891 windows_or_buffers_changed
++;
11892 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf
);
11894 set_tty_color_mode (FRAME_TTY (sf
), sf
);
11896 FRAME_TTY (sf
)->previous_frame
= sf
;
11899 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
11900 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
11901 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
11902 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
11904 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
11906 number_of_visible_frames
= 0;
11908 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
11910 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
11912 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
11913 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
11914 ++number_of_visible_frames
;
11915 clear_desired_matrices (f
);
11919 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
11920 do_pending_window_change (1);
11922 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
11923 if (frame_garbaged
)
11924 clear_garbaged_frames ();
11926 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
11927 if (NILP (Vmemory_full
))
11928 prepare_menu_bars ();
11930 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
)
11931 update_mode_lines
++;
11933 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
11934 if ((SAVE_MODIFF
< MODIFF
) != !NILP (w
->last_had_star
))
11936 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
11937 if (buffer_shared
> 1)
11938 update_mode_lines
++;
11941 /* Avoid invocation of point motion hooks by `current_column' below. */
11942 count1
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
11943 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
, Qt
);
11945 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
11946 if (!NILP (w
->column_number_displayed
)
11947 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
11948 where no change is needed. */
11949 && !(PT
== XFASTINT (w
->last_point
)
11950 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
11951 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
11952 && (XFASTINT (w
->column_number_displayed
)
11953 != (int) current_column ())) /* iftc */
11954 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
11956 unbind_to (count1
, Qnil
);
11958 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w
->frame
)) = -1;
11960 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
11961 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
11963 consider_all_windows_p
= (update_mode_lines
|| buffer_shared
> 1
11964 || cursor_type_changed
);
11966 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
11967 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
11968 if (overlay_arrows_changed_p ())
11969 consider_all_windows_p
= windows_or_buffers_changed
= 1;
11971 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
11972 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
11973 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
11974 again here. Checking message_cleared_p captures the case that
11975 the echo area should be cleared. */
11976 if ((!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]) && !display_last_displayed_message_p
)
11977 || (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[1]) && display_last_displayed_message_p
)
11978 || (message_cleared_p
11979 && minibuf_level
== 0
11980 /* If the mini-window is currently selected, this means the
11981 echo-area doesn't show through. */
11982 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window
))))
11984 int window_height_changed_p
= echo_area_display (0);
11987 /* If we don't display the current message, don't clear the
11988 message_cleared_p flag, because, if we did, we wouldn't clear
11989 the echo area in the next redisplay which doesn't preserve
11991 if (!display_last_displayed_message_p
)
11992 message_cleared_p
= 0;
11994 if (fonts_changed_p
)
11996 else if (window_height_changed_p
)
11998 consider_all_windows_p
= 1;
11999 ++update_mode_lines
;
12000 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
12002 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
12003 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
12004 surprises wrt scrolling. */
12005 if (frame_garbaged
)
12006 clear_garbaged_frames ();
12009 else if (EQ (selected_window
, minibuf_window
)
12010 && (current_buffer
->clip_changed
12011 || XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) < MODIFF
12012 || XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
12013 && resize_mini_window (w
, 0))
12015 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
12016 showing if its contents might have changed. */
12018 /* FIXME: this causes all frames to be updated, which seems unnecessary
12019 since only the current frame needs to be considered. This function needs
12020 to be rewritten with two variables, consider_all_windows and
12021 consider_all_frames. */
12022 consider_all_windows_p
= 1;
12023 ++windows_or_buffers_changed
;
12024 ++update_mode_lines
;
12026 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
12027 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
12028 surprises wrt scrolling. */
12029 if (frame_garbaged
)
12030 clear_garbaged_frames ();
12034 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
12035 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
12036 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
12037 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
12038 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->mark_active
))
12039 != !NILP (w
->region_showing
))
12040 || (!NILP (w
->region_showing
)
12041 && !EQ (w
->region_showing
,
12042 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->mark
))))
12043 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
12045 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
12046 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
12047 set in display_line and record information about the line
12048 containing the cursor. */
12049 tlbufpos
= this_line_start_pos
;
12050 tlendpos
= this_line_end_pos
;
12051 if (!consider_all_windows_p
12052 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos
) > 0
12053 && NILP (w
->update_mode_line
)
12054 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
12055 && !current_buffer
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
12056 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
))
12057 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
))
12058 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
12059 && this_line_buffer
== current_buffer
12060 && current_buffer
== XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)
12061 && NILP (w
->force_start
)
12062 && NILP (w
->optional_new_start
)
12063 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
12064 && PT
>= CHARPOS (tlbufpos
)
12065 && PT
<= Z
- CHARPOS (tlendpos
)
12066 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
12067 must be unchanged. */
12068 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w
, CHARPOS (tlbufpos
),
12069 CHARPOS (tlendpos
)))
12071 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos
) > BEGV
12072 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos
) - 1) != '\n'
12073 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos
) == ZV
12074 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos
)) == '\n'))
12075 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty. */
12077 else if (XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) < MODIFF
12078 || XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
12079 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w
))
12081 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
12082 wide-column character (see the comment in indent.c around
12085 For instance, in the following case:
12087 -------- Insert --------
12088 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
12089 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
12093 As we have to redraw the line above, we cannot use this
12097 int line_height_before
= this_line_pixel_height
;
12099 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
12100 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation line. */
12101 start_display (&it
, w
, tlbufpos
);
12103 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
12104 if (it
.current_x
!= this_line_start_x
)
12107 TRACE ((stderr
, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
12108 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
12109 overlay_arrow_seen
= 0;
12110 it
.vpos
= this_line_vpos
;
12111 it
.current_y
= this_line_y
;
12112 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, this_line_vpos
);
12113 display_line (&it
);
12115 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
12116 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win. */
12117 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
>= 0
12118 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
12119 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
12120 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
)
12121 /* Line ends as before. */
12122 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos
) == CHARPOS (tlendpos
)
12123 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
12124 would have to be shifted up or down. */
12125 && this_line_pixel_height
== line_height_before
)
12127 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
12128 the charstarts of the lines below. */
12129 if (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
12131 struct glyph_row
*row
12132 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, this_line_vpos
+ 1);
12133 int delta
, delta_bytes
;
12135 /* We used to distinguish between two cases here,
12136 conditioned by Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV, for
12137 when the line ends in a newline or the end of the
12138 buffer's accessible portion. But both cases did
12139 the same, so they were collapsed. */
12141 - CHARPOS (tlendpos
)
12142 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
));
12143 delta_bytes
= (Z_BYTE
12144 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos
)
12145 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row
));
12147 increment_matrix_positions (w
->current_matrix
,
12148 this_line_vpos
+ 1,
12149 w
->current_matrix
->nrows
,
12150 delta
, delta_bytes
);
12153 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
12154 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
12156 if ((it
.glyph_row
- 1)->displays_text_p
)
12158 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) < this_line_vpos
)
12159 XSETINT (w
->window_end_vpos
, this_line_vpos
);
12161 else if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) == this_line_vpos
12162 && this_line_vpos
> 0)
12163 XSETINT (w
->window_end_vpos
, this_line_vpos
- 1);
12164 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
12166 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
12167 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
12170 *w
->desired_matrix
->method
= 0;
12171 debug_method_add (w
, "optimization 1");
12173 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
12174 update_window_fringes (w
, 0);
12181 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
12182 PT
== XFASTINT (w
->last_point
)
12183 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
12184 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
12185 && 0 <= w
->cursor
.vpos
12186 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) > w
->cursor
.vpos
)
12190 do_pending_window_change (1);
12192 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
12193 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
12194 if (w
->cursor_off_p
== w
->last_cursor_off_p
)
12195 goto end_of_redisplay
;
12199 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
12200 then we can't just move the cursor. */
12201 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
12202 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
))
12203 && (EQ (selected_window
, current_buffer
->last_selected_window
)
12204 || highlight_nonselected_windows
)
12205 && NILP (w
->region_showing
)
12206 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
)
12207 && !cursor_in_echo_area
)
12210 struct glyph_row
*row
;
12212 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
12213 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
12214 next visible position. */
12215 init_iterator (&it
, w
, CHARPOS (tlbufpos
), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos
),
12216 NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
12217 it
.current_x
= this_line_start_x
;
12218 it
.current_y
= this_line_y
;
12219 it
.vpos
= this_line_vpos
;
12221 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
12222 moves over before-strings. */
12223 move_it_to (&it
, PT
, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS
);
12225 if (it
.vpos
== this_line_vpos
12226 && (row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, this_line_vpos
),
12229 xassert (this_line_vpos
== it
.vpos
);
12230 xassert (this_line_y
== it
.current_y
);
12231 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
12233 *w
->desired_matrix
->method
= 0;
12234 debug_method_add (w
, "optimization 3");
12243 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
12244 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, this_line_vpos
, 0);
12247 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
12248 consider_all_windows_p
|= buffer_shared
> 1;
12249 ++clear_face_cache_count
;
12250 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
12251 ++clear_image_cache_count
;
12254 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
12255 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
12256 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
12258 if (consider_all_windows_p
)
12260 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
12262 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
12263 XFRAME (frame
)->updated_p
= 0;
12265 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
12266 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
12269 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
12271 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
12273 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
) || FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f
) || f
== sf
)
12275 if (! EQ (frame
, selected_frame
))
12276 /* Select the frame, for the sake of frame-local
12278 select_frame_for_redisplay (frame
);
12280 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
12281 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
12282 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
)
12283 FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->condemn_scroll_bars_hook (f
);
12285 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f
))
12286 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
));
12288 /* The X error handler may have deleted that frame. */
12289 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f
))
12292 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
12293 nuked should now go away. */
12294 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->judge_scroll_bars_hook
)
12295 FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->judge_scroll_bars_hook (f
);
12297 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
12298 /* ??? rms: I suspect it is a mistake to jump all the way
12299 back to retry here. It should just retry this frame. */
12300 if (fonts_changed_p
)
12303 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f
))
12305 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
12306 if (!f
->already_hscrolled_p
)
12308 f
->already_hscrolled_p
= 1;
12309 if (hscroll_windows (f
->root_window
))
12313 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
12314 update. stdio is not robust about handling
12315 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
12317 if (interrupt_input
)
12318 unrequest_sigio ();
12321 /* Update the display. */
12322 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), 1);
12323 pause
|= update_frame (f
, 0, 0);
12329 if (!EQ (old_frame
, selected_frame
)
12330 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (old_frame
)))
12331 /* We played a bit fast-and-loose above and allowed selected_frame
12332 and selected_window to be temporarily out-of-sync but let's make
12333 sure this stays contained. */
12334 select_frame_for_redisplay (old_frame
);
12335 eassert (EQ (XFRAME (selected_frame
)->selected_window
, selected_window
));
12339 /* Do the mark_window_display_accurate after all windows have
12340 been redisplayed because this call resets flags in buffers
12341 which are needed for proper redisplay. */
12342 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
12344 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
12347 mark_window_display_accurate (f
->root_window
, 1);
12348 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->frame_up_to_date_hook
)
12349 FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->frame_up_to_date_hook (f
);
12354 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf
))
12356 Lisp_Object mini_window
;
12357 struct frame
*mini_frame
;
12359 displayed_buffer
= XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window
)->buffer
);
12360 /* Use list_of_error, not Qerror, so that
12361 we catch only errors and don't run the debugger. */
12362 internal_condition_case_1 (redisplay_window_1
, selected_window
,
12364 redisplay_window_error
);
12366 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
12369 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
12370 if (fonts_changed_p
)
12373 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
12374 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
12375 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
12376 if (interrupt_input
)
12377 unrequest_sigio ();
12380 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf
) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf
))
12382 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window
))
12385 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
12386 pause
= update_frame (sf
, 0, 0);
12389 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
12390 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
12391 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
12392 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
12394 mini_window
= FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf
);
12395 mini_frame
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window
)));
12397 if (mini_frame
!= sf
&& FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame
))
12399 XWINDOW (mini_window
)->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
12400 pause
|= update_frame (mini_frame
, 0, 0);
12401 if (!pause
&& hscroll_windows (mini_window
))
12406 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
12407 thorough update the next time. */
12410 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
12411 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
12412 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
12413 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
12415 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
12416 update_overlay_arrows (0);
12418 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
12419 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
12420 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
)
12421 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
)))
12422 update_mode_lines
= 1;
12426 if (!consider_all_windows_p
)
12428 /* This has already been done above if
12429 consider_all_windows_p is set. */
12430 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w
, 1);
12432 /* Say overlay arrows are up to date. */
12433 update_overlay_arrows (1);
12435 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (sf
)->frame_up_to_date_hook
!= 0)
12436 FRAME_TERMINAL (sf
)->frame_up_to_date_hook (sf
);
12439 update_mode_lines
= 0;
12440 windows_or_buffers_changed
= 0;
12441 cursor_type_changed
= 0;
12444 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
12445 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
12446 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
12447 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
12448 if (interrupt_input
)
12452 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
12453 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
12454 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
12455 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
12456 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
12457 frames here explicitly. */
12460 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
12463 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
12465 int this_is_visible
= 0;
12467 if (XFRAME (frame
)->visible
)
12468 this_is_visible
= 1;
12469 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame
));
12470 if (XFRAME (frame
)->visible
)
12471 this_is_visible
= 1;
12473 if (this_is_visible
)
12477 if (new_count
!= number_of_visible_frames
)
12478 windows_or_buffers_changed
++;
12481 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
12482 do_pending_window_change (1);
12484 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
12485 visible frames, redisplay again. */
12486 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
&& !pause
)
12489 /* Clear the face and image caches.
12491 We used to do this only if consider_all_windows_p. But the cache
12492 needs to be cleared if a timer creates images in the current
12493 buffer (e.g. the test case in Bug#6230). */
12495 if (clear_face_cache_count
> CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT
)
12497 clear_face_cache (0);
12498 clear_face_cache_count
= 0;
12501 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
12502 if (clear_image_cache_count
> CLEAR_IMAGE_CACHE_COUNT
)
12504 clear_image_caches (Qnil
);
12505 clear_image_cache_count
= 0;
12507 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
12510 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
12515 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
12516 another message has been requested in its place.
12518 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
12519 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
12520 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
12521 wait_reading_process_output for examples of these situations.
12523 FROM_WHERE is an integer saying from where this function was
12524 called. This is useful for debugging. */
12527 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (from_where
)
12530 TRACE ((stderr
, "redisplay_preserve_echo_area (%d)\n", from_where
));
12532 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer
[1]))
12534 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
12535 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
12536 display_last_displayed_message_p
= 1;
12537 redisplay_internal (1);
12538 display_last_displayed_message_p
= 0;
12541 redisplay_internal (1);
12543 if (FRAME_RIF (SELECTED_FRAME ()) != NULL
12544 && FRAME_RIF (SELECTED_FRAME ())->flush_display_optional
)
12545 FRAME_RIF (SELECTED_FRAME ())->flush_display_optional (NULL
);
12549 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
12550 redisplay_internal. Reset redisplaying_p to the value it had
12551 before redisplay_internal was called, and clear
12552 prevent_freeing_realized_faces_p. It also selects the previously
12553 selected frame, unless it has been deleted (by an X connection
12554 failure during redisplay, for example). */
12557 unwind_redisplay (val
)
12560 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p
, old_frame
;
12562 old_redisplaying_p
= XCAR (val
);
12563 redisplaying_p
= XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p
);
12564 old_frame
= XCDR (val
);
12565 if (! EQ (old_frame
, selected_frame
)
12566 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (old_frame
)))
12567 select_frame_for_redisplay (old_frame
);
12572 /* Mark the display of window W as accurate or inaccurate. If
12573 ACCURATE_P is non-zero mark display of W as accurate. If
12574 ACCURATE_P is zero, arrange for W to be redisplayed the next time
12575 redisplay_internal is called. */
12578 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w
, accurate_p
)
12582 if (BUFFERP (w
->buffer
))
12584 struct buffer
*b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
12587 = make_number (accurate_p
? BUF_MODIFF (b
) : 0);
12588 w
->last_overlay_modified
12589 = make_number (accurate_p
? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
) : 0);
12591 = BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
) ? Qt
: Qnil
;
12595 b
->clip_changed
= 0;
12596 b
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
= 0;
12598 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b
) = BUF_MODIFF (b
);
12599 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b
) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
);
12600 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b
) = BUF_GPT (b
) - BUF_BEG (b
);
12601 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b
) = BUF_Z (b
) - BUF_GPT (b
);
12603 w
->current_matrix
->buffer
= b
;
12604 w
->current_matrix
->begv
= BUF_BEGV (b
);
12605 w
->current_matrix
->zv
= BUF_ZV (b
);
12607 w
->last_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
12608 w
->last_cursor_off_p
= w
->cursor_off_p
;
12610 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
12611 w
->last_point
= make_number (BUF_PT (b
));
12613 w
->last_point
= make_number (XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->charpos
);
12619 w
->window_end_valid
= w
->buffer
;
12620 w
->update_mode_line
= Qnil
;
12625 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
12626 accurate or inaccurate. If ACCURATE_P is non-zero mark display of
12627 windows as accurate. If ACCURATE_P is zero, arrange for windows to
12628 be redisplayed the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
12631 mark_window_display_accurate (window
, accurate_p
)
12632 Lisp_Object window
;
12637 for (; !NILP (window
); window
= w
->next
)
12639 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
12640 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w
, accurate_p
);
12642 if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
12643 mark_window_display_accurate (w
->vchild
, accurate_p
);
12644 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
12645 mark_window_display_accurate (w
->hchild
, accurate_p
);
12650 update_overlay_arrows (1);
12654 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
12655 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
12656 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
12657 update_overlay_arrows (-1);
12662 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
12663 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
12664 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
12665 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
12668 disp_char_vector (dp
, c
)
12669 struct Lisp_Char_Table
*dp
;
12674 if (ASCII_CHAR_P (c
))
12677 if (SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val
))
12678 val
= XSUB_CHAR_TABLE (val
)->contents
[c
];
12684 XSETCHAR_TABLE (table
, dp
);
12685 val
= char_table_ref (table
, c
);
12694 /***********************************************************************
12696 ***********************************************************************/
12698 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
12701 redisplay_windows (window
)
12702 Lisp_Object window
;
12704 while (!NILP (window
))
12706 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
12708 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
12709 redisplay_windows (w
->hchild
);
12710 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
12711 redisplay_windows (w
->vchild
);
12712 else if (!NILP (w
->buffer
))
12714 displayed_buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
12715 /* Use list_of_error, not Qerror, so that
12716 we catch only errors and don't run the debugger. */
12717 internal_condition_case_1 (redisplay_window_0
, window
,
12719 redisplay_window_error
);
12727 redisplay_window_error ()
12729 displayed_buffer
->display_error_modiff
= BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer
);
12734 redisplay_window_0 (window
)
12735 Lisp_Object window
;
12737 if (displayed_buffer
->display_error_modiff
< BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer
))
12738 redisplay_window (window
, 0);
12743 redisplay_window_1 (window
)
12744 Lisp_Object window
;
12746 if (displayed_buffer
->display_error_modiff
< BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer
))
12747 redisplay_window (window
, 1);
12752 /* Increment GLYPH until it reaches END or CONDITION fails while
12753 adding (GLYPH)->pixel_width to X. */
12755 #define SKIP_GLYPHS(glyph, end, x, condition) \
12758 (x) += (glyph)->pixel_width; \
12761 while ((glyph) < (end) && (condition))
12764 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
12765 DELTA and DELTA_BYTES are the numbers of characters and bytes by
12766 which positions recorded in ROW differ from current buffer
12769 Return 0 if cursor is not on this row, 1 otherwise. */
12772 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, matrix
, delta
, delta_bytes
, dy
, dvpos
)
12774 struct glyph_row
*row
;
12775 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
12776 int delta
, delta_bytes
, dy
, dvpos
;
12778 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
12779 struct glyph
*end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
12780 struct glyph
*cursor
= NULL
;
12781 /* The last known character position in row. */
12782 int last_pos
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
;
12784 EMACS_INT pt_old
= PT
- delta
;
12785 EMACS_INT pos_before
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
;
12786 EMACS_INT pos_after
= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
;
12787 struct glyph
*glyph_before
= glyph
- 1, *glyph_after
= end
;
12788 /* A glyph beyond the edge of TEXT_AREA which we should never
12790 struct glyph
*glyphs_end
= end
;
12791 /* Non-zero means we've found a match for cursor position, but that
12792 glyph has the avoid_cursor_p flag set. */
12793 int match_with_avoid_cursor
= 0;
12794 /* Non-zero means we've seen at least one glyph that came from a
12796 int string_seen
= 0;
12797 /* Largest buffer position seen so far during scan of glyph row. */
12798 EMACS_INT bpos_max
= last_pos
;
12799 /* Last buffer position covered by an overlay string with an integer
12800 `cursor' property. */
12801 EMACS_INT bpos_covered
= 0;
12803 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start and the end of
12804 the row. These are special glyphs like truncation marks on
12805 terminal frames. */
12806 if (row
->displays_text_p
)
12808 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
12811 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
12812 && glyph
->charpos
< 0)
12814 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
12818 && INTEGERP ((end
- 1)->object
)
12819 /* CHARPOS is zero for blanks and stretch glyphs
12820 inserted by extend_face_to_end_of_line. */
12821 && (end
- 1)->charpos
<= 0)
12823 glyph_before
= glyph
- 1;
12830 /* If the glyph row is reversed, we need to process it from back
12831 to front, so swap the edge pointers. */
12832 glyphs_end
= end
= glyph
- 1;
12833 glyph
+= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
12835 while (glyph
> end
+ 1
12836 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
12837 && glyph
->charpos
< 0)
12840 x
-= glyph
->pixel_width
;
12842 if (INTEGERP (glyph
->object
) && glyph
->charpos
< 0)
12844 /* By default, in reversed rows we put the cursor on the
12845 rightmost (first in the reading order) glyph. */
12846 for (g
= end
+ 1; g
< glyph
; g
++)
12847 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
12849 && INTEGERP ((end
+ 1)->object
)
12850 && (end
+ 1)->charpos
<= 0)
12852 glyph_before
= glyph
+ 1;
12856 else if (row
->reversed_p
)
12858 /* In R2L rows that don't display text, put the cursor on the
12859 rightmost glyph. Case in point: an empty last line that is
12860 part of an R2L paragraph. */
12862 /* Avoid placing the cursor on the last glyph of the row, where
12863 on terminal frames we hold the vertical border between
12864 adjacent windows. */
12865 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (WINDOW_XFRAME (w
))
12866 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
12867 && cursor
== row
->glyphs
[LAST_AREA
] - 1)
12869 x
= -1; /* will be computed below, at label compute_x */
12872 /* Step 1: Try to find the glyph whose character position
12873 corresponds to point. If that's not possible, find 2 glyphs
12874 whose character positions are the closest to point, one before
12875 point, the other after it. */
12876 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
12877 while (/* not marched to end of glyph row */
12879 /* glyph was not inserted by redisplay for internal purposes */
12880 && !INTEGERP (glyph
->object
))
12882 if (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
))
12884 EMACS_INT dpos
= glyph
->charpos
- pt_old
;
12886 if (glyph
->charpos
> bpos_max
)
12887 bpos_max
= glyph
->charpos
;
12888 if (!glyph
->avoid_cursor_p
)
12890 /* If we hit point, we've found the glyph on which to
12891 display the cursor. */
12894 match_with_avoid_cursor
= 0;
12897 /* See if we've found a better approximation to
12898 POS_BEFORE or to POS_AFTER. Note that we want the
12899 first (leftmost) glyph of all those that are the
12900 closest from below, and the last (rightmost) of all
12901 those from above. */
12902 if (0 > dpos
&& dpos
> pos_before
- pt_old
)
12904 pos_before
= glyph
->charpos
;
12905 glyph_before
= glyph
;
12907 else if (0 < dpos
&& dpos
<= pos_after
- pt_old
)
12909 pos_after
= glyph
->charpos
;
12910 glyph_after
= glyph
;
12913 else if (dpos
== 0)
12914 match_with_avoid_cursor
= 1;
12916 else if (STRINGP (glyph
->object
))
12918 Lisp_Object chprop
;
12919 int glyph_pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
12921 chprop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (glyph_pos
), Qcursor
,
12923 if (INTEGERP (chprop
))
12925 bpos_covered
= bpos_max
+ XINT (chprop
);
12926 /* If the `cursor' property covers buffer positions up
12927 to and including point, we should display cursor on
12928 this glyph. Note that overlays and text properties
12929 with string values stop bidi reordering, so every
12930 buffer position to the left of the string is always
12931 smaller than any position to the right of the
12932 string. Therefore, if a `cursor' property on one
12933 of the string's characters has an integer value, we
12934 will break out of the loop below _before_ we get to
12935 the position match above. IOW, integer values of
12936 the `cursor' property override the "exact match for
12937 point" strategy of positioning the cursor. */
12938 /* Implementation note: bpos_max == pt_old when, e.g.,
12939 we are in an empty line, where bpos_max is set to
12940 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS, see above. */
12941 if (bpos_max
<= pt_old
&& bpos_covered
>= pt_old
)
12950 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
12953 else if (glyph
> end
) /* row is reversed */
12954 while (!INTEGERP (glyph
->object
))
12956 if (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
))
12958 EMACS_INT dpos
= glyph
->charpos
- pt_old
;
12960 if (glyph
->charpos
> bpos_max
)
12961 bpos_max
= glyph
->charpos
;
12962 if (!glyph
->avoid_cursor_p
)
12966 match_with_avoid_cursor
= 0;
12969 if (0 > dpos
&& dpos
> pos_before
- pt_old
)
12971 pos_before
= glyph
->charpos
;
12972 glyph_before
= glyph
;
12974 else if (0 < dpos
&& dpos
<= pos_after
- pt_old
)
12976 pos_after
= glyph
->charpos
;
12977 glyph_after
= glyph
;
12980 else if (dpos
== 0)
12981 match_with_avoid_cursor
= 1;
12983 else if (STRINGP (glyph
->object
))
12985 Lisp_Object chprop
;
12986 int glyph_pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
12988 chprop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (glyph_pos
), Qcursor
,
12990 if (INTEGERP (chprop
))
12992 bpos_covered
= bpos_max
+ XINT (chprop
);
12993 /* If the `cursor' property covers buffer positions up
12994 to and including point, we should display cursor on
12996 if (bpos_max
<= pt_old
&& bpos_covered
>= pt_old
)
13005 if (glyph
== glyphs_end
) /* don't dereference outside TEXT_AREA */
13007 x
--; /* can't use any pixel_width */
13010 x
-= glyph
->pixel_width
;
13013 /* Step 2: If we didn't find an exact match for point, we need to
13014 look for a proper place to put the cursor among glyphs between
13015 GLYPH_BEFORE and GLYPH_AFTER. */
13016 if (!((row
->reversed_p
? glyph
> glyphs_end
: glyph
< glyphs_end
)
13017 && BUFFERP (glyph
->object
) && glyph
->charpos
== pt_old
)
13018 && bpos_covered
< pt_old
)
13020 if (row
->ends_in_ellipsis_p
&& pos_after
== last_pos
)
13022 EMACS_INT ellipsis_pos
;
13024 /* Scan back over the ellipsis glyphs. */
13025 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
13027 ellipsis_pos
= (glyph
- 1)->charpos
;
13028 while (glyph
> row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]
13029 && (glyph
- 1)->charpos
== ellipsis_pos
)
13030 glyph
--, x
-= glyph
->pixel_width
;
13031 /* That loop always goes one position too far, including
13032 the glyph before the ellipsis. So scan forward over
13034 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
13037 else /* row is reversed */
13039 ellipsis_pos
= (glyph
+ 1)->charpos
;
13040 while (glyph
< row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1
13041 && (glyph
+ 1)->charpos
== ellipsis_pos
)
13042 glyph
++, x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
13043 x
-= glyph
->pixel_width
;
13047 else if (match_with_avoid_cursor
13048 /* zero-width characters produce no glyphs */
13049 || ((row
->reversed_p
13050 ? glyph_after
> glyphs_end
13051 : glyph_after
< glyphs_end
)
13052 && eabs (glyph_after
- glyph_before
) == 1))
13054 cursor
= glyph_after
;
13057 else if (string_seen
)
13059 int incr
= row
->reversed_p
? -1 : +1;
13061 /* Need to find the glyph that came out of a string which is
13062 present at point. That glyph is somewhere between
13063 GLYPH_BEFORE and GLYPH_AFTER, and it came from a string
13064 positioned between POS_BEFORE and POS_AFTER in the
13066 struct glyph
*stop
= glyph_after
;
13067 EMACS_INT pos
= pos_before
;
13070 for (glyph
= glyph_before
+ incr
;
13071 row
->reversed_p
? glyph
> stop
: glyph
< stop
; )
13074 /* Any glyphs that come from the buffer are here because
13075 of bidi reordering. Skip them, and only pay
13076 attention to glyphs that came from some string. */
13077 if (STRINGP (glyph
->object
))
13082 str
= glyph
->object
;
13083 tem
= string_buffer_position_lim (w
, str
, pos
, pos_after
, 0);
13084 if (tem
== 0 /* from overlay */
13087 /* If the string from which this glyph came is
13088 found in the buffer at point, then we've
13089 found the glyph we've been looking for. If
13090 it comes from an overlay (tem == 0), and it
13091 has the `cursor' property on one of its
13092 glyphs, record that glyph as a candidate for
13093 displaying the cursor. (As in the
13094 unidirectional version, we will display the
13095 cursor on the last candidate we find.) */
13096 if (tem
== 0 || tem
== pt_old
)
13098 /* The glyphs from this string could have
13099 been reordered. Find the one with the
13100 smallest string position. Or there could
13101 be a character in the string with the
13102 `cursor' property, which means display
13103 cursor on that character's glyph. */
13104 int strpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
13107 for (glyph
+= incr
;
13108 (row
->reversed_p
? glyph
> stop
: glyph
< stop
)
13109 && EQ (glyph
->object
, str
);
13113 int gpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
13115 cprop
= Fget_char_property (make_number (gpos
),
13123 if (glyph
->charpos
< strpos
)
13125 strpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
13134 pos
= tem
+ 1; /* don't find previous instances */
13136 /* This string is not what we want; skip all of the
13137 glyphs that came from it. */
13140 while ((row
->reversed_p
? glyph
> stop
: glyph
< stop
)
13141 && EQ (glyph
->object
, str
));
13147 /* If we reached the end of the line, and END was from a string,
13148 the cursor is not on this line. */
13150 && (row
->reversed_p
? glyph
<= end
: glyph
>= end
)
13151 && STRINGP (end
->object
)
13152 && row
->continued_p
)
13158 if (cursor
!= NULL
)
13164 /* Need to compute x that corresponds to GLYPH. */
13165 for (g
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
], x
= row
->x
; g
< glyph
; g
++)
13167 if (g
>= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
13169 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
13173 /* ROW could be part of a continued line, which, under bidi
13174 reordering, might have other rows whose start and end charpos
13175 occlude point. Only set w->cursor if we found a better
13176 approximation to the cursor position than we have from previously
13177 examined candidate rows belonging to the same continued line. */
13178 if (/* we already have a candidate row */
13179 w
->cursor
.vpos
>= 0
13180 /* that candidate is not the row we are processing */
13181 && MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
) != row
13182 /* the row we are processing is part of a continued line */
13183 && (row
->continued_p
|| MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
))
13184 /* Make sure cursor.vpos specifies a row whose start and end
13185 charpos occlude point. This is because some callers of this
13186 function leave cursor.vpos at the row where the cursor was
13187 displayed during the last redisplay cycle. */
13188 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
)) <= pt_old
13189 && pt_old
< MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
)))
13192 MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
) + w
->cursor
.hpos
;
13194 /* Don't consider glyphs that are outside TEXT_AREA. */
13195 if (!(row
->reversed_p
? glyph
> glyphs_end
: glyph
< glyphs_end
))
13197 /* Keep the candidate whose buffer position is the closest to
13199 if (/* previous candidate is a glyph in TEXT_AREA of that row */
13200 w
->cursor
.hpos
>= 0
13201 && w
->cursor
.hpos
< MATRIX_ROW_USED(matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
)
13202 && BUFFERP (g1
->object
)
13203 && (g1
->charpos
== pt_old
/* an exact match always wins */
13204 || (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
13205 && eabs (g1
->charpos
- pt_old
)
13206 < eabs (glyph
->charpos
- pt_old
))))
13208 /* If this candidate gives an exact match, use that. */
13209 if (!(BUFFERP (glyph
->object
) && glyph
->charpos
== pt_old
)
13210 /* Otherwise, keep the candidate that comes from a row
13211 spanning less buffer positions. This may win when one or
13212 both candidate positions are on glyphs that came from
13213 display strings, for which we cannot compare buffer
13215 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
))
13216 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
))
13217 < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
))
13220 w
->cursor
.hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
13222 w
->cursor
.vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, matrix
) + dvpos
;
13223 w
->cursor
.y
= row
->y
+ dy
;
13225 if (w
== XWINDOW (selected_window
))
13227 if (!row
->continued_p
13228 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
)
13231 this_line_buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
13233 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
)
13234 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
;
13235 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos
)
13236 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row
) + delta_bytes
;
13238 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos
)
13239 = Z
- (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
);
13240 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos
)
13241 = Z_BYTE
- (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
) + delta_bytes
);
13243 this_line_y
= w
->cursor
.y
;
13244 this_line_pixel_height
= row
->height
;
13245 this_line_vpos
= w
->cursor
.vpos
;
13246 this_line_start_x
= row
->x
;
13249 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
13256 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
13257 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
13259 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
13261 static INLINE
struct text_pos
13262 run_window_scroll_functions (window
, startp
)
13263 Lisp_Object window
;
13264 struct text_pos startp
;
13266 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
13267 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w
->start
, startp
);
13269 if (current_buffer
!= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
13272 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
))
13274 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions
, window
,
13275 make_number (CHARPOS (startp
)));
13276 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
13277 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
13278 if (current_buffer
!= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
13279 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
13286 /* Make sure the line containing the cursor is fully visible.
13287 A value of 1 means there is nothing to be done.
13288 (Either the line is fully visible, or it cannot be made so,
13289 or we cannot tell.)
13291 If FORCE_P is non-zero, return 0 even if partial visible cursor row
13292 is higher than window.
13294 A value of 0 means the caller should do scrolling
13295 as if point had gone off the screen. */
13298 cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, force_p
, current_matrix_p
)
13301 int current_matrix_p
;
13303 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
13304 struct glyph_row
*row
;
13307 if (!make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
)
13310 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
13311 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
13312 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
13315 matrix
= current_matrix_p
? w
->current_matrix
: w
->desired_matrix
;
13316 row
= MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
13318 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing to do. */
13319 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (w
, row
))
13322 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
13323 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
13324 window_height
= window_box_height (w
);
13325 if (row
->height
>= window_height
)
13327 if (!force_p
|| MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
13328 || w
->vscroll
|| w
->cursor
.vpos
== 0)
13335 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
13336 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
13337 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
13338 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
13339 the case that only the cursor has moved.
13341 LAST_LINE_MISFIT should be nonzero if we're scrolling because the
13342 last screen line's vertical height extends past the end of the screen.
13346 1 if scrolling succeeded
13348 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
13350 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
13351 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
13357 SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
13361 try_scrolling (window
, just_this_one_p
, scroll_conservatively
,
13362 scroll_step
, temp_scroll_step
, last_line_misfit
)
13363 Lisp_Object window
;
13364 int just_this_one_p
;
13365 EMACS_INT scroll_conservatively
, scroll_step
;
13366 int temp_scroll_step
;
13367 int last_line_misfit
;
13369 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
13370 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
13371 struct text_pos pos
, startp
;
13373 int this_scroll_margin
, scroll_max
, rc
, height
;
13374 int dy
= 0, amount_to_scroll
= 0, scroll_down_p
= 0;
13375 int extra_scroll_margin_lines
= last_line_misfit
? 1 : 0;
13376 Lisp_Object aggressive
;
13377 int scroll_limit
= INT_MAX
/ FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
13380 debug_method_add (w
, "try_scrolling");
13383 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
13385 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
13386 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
13387 if (scroll_margin
> 0)
13388 this_scroll_margin
= min (scroll_margin
, WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) / 4)
13389 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
13391 this_scroll_margin
= 0;
13393 /* Force scroll_conservatively to have a reasonable value, to avoid
13394 overflow while computing how much to scroll. Note that the user
13395 can supply scroll-conservatively equal to `most-positive-fixnum',
13396 which can be larger than INT_MAX. */
13397 if (scroll_conservatively
> scroll_limit
)
13399 scroll_conservatively
= scroll_limit
;
13400 scroll_max
= INT_MAX
;
13402 else if (scroll_step
|| scroll_conservatively
|| temp_scroll_step
)
13403 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring
13404 point into view. */
13405 scroll_max
= (max (scroll_step
,
13406 max (scroll_conservatively
, temp_scroll_step
))
13407 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
13408 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer
->scroll_down_aggressively
)
13409 || NUMBERP (current_buffer
->scroll_up_aggressively
))
13410 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling but no
13411 scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. */
13412 scroll_max
= 10 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
13418 /* Decide whether to scroll down. */
13419 if (PT
> CHARPOS (startp
))
13421 int scroll_margin_y
;
13423 /* Compute the pixel ypos of the scroll margin, then move it to
13424 either that ypos or PT, whichever comes first. */
13425 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
13426 scroll_margin_y
= it
.last_visible_y
- this_scroll_margin
13427 - FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) * extra_scroll_margin_lines
;
13428 move_it_to (&it
, PT
, -1, scroll_margin_y
- 1, -1,
13429 (MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_Y
));
13431 if (PT
> CHARPOS (it
.current
.pos
))
13433 int y0
= line_bottom_y (&it
);
13434 /* Compute how many pixels below window bottom to stop searching
13435 for PT. This avoids costly search for PT that is far away if
13436 the user limited scrolling by a small number of lines, but
13437 always finds PT if scroll_conservatively is set to a large
13438 number, such as most-positive-fixnum. */
13439 int slack
= max (scroll_max
, 10 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
13441 slack
>= INT_MAX
- it
.last_visible_y
13443 : it
.last_visible_y
+ slack
;
13445 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT or to
13446 the scroll limit, whichever comes first. This should
13447 include the height of the cursor line, to make that line
13449 move_it_to (&it
, PT
, -1, y_to_move
,
13450 -1, MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
13451 dy
= line_bottom_y (&it
) - y0
;
13453 if (dy
> scroll_max
)
13454 return SCROLLING_FAILED
;
13462 /* Point is in or below the bottom scroll margin, so move the
13463 window start down. If scrolling conservatively, move it just
13464 enough down to make point visible. If scroll_step is set,
13465 move it down by scroll_step. */
13466 if (scroll_conservatively
)
13468 = min (max (dy
, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
13469 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) * scroll_conservatively
);
13470 else if (scroll_step
|| temp_scroll_step
)
13471 amount_to_scroll
= scroll_max
;
13474 aggressive
= current_buffer
->scroll_up_aggressively
;
13475 height
= WINDOW_BOX_TEXT_HEIGHT (w
);
13476 if (NUMBERP (aggressive
))
13478 double float_amount
= XFLOATINT (aggressive
) * height
;
13479 amount_to_scroll
= float_amount
;
13480 if (amount_to_scroll
== 0 && float_amount
> 0)
13481 amount_to_scroll
= 1;
13485 if (amount_to_scroll
<= 0)
13486 return SCROLLING_FAILED
;
13488 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
13489 if (scroll_max
< INT_MAX
)
13490 move_it_vertically (&it
, amount_to_scroll
);
13493 /* Extra precision for users who set scroll-conservatively
13494 to most-positive-fixnum: make sure the amount we scroll
13495 the window start is never less than amount_to_scroll,
13496 which was computed as distance from window bottom to
13497 point. This matters when lines at window top and lines
13498 below window bottom have different height. */
13499 struct it it1
= it
;
13500 /* We use a temporary it1 because line_bottom_y can modify
13501 its argument, if it moves one line down; see there. */
13502 int start_y
= line_bottom_y (&it1
);
13505 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 1);
13507 } while (line_bottom_y (&it1
) - start_y
< amount_to_scroll
);
13510 /* If STARTP is unchanged, move it down another screen line. */
13511 if (CHARPOS (it
.current
.pos
) == CHARPOS (startp
))
13512 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 1);
13513 startp
= it
.current
.pos
;
13517 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos
= startp
;
13519 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
13521 if (this_scroll_margin
)
13523 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
13524 move_it_vertically (&it
, this_scroll_margin
);
13525 scroll_margin_pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
13528 if (PT
< CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos
))
13530 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
13531 above what is displayed in the window. */
13534 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
13535 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
13537 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
13538 start_display (&it
, w
, pos
);
13540 move_it_to (&it
, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos
), 0,
13541 it
.last_visible_y
, -1,
13542 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
13543 dy
= it
.current_y
- y0
;
13544 if (dy
> scroll_max
)
13545 return SCROLLING_FAILED
;
13547 /* Compute new window start. */
13548 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
13550 if (scroll_conservatively
)
13552 = max (dy
, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) * max (scroll_step
, temp_scroll_step
));
13553 else if (scroll_step
|| temp_scroll_step
)
13554 amount_to_scroll
= scroll_max
;
13557 aggressive
= current_buffer
->scroll_down_aggressively
;
13558 height
= WINDOW_BOX_TEXT_HEIGHT (w
);
13559 if (NUMBERP (aggressive
))
13561 double float_amount
= XFLOATINT (aggressive
) * height
;
13562 amount_to_scroll
= float_amount
;
13563 if (amount_to_scroll
== 0 && float_amount
> 0)
13564 amount_to_scroll
= 1;
13568 if (amount_to_scroll
<= 0)
13569 return SCROLLING_FAILED
;
13571 move_it_vertically_backward (&it
, amount_to_scroll
);
13572 startp
= it
.current
.pos
;
13576 /* Run window scroll functions. */
13577 startp
= run_window_scroll_functions (window
, startp
);
13579 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
13581 if (!try_window (window
, startp
, 0))
13582 rc
= SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
;
13583 else if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
13585 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
13586 rc
= SCROLLING_FAILED
;
13590 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
13591 if (!just_this_one_p
13592 || current_buffer
->clip_changed
13593 || BEG_UNCHANGED
< CHARPOS (startp
))
13594 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
13596 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line,
13597 treat that as being off the bottom of the screen. */
13598 if (! cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, extra_scroll_margin_lines
<= 1, 0))
13600 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
13601 ++extra_scroll_margin_lines
;
13604 rc
= SCROLLING_SUCCESS
;
13611 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
13612 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
13615 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
13616 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
13617 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
13620 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w
)
13623 struct text_pos pos
, start_pos
;
13624 int window_start_changed_p
= 0;
13626 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos
, w
->start
);
13628 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
13629 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
13630 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
13631 if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) > BEGV
13632 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos
) - 1) != '\n')
13635 struct glyph_row
*row
;
13637 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
13638 if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) < BEGV
)
13639 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
13640 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) > ZV
)
13641 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos
, ZV
, ZV_BYTE
);
13643 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
13644 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
13645 row
= w
->desired_matrix
->rows
+ (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0);
13646 init_iterator (&it
, w
, CHARPOS (start_pos
), BYTEPOS (start_pos
),
13647 row
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
13648 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it
);
13650 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
13651 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
13652 if (CHARPOS (start_pos
) - IT_CHARPOS (it
)
13653 < WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) * WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w
))
13655 int min_distance
, distance
;
13657 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
13658 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
13659 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
13660 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
13661 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
13662 minimum distance from the old window start. */
13663 pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
13664 min_distance
= INFINITY
;
13665 while ((distance
= eabs (CHARPOS (start_pos
) - IT_CHARPOS (it
))),
13666 distance
< min_distance
)
13668 min_distance
= distance
;
13669 pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
13670 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 0);
13673 /* Set the window start there. */
13674 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w
->start
, pos
);
13675 window_start_changed_p
= 1;
13679 return window_start_changed_p
;
13683 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changed in window WINDOW,
13684 with window start STARTP. Value is
13686 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS if successful
13688 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED if this method cannot be used
13690 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL if we know we have to scroll the
13691 display. *SCROLL_STEP is set to 1, under certain circumstances, if
13692 we want to scroll as if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code.
13694 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES if we need larger matrices, in
13695 which case we have to abort this redisplay, and adjust matrices
13700 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
,
13701 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED
,
13702 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
,
13703 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
13707 try_cursor_movement (window
, startp
, scroll_step
)
13708 Lisp_Object window
;
13709 struct text_pos startp
;
13712 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
13713 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
13714 int rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED
;
13717 if (inhibit_try_cursor_movement
)
13721 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
13722 not moved off the frame. */
13723 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
13724 PT
>= CHARPOS (startp
)
13725 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
13726 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
13727 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
13728 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
13729 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
13731 && !update_mode_lines
13732 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
13733 && !cursor_type_changed
13734 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
13735 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
13737 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
13738 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
))
13739 && NILP (w
->region_showing
)
13740 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
)
13741 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
13742 && INTEGERP (w
->last_point
)
13743 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
13744 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
13745 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
13746 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
13747 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
13748 handles the same cases. */
13749 && !EQ (window
, minibuf_window
)
13750 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
13751 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
13752 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
13753 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
13754 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
13755 && INTEGERP (w
->window_end_vpos
)
13756 && XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) < w
->current_matrix
->nrows
13757 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
13758 || !overlay_arrow_in_current_buffer_p ()))
13760 int this_scroll_margin
, top_scroll_margin
;
13761 struct glyph_row
*row
= NULL
;
13764 debug_method_add (w
, "cursor movement");
13767 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
13768 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
13769 if (scroll_margin
> 0)
13771 this_scroll_margin
= min (scroll_margin
, WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) / 4);
13772 this_scroll_margin
*= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
13775 this_scroll_margin
= 0;
13777 top_scroll_margin
= this_scroll_margin
;
13778 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
13779 top_scroll_margin
+= CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
13781 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
13782 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
13783 if (w
->last_cursor
.vpos
< 0
13784 || w
->last_cursor
.vpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
13785 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13788 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->last_cursor
.vpos
);
13789 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
13791 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
13792 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13795 if (rc
== CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED
)
13797 int scroll_p
= 0, must_scroll
= 0;
13798 int last_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
) - this_scroll_margin
;
13800 if (PT
> XFASTINT (w
->last_point
))
13802 /* Point has moved forward. */
13803 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) < PT
13804 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < last_y
)
13806 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
13810 /* If the end position of a row equals the start
13811 position of the next row, and PT is at that position,
13812 we would rather display cursor in the next line. */
13813 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < last_y
13814 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
13815 && row
< w
->current_matrix
->rows
13816 + w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1
13817 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
+1) == PT
13818 && !cursor_row_p (w
, row
))
13821 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
13822 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
13823 the next line would be drawn, and that
13824 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
13825 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > last_y
13826 || PT
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
13827 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
13828 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
13829 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) == last_y
13830 && PT
== MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
13831 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
13832 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
)))
13835 else if (PT
< XFASTINT (w
->last_point
))
13837 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
13838 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer if-statement. */
13839 while (!row
->mode_line_p
13840 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) > PT
13841 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
13842 && (MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
)
13843 || (/* STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_STRING_P (row) */
13844 row
> w
->current_matrix
->rows
13845 && (row
-1)->ends_in_newline_from_string_p
))))
13846 && (row
->y
> top_scroll_margin
13847 || CHARPOS (startp
) == BEGV
))
13849 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
13853 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
13854 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
13855 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
13856 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
13857 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
13858 if (row
< w
->current_matrix
->rows
13859 || row
->mode_line_p
)
13861 row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
13862 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
13866 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
13867 skip forward over overlay strings. */
13868 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < last_y
13869 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
13870 && !cursor_row_p (w
, row
))
13873 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
13874 if (row
->y
< top_scroll_margin
13875 && CHARPOS (startp
) != BEGV
)
13880 /* Cursor did not move. So don't scroll even if cursor line
13881 is partially visible, as it was so before. */
13882 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
;
13885 if (PT
< MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
)
13886 || PT
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
))
13888 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
13889 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13892 else if (rc
!= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
13893 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->bidi_display_reordering
))
13895 /* If rows are bidi-reordered and point moved, back up
13896 until we find a row that does not belong to a
13897 continuation line. This is because we must consider
13898 all rows of a continued line as candidates for the
13899 new cursor positioning, since row start and end
13900 positions change non-linearly with vertical position
13902 /* FIXME: Revisit this when glyph ``spilling'' in
13903 continuation lines' rows is implemented for
13904 bidi-reordered rows. */
13905 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
))
13907 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
13909 /* If we hit the beginning of the displayed portion
13910 without finding the first row of a continued
13912 if (row
<= w
->current_matrix
->rows
)
13914 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13922 else if (rc
!= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
13923 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (w
, row
)
13924 && make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
)
13926 if (PT
== MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
13927 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
13928 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
))
13929 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13930 else if (row
->height
> window_box_height (w
))
13932 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
13933 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
13934 than the window, in which case we can't do much
13937 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13941 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
13942 if (!cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, 0, 1))
13943 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13945 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
;
13949 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13950 else if (rc
!= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
13951 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->bidi_display_reordering
))
13953 /* With bidi-reordered rows, there could be more than
13954 one candidate row whose start and end positions
13955 occlude point. We need to let set_cursor_from_row
13956 find the best candidate. */
13957 /* FIXME: Revisit this when glyph ``spilling'' in
13958 continuation lines' rows is implemented for
13959 bidi-reordered rows. */
13964 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) <= PT
13965 && PT
<= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
13966 && cursor_row_p (w
, row
))
13967 rv
|= set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
,
13969 /* As soon as we've found the first suitable row
13970 whose ends_at_zv_p flag is set, we are done. */
13972 && MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
)->ends_at_zv_p
)
13974 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
;
13979 while ((MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
)
13980 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) <= last_y
)
13981 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
13982 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < last_y
));
13983 /* If we didn't find any candidate rows, or exited the
13984 loop before all the candidates were examined, signal
13985 to the caller that this method failed. */
13986 if (rc
!= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
13987 && (!rv
|| MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
)))
13988 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
;
13990 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
;
13996 if (set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0))
13998 rc
= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
;
14003 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < last_y
14004 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) == PT
14005 && cursor_row_p (w
, row
));
14014 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
)
14017 int start
, end
, whole
;
14019 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
14020 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
14021 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
14022 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
14025 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
14026 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
14027 || (w
== XWINDOW (minibuf_window
)
14028 && NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0])))
14030 struct buffer
*buf
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
14031 whole
= BUF_ZV (buf
) - BUF_BEGV (buf
);
14032 start
= marker_position (w
->start
) - BUF_BEGV (buf
);
14033 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
14034 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
14035 end
= BUF_Z (buf
) - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
) - BUF_BEGV (buf
);
14039 if (whole
< (end
- start
))
14040 whole
= end
- start
;
14043 start
= end
= whole
= 0;
14045 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
14046 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (XFRAME (w
->frame
))->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
)
14047 (*FRAME_TERMINAL (XFRAME (w
->frame
))->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
)
14048 (w
, end
- start
, whole
, start
);
14052 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
14053 selected_window is redisplayed.
14055 We can return without actually redisplaying the window if
14056 fonts_changed_p is nonzero. In that case, redisplay_internal will
14060 redisplay_window (window
, just_this_one_p
)
14061 Lisp_Object window
;
14062 int just_this_one_p
;
14064 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
14065 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
14066 struct buffer
*buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
14067 struct buffer
*old
= current_buffer
;
14068 struct text_pos lpoint
, opoint
, startp
;
14069 int update_mode_line
;
14072 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
14073 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p
= 0;
14074 int used_current_matrix_p
= 0;
14075 /* This is less strict than current_matrix_up_to_date_p.
14076 It indictes that the buffer contents and narrowing are unchanged. */
14077 int buffer_unchanged_p
= 0;
14078 int temp_scroll_step
= 0;
14079 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
14081 int centering_position
= -1;
14082 int last_line_misfit
= 0;
14083 int beg_unchanged
, end_unchanged
;
14085 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
14088 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
14089 xassert (!NILP (w
->buffer
));
14091 *w
->desired_matrix
->method
= 0;
14095 reconsider_clip_changes (w
, buffer
);
14097 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
14098 update_mode_line
= (!NILP (w
->update_mode_line
)
14099 || update_mode_lines
14100 || buffer
->clip_changed
14101 || buffer
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
);
14103 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
))
14105 if (w
== XWINDOW (echo_area_window
)
14106 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer
[0]))
14108 if (update_mode_line
)
14109 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
14110 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
14111 goto finish_menu_bars
;
14113 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
14114 goto finish_scroll_bars
;
14116 else if ((w
!= XWINDOW (minibuf_window
)
14117 || minibuf_level
== 0)
14118 /* When buffer is nonempty, redisplay window normally. */
14119 && BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)) == BUF_BEG (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
14120 /* Quail displays non-mini buffers in minibuffer window.
14121 In that case, redisplay the window normally. */
14122 && !NILP (Fmemq (w
->buffer
, Vminibuffer_list
)))
14124 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not active, so clear
14126 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
14127 struct glyph_row
*row
;
14130 for (y
= 0, row
= w
->desired_matrix
->rows
;
14132 y
+= row
->height
, ++row
)
14133 blank_row (w
, row
, y
);
14134 goto finish_scroll_bars
;
14137 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14140 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
14142 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
14144 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
14146 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
14147 = (!NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
14148 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
14149 && !current_buffer
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
14150 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
14151 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
);
14153 /* Run the window-bottom-change-functions
14154 if it is possible that the text on the screen has changed
14155 (either due to modification of the text, or any other reason). */
14156 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
14157 && !NILP (Vwindow_text_change_functions
))
14159 safe_run_hooks (Qwindow_text_change_functions
);
14163 beg_unchanged
= BEG_UNCHANGED
;
14164 end_unchanged
= END_UNCHANGED
;
14166 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
14168 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
, Qt
);
14171 = (!NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
14172 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
14173 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
14174 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
);
14176 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
14177 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
14178 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
)
14180 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
14181 window start in case the window's width changed. */
14182 if (XMARKER (w
->start
)->buffer
== current_buffer
)
14183 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w
);
14185 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
14188 /* Some sanity checks. */
14189 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w
);
14190 if (Z
== Z_BYTE
&& CHARPOS (opoint
) != BYTEPOS (opoint
))
14192 if (BYTEPOS (opoint
) < CHARPOS (opoint
))
14195 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
14196 if (!NILP (w
->column_number_displayed
)
14197 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
14198 where no change is needed. */
14199 && !(PT
== XFASTINT (w
->last_point
)
14200 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
14201 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
)
14202 && (XFASTINT (w
->column_number_displayed
)
14203 != (int) current_column ())) /* iftc */
14204 update_mode_line
= 1;
14206 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
14207 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
14208 if (!just_this_one_p
)
14210 struct buffer
*current_base
, *window_base
;
14211 current_base
= current_buffer
;
14212 window_base
= XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window
)->buffer
);
14213 if (current_base
->base_buffer
)
14214 current_base
= current_base
->base_buffer
;
14215 if (window_base
->base_buffer
)
14216 window_base
= window_base
->base_buffer
;
14217 if (current_base
== window_base
)
14221 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
14222 window, set up appropriate value. */
14223 if (!EQ (window
, selected_window
))
14225 int new_pt
= XMARKER (w
->pointm
)->charpos
;
14226 int new_pt_byte
= marker_byte_position (w
->pointm
);
14230 new_pt_byte
= BEGV_BYTE
;
14231 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, Qnil
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
14233 else if (new_pt
> (ZV
- 1))
14236 new_pt_byte
= ZV_BYTE
;
14237 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, Qnil
, ZV
, ZV_BYTE
);
14240 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
14241 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt
, new_pt_byte
);
14244 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
14245 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
14246 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
14247 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
14248 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
14249 if (current_buffer
->width_run_cache
)
14251 struct Lisp_Char_Table
*disptab
= buffer_display_table ();
14253 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab
,
14254 XVECTOR (current_buffer
->width_table
)))
14256 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer
,
14257 current_buffer
->width_run_cache
,
14259 recompute_width_table (current_buffer
, disptab
);
14263 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
14264 if (XMARKER (w
->start
)->buffer
!= current_buffer
)
14267 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
14269 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
14270 check whether it can be used. */
14271 if (!NILP (w
->optional_new_start
)
14272 && CHARPOS (startp
) >= BEGV
14273 && CHARPOS (startp
) <= ZV
)
14275 w
->optional_new_start
= Qnil
;
14276 start_display (&it
, w
, startp
);
14277 move_it_to (&it
, PT
, 0, it
.last_visible_y
, -1,
14278 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
| MOVE_TO_Y
);
14279 if (IT_CHARPOS (it
) == PT
)
14280 w
->force_start
= Qt
;
14281 /* IT may overshoot PT if text at PT is invisible. */
14282 else if (IT_CHARPOS (it
) > PT
&& CHARPOS (startp
) <= PT
)
14283 w
->force_start
= Qt
;
14288 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
14289 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
14290 if (!NILP (w
->force_start
)
14291 || w
->frozen_window_start_p
)
14293 /* We set this later on if we have to adjust point. */
14296 w
->force_start
= Qnil
;
14298 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
14300 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
14301 if (!buffer_unchanged_p
)
14302 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
14304 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
14305 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
14306 because we have scrolled. */
14307 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
14308 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
14309 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
14310 and having them get more errors. */
14311 if (!update_mode_line
14312 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
))
14314 update_mode_line
= 1;
14315 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
14316 startp
= run_window_scroll_functions (window
, startp
);
14319 w
->last_modified
= make_number (0);
14320 w
->last_overlay_modified
= make_number (0);
14321 if (CHARPOS (startp
) < BEGV
)
14322 SET_TEXT_POS (startp
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
14323 else if (CHARPOS (startp
) > ZV
)
14324 SET_TEXT_POS (startp
, ZV
, ZV_BYTE
);
14326 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
14327 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
14328 /* We used to issue a CHECK_MARGINS argument to try_window here,
14329 but this causes scrolling to fail when point begins inside
14330 the scroll margin (bug#148) -- cyd */
14331 if (!try_window (window
, startp
, 0))
14333 w
->force_start
= Qt
;
14334 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14335 goto need_larger_matrices
;
14338 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0 && !w
->frozen_window_start_p
)
14340 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
14341 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
14342 can use it here. */
14343 new_vpos
= window_box_height (w
) / 2;
14346 if (!cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, 0, 0))
14348 /* Point does appear, but on a line partly visible at end of window.
14349 Move it back to a fully-visible line. */
14350 new_vpos
= window_box_height (w
);
14353 /* If we need to move point for either of the above reasons,
14354 now actually do it. */
14357 struct glyph_row
*row
;
14359 row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
);
14360 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < new_vpos
)
14363 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
),
14364 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row
));
14366 if (w
!= XWINDOW (selected_window
))
14367 set_marker_both (w
->pointm
, Qnil
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
14368 else if (current_buffer
== old
)
14369 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
14371 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->desired_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
14373 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
14374 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
14375 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
14376 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
))
14378 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14379 if (!try_window (window
, startp
, 0))
14380 goto need_larger_matrices
;
14385 debug_method_add (w
, "forced window start");
14390 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
14391 not moved off the frame, and we are not retrying after hscroll.
14392 (current_matrix_up_to_date_p is nonzero when retrying.) */
14393 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
14394 && (rc
= try_cursor_movement (window
, startp
, &temp_scroll_step
),
14395 rc
!= CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED
))
14399 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS
:
14400 used_current_matrix_p
= 1;
14403 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL
:
14404 goto try_to_scroll
;
14410 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
14411 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
14412 else if (!NILP (w
->start_at_line_beg
)
14413 && !(CHARPOS (startp
) <= BEGV
14414 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp
) - 1) == '\n'))
14417 debug_method_add (w
, "recenter 1");
14422 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. Value is > 0 if update has
14423 been done, it is -1 if we know that the same window start will
14424 not work. It is 0 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
14425 else if ((tem
= try_window_id (w
)) != 0)
14428 debug_method_add (w
, "try_window_id %d", tem
);
14431 if (fonts_changed_p
)
14432 goto need_larger_matrices
;
14436 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
14437 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
14439 else if (CHARPOS (startp
) >= BEGV
14440 && CHARPOS (startp
) <= ZV
14441 && PT
>= CHARPOS (startp
)
14442 && (CHARPOS (startp
) < ZV
14443 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
14444 || CHARPOS (startp
) == BEGV
14445 || (XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) >= MODIFF
14446 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF
)))
14449 /* If first window line is a continuation line, and window start
14450 is inside the modified region, but the first change is before
14451 current window start, we must select a new window start.
14453 However, if this is the result of a down-mouse event (e.g. by
14454 extending the mouse-drag-overlay), we don't want to select a
14455 new window start, since that would change the position under
14456 the mouse, resulting in an unwanted mouse-movement rather
14457 than a simple mouse-click. */
14458 if (NILP (w
->start_at_line_beg
)
14459 && NILP (do_mouse_tracking
)
14460 && CHARPOS (startp
) > BEGV
14461 && CHARPOS (startp
) > BEG
+ beg_unchanged
14462 && CHARPOS (startp
) <= Z
- end_unchanged
14463 /* Even if w->start_at_line_beg is nil, a new window may
14464 start at a line_beg, since that's how set_buffer_window
14465 sets it. So, we need to check the return value of
14466 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line. (See also
14468 && XMARKER (w
->start
)->buffer
== current_buffer
14469 && compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w
))
14471 w
->force_start
= Qt
;
14472 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
14477 debug_method_add (w
, "same window start");
14480 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
14481 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
14482 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
14483 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
14484 because a window scroll function can have changed the
14486 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
)
14487 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
14488 || !(used_current_matrix_p
14489 = try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w
)))
14491 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "1"));
14492 if (try_window (window
, startp
, TRY_WINDOW_CHECK_MARGINS
) < 0)
14493 /* -1 means we need to scroll.
14494 0 means we need new matrices, but fonts_changed_p
14495 is set in that case, so we will detect it below. */
14496 goto try_to_scroll
;
14499 if (fonts_changed_p
)
14500 goto need_larger_matrices
;
14502 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
>= 0)
14504 if (!just_this_one_p
14505 || current_buffer
->clip_changed
14506 || BEG_UNCHANGED
< CHARPOS (startp
))
14507 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
14508 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
14510 if (!cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, 1, 0))
14512 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14513 last_line_misfit
= 1;
14515 /* Drop through and scroll. */
14520 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14525 w
->last_modified
= make_number (0);
14526 w
->last_overlay_modified
= make_number (0);
14528 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
14529 if (!update_mode_line
)
14531 update_mode_line
= 1;
14532 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
14535 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
14536 if ((scroll_conservatively
14538 || temp_scroll_step
14539 || NUMBERP (current_buffer
->scroll_up_aggressively
)
14540 || NUMBERP (current_buffer
->scroll_down_aggressively
))
14541 && !current_buffer
->clip_changed
14542 && CHARPOS (startp
) >= BEGV
14543 && CHARPOS (startp
) <= ZV
)
14545 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
14546 successful, 0 if not successful. */
14547 int rc
= try_scrolling (window
, just_this_one_p
,
14548 scroll_conservatively
,
14550 temp_scroll_step
, last_line_misfit
);
14553 case SCROLLING_SUCCESS
:
14556 case SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
:
14557 goto need_larger_matrices
;
14559 case SCROLLING_FAILED
:
14567 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
14570 if (centering_position
< 0)
14571 centering_position
= window_box_height (w
) / 2;
14574 debug_method_add (w
, "recenter");
14577 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
14579 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
14580 if (!buffer_unchanged_p
)
14581 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
14583 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
14584 init_iterator (&it
, w
, PT
, PT_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
14585 it
.current_y
= it
.last_visible_y
;
14586 move_it_vertically_backward (&it
, centering_position
);
14587 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it
) >= BEGV
);
14589 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
14590 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
14591 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
14592 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
14593 containing PT in this case. */
14594 if (it
.current_y
<= 0)
14596 init_iterator (&it
, w
, PT
, PT_BYTE
, NULL
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
14597 move_it_vertically_backward (&it
, 0);
14601 it
.current_x
= it
.hpos
= 0;
14603 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
14604 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
14605 set_marker_both (w
->start
, Qnil
, IT_CHARPOS (it
), IT_BYTEPOS (it
));
14607 /* Run scroll hooks. */
14608 startp
= run_window_scroll_functions (window
, it
.current
.pos
);
14610 /* Redisplay the window. */
14611 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
14612 || windows_or_buffers_changed
14613 || cursor_type_changed
14614 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
14615 because it can have changed the buffer. */
14616 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions
)
14617 || !just_this_one_p
14618 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
14619 || !(used_current_matrix_p
14620 = try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w
)))
14621 try_window (window
, startp
, 0);
14623 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
14624 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
14626 if (fonts_changed_p
)
14627 goto need_larger_matrices
;
14629 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
14630 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
14631 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
14632 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
14634 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
14636 if (!NILP (w
->window_end_valid
)
14637 && PT
>= Z
- XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
))
14639 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14640 move_it_by_lines (&it
, 1, 0);
14641 try_window (window
, it
.current
.pos
, 0);
14643 else if (PT
< IT_CHARPOS (it
))
14645 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14646 move_it_by_lines (&it
, -1, 0);
14647 try_window (window
, it
.current
.pos
, 0);
14651 /* Not much we can do about it. */
14655 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
14656 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
14657 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
14658 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
14659 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
14661 struct glyph_row
*row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
14662 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
14664 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
14667 if (!cursor_row_fully_visible_p (w
, 0, 0))
14669 /* If vscroll is enabled, disable it and try again. */
14673 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14677 /* If centering point failed to make the whole line visible,
14678 put point at the top instead. That has to make the whole line
14679 visible, if it can be done. */
14680 if (centering_position
== 0)
14683 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14684 centering_position
= 0;
14690 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp
, w
->start
);
14691 w
->start_at_line_beg
= ((CHARPOS (startp
) == BEGV
14692 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp
) - 1) == '\n')
14695 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
14696 if ((update_mode_line
14697 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
14698 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
14699 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
14700 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
14701 || (!just_this_one_p
14702 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
14703 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
))
14704 /* Line number to display. */
14705 || INTEGERP (w
->base_line_pos
)
14706 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
14707 || (!NILP (w
->column_number_displayed
)
14708 && (XFASTINT (w
->column_number_displayed
)
14709 != (int) current_column ()))) /* iftc */
14710 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
14711 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
14712 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
)))
14714 display_mode_lines (w
);
14716 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
14717 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
14718 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
14719 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
))
14721 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
14722 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)->height
14723 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
14726 /* If header line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
14727 immediate redisplay using the correct header line height. */
14728 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
)
14729 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
))
14731 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
14732 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)->height
14733 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
14736 if (fonts_changed_p
)
14737 goto need_larger_matrices
;
14740 if (!line_number_displayed
14741 && !BUFFERP (w
->base_line_pos
))
14743 w
->base_line_pos
= Qnil
;
14744 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
14749 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
14750 if (update_mode_line
14751 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f
), window
))
14753 int redisplay_menu_p
= 0;
14754 int redisplay_tool_bar_p
= 0;
14756 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
14758 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) \
14759 || defined (HAVE_NS) || defined (USE_GTK)
14760 redisplay_menu_p
= FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
);
14762 redisplay_menu_p
= FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0;
14766 redisplay_menu_p
= FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0;
14768 if (redisplay_menu_p
)
14769 display_menu_bar (w
);
14771 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14772 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
14774 #if defined (USE_GTK) || defined (HAVE_NS)
14775 redisplay_tool_bar_p
= FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
);
14777 redisplay_tool_bar_p
= WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
14778 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) > 0
14779 || !NILP (Vauto_resize_tool_bars
));
14782 if (redisplay_tool_bar_p
&& redisplay_tool_bar (f
))
14784 extern int ignore_mouse_drag_p
;
14785 ignore_mouse_drag_p
= 1;
14791 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14792 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
14793 && update_window_fringes (w
, (just_this_one_p
14794 || (!used_current_matrix_p
&& !overlay_arrow_seen
)
14795 || w
->pseudo_window_p
)))
14799 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
14800 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
14804 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
14806 /* We go to this label, with fonts_changed_p nonzero,
14807 if it is necessary to try again using larger glyph matrices.
14808 We have to redeem the scroll bar even in this case,
14809 because the loop in redisplay_internal expects that. */
14810 need_larger_matrices
:
14812 finish_scroll_bars
:
14814 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
14816 /* Set the thumb's position and size. */
14817 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
14819 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
14820 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
14821 if (FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
)
14822 (*FRAME_TERMINAL (f
)->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
) (w
);
14825 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. The window
14826 update may have changed the buffer, so first make sure `opoint'
14827 is still valid (Bug#6177). */
14828 if (CHARPOS (opoint
) < BEGV
)
14829 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
14830 else if (CHARPOS (opoint
) > ZV
)
14831 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z
, Z_BYTE
);
14833 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint
), BYTEPOS (opoint
));
14835 set_buffer_internal_1 (old
);
14836 /* Avoid an abort in TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH if the buffer has become
14837 shorter. This can be caused by log truncation in *Messages*. */
14838 if (CHARPOS (lpoint
) <= ZV
)
14839 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint
), BYTEPOS (lpoint
));
14841 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
14845 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
14846 buffer position POS.
14848 Value is 1 if successful. It is zero if fonts were loaded during
14849 redisplay which makes re-adjusting glyph matrices necessary, and -1
14850 if point would appear in the scroll margins.
14851 (We check the former only if TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE is
14852 unset in FLAGS, and the latter only if TRY_WINDOW_CHECK_MARGINS is
14856 try_window (window
, pos
, flags
)
14857 Lisp_Object window
;
14858 struct text_pos pos
;
14861 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
14863 struct glyph_row
*last_text_row
= NULL
;
14864 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
14866 /* Make POS the new window start. */
14867 set_marker_both (w
->start
, Qnil
, CHARPOS (pos
), BYTEPOS (pos
));
14869 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
14870 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
14871 overlay_arrow_seen
= 0;
14873 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
14874 start_display (&it
, w
, pos
);
14876 /* Display all lines of W. */
14877 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
14879 if (display_line (&it
))
14880 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
14881 if (fonts_changed_p
&& !(flags
& TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE
))
14885 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
14886 if ((flags
& TRY_WINDOW_CHECK_MARGINS
)
14887 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w
))
14889 int this_scroll_margin
;
14891 if (scroll_margin
> 0)
14893 this_scroll_margin
= min (scroll_margin
, WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) / 4);
14894 this_scroll_margin
*= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
14897 this_scroll_margin
= 0;
14899 if ((w
->cursor
.y
>= 0 /* not vscrolled */
14900 && w
->cursor
.y
< this_scroll_margin
14901 && CHARPOS (pos
) > BEGV
14902 && IT_CHARPOS (it
) < ZV
)
14903 /* rms: considering make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p here
14904 seems to give wrong results. We don't want to recenter
14905 when the last line is partly visible, we want to allow
14906 that case to be handled in the usual way. */
14907 || w
->cursor
.y
> it
.last_visible_y
- this_scroll_margin
- 1)
14909 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
14910 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
14915 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
14916 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
) <= 0
14917 && Z
!= IT_CHARPOS (it
))
14918 w
->update_mode_line
= Qt
;
14920 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
14921 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
14922 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
14925 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row
));
14926 w
->window_end_bytepos
14927 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
14929 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
14931 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, w
->desired_matrix
));
14932 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
))
14933 ->displays_text_p
);
14937 w
->window_end_bytepos
= Z_BYTE
- ZV_BYTE
;
14938 w
->window_end_pos
= make_number (Z
- ZV
);
14939 w
->window_end_vpos
= make_number (0);
14942 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
14943 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
14949 /************************************************************************
14950 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
14951 ************************************************************************/
14953 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
14954 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
14955 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
14956 W->start is the new window start. */
14959 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w
)
14962 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
14963 struct glyph_row
*row
, *bottom_row
;
14966 struct text_pos start
, new_start
;
14967 int nrows_scrolled
, i
;
14968 struct glyph_row
*last_text_row
;
14969 struct glyph_row
*last_reused_text_row
;
14970 struct glyph_row
*start_row
;
14971 int start_vpos
, min_y
, max_y
;
14974 if (inhibit_try_window_reusing
)
14978 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
14979 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
14980 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
14982 || windows_or_buffers_changed
14983 || cursor_type_changed
)
14986 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
14987 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
14988 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
))
14989 || !NILP (w
->region_showing
)
14990 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
))
14993 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
14994 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
)
14995 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)->mode_line_p
)
14998 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
14999 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
15000 start_row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
15001 if (w
->vscroll
|| MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (w
, start_row
))
15004 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
15005 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
15006 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start
, w
->start
);
15007 start
= start_row
->minpos
;
15008 start_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row
, w
->current_matrix
);
15010 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
15011 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
15013 if (CHARPOS (new_start
) <= CHARPOS (start
))
15017 /* Don't use this method if the display starts with an ellipsis
15018 displayed for invisible text. It's not easy to handle that case
15019 below, and it's certainly not worth the effort since this is
15020 not a frequent case. */
15021 if (in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (&start_row
->start
, w
))
15024 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "twu1"));
15026 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
15027 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
15028 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
15029 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
15030 start_display (&it
, w
, new_start
);
15031 first_row_y
= it
.current_y
;
15032 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
15033 last_text_row
= last_reused_text_row
= NULL
;
15035 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
15036 && !fonts_changed_p
)
15038 /* If we have reached into the characters in the START row,
15039 that means the line boundaries have changed. So we
15040 can't start copying with the row START. Maybe it will
15041 work to start copying with the following row. */
15042 while (IT_CHARPOS (it
) > CHARPOS (start
))
15044 /* Advance to the next row as the "start". */
15046 start
= start_row
->minpos
;
15047 /* If there are no more rows to try, or just one, give up. */
15048 if (start_row
== MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
) - 1
15049 || w
->vscroll
|| MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (w
, start_row
)
15050 || CHARPOS (start
) == ZV
)
15052 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
15056 start_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row
, w
->current_matrix
);
15058 /* If we have reached alignment,
15059 we can copy the rest of the rows. */
15060 if (IT_CHARPOS (it
) == CHARPOS (start
))
15063 if (display_line (&it
))
15064 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
15067 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
15068 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
15069 have at least one reusable row. */
15070 if (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
15072 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
15073 nrows_scrolled
= it
.vpos
- (start_row
- MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
));
15075 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
15076 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
15078 int dy
= it
.current_y
- start_row
->y
;
15080 row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
15081 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
, row
, NULL
, dy
);
15083 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0,
15084 dy
, nrows_scrolled
);
15087 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
15092 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
15093 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
15094 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
15095 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
15096 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
15098 run
.current_y
= start_row
->y
;
15099 run
.desired_y
= it
.current_y
;
15100 run
.height
= it
.last_visible_y
- it
.current_y
;
15102 if (run
.height
> 0 && run
.current_y
!= run
.desired_y
)
15105 FRAME_RIF (f
)->update_window_begin_hook (w
);
15106 FRAME_RIF (f
)->clear_window_mouse_face (w
);
15107 FRAME_RIF (f
)->scroll_run_hook (w
, &run
);
15108 FRAME_RIF (f
)->update_window_end_hook (w
, 0, 0);
15112 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
15113 bottom_row
= MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
);
15114 rotate_matrix (w
->current_matrix
,
15116 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row
, w
->current_matrix
),
15119 /* Disable lines that must be updated. */
15120 for (i
= 0; i
< nrows_scrolled
; ++i
)
15121 (start_row
+ i
)->enabled_p
= 0;
15123 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
15124 min_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
15125 max_y
= it
.last_visible_y
;
15126 for (row
= start_row
+ nrows_scrolled
;
15130 row
->y
= it
.current_y
;
15131 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
;
15133 if (row
->y
< min_y
)
15134 row
->visible_height
-= min_y
- row
->y
;
15135 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
> max_y
)
15136 row
->visible_height
-= row
->y
+ row
->height
- max_y
;
15137 row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
15139 it
.current_y
+= row
->height
;
15141 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
15142 last_reused_text_row
= row
;
15143 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) >= it
.last_visible_y
)
15147 /* Disable lines in the current matrix which are now
15148 below the window. */
15149 for (++row
; row
< bottom_row
; ++row
)
15150 row
->enabled_p
= row
->mode_line_p
= 0;
15153 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
15154 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
15155 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
15156 containing text. */
15157 if (last_reused_text_row
)
15159 w
->window_end_bytepos
15160 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row
);
15162 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row
));
15164 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row
,
15165 w
->current_matrix
));
15167 else if (last_text_row
)
15169 w
->window_end_bytepos
15170 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
15172 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
15174 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, w
->desired_matrix
));
15178 /* This window must be completely empty. */
15179 w
->window_end_bytepos
= Z_BYTE
- ZV_BYTE
;
15180 w
->window_end_pos
= make_number (Z
- ZV
);
15181 w
->window_end_vpos
= make_number (0);
15183 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
15185 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
15186 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
15189 debug_method_add (w
, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
15193 else if (CHARPOS (new_start
) > CHARPOS (start
))
15195 struct glyph_row
*pt_row
, *row
;
15196 struct glyph_row
*first_reusable_row
;
15197 struct glyph_row
*first_row_to_display
;
15199 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
15201 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
15202 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
15203 first_reusable_row
= start_row
;
15204 while (first_reusable_row
->enabled_p
15205 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row
) < yb
15206 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row
)
15207 < CHARPOS (new_start
)))
15208 ++first_reusable_row
;
15210 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
15211 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row
) >= yb
15212 || !first_reusable_row
->enabled_p
15213 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row
)
15214 != CHARPOS (new_start
)))
15217 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
15218 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
15219 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
15220 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
15222 for (first_row_to_display
= first_reusable_row
;
15223 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display
) < yb
;
15224 ++first_row_to_display
)
15226 if (PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display
)
15227 && PT
< MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display
))
15228 pt_row
= first_row_to_display
;
15231 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
15232 xassert (first_row_to_display
->y
< yb
);
15233 init_to_row_start (&it
, w
, first_row_to_display
);
15235 nrows_scrolled
= (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row
, w
->current_matrix
)
15237 it
.vpos
= (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display
, w
->current_matrix
)
15239 it
.current_y
= (first_row_to_display
->y
- first_reusable_row
->y
15240 + WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
));
15242 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
15243 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
15244 that displays text. */
15245 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, it
.vpos
);
15246 if (pt_row
== NULL
)
15247 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
15248 last_text_row
= NULL
;
15249 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
&& !fonts_changed_p
)
15250 if (display_line (&it
))
15251 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
15253 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
15257 w
->cursor
.vpos
-= nrows_scrolled
;
15258 w
->cursor
.y
-= first_reusable_row
->y
- start_row
->y
;
15261 /* Give up if point isn't in a row displayed or reused. (This
15262 also handles the case where w->cursor.vpos < nrows_scrolled
15263 after the calls to display_line, which can happen with scroll
15264 margins. See bug#1295.) */
15265 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
15267 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
15271 /* Scroll the display. */
15272 run
.current_y
= first_reusable_row
->y
;
15273 run
.desired_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
15274 run
.height
= it
.last_visible_y
- run
.current_y
;
15275 dy
= run
.current_y
- run
.desired_y
;
15280 FRAME_RIF (f
)->update_window_begin_hook (w
);
15281 FRAME_RIF (f
)->clear_window_mouse_face (w
);
15282 FRAME_RIF (f
)->scroll_run_hook (w
, &run
);
15283 FRAME_RIF (f
)->update_window_end_hook (w
, 0, 0);
15287 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
15288 bottom_row
= MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
);
15289 min_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
15290 max_y
= it
.last_visible_y
;
15291 for (row
= first_reusable_row
; row
< first_row_to_display
; ++row
)
15294 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
;
15295 if (row
->y
< min_y
)
15296 row
->visible_height
-= min_y
- row
->y
;
15297 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
> max_y
)
15298 row
->visible_height
-= row
->y
+ row
->height
- max_y
;
15299 row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
15302 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
15303 xassert (nrows_scrolled
> 0);
15304 rotate_matrix (w
->current_matrix
,
15306 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row
, w
->current_matrix
),
15309 /* Disable rows not reused. */
15310 for (row
-= nrows_scrolled
; row
< bottom_row
; ++row
)
15311 row
->enabled_p
= 0;
15313 /* Point may have moved to a different line, so we cannot assume that
15314 the previous cursor position is valid; locate the correct row. */
15317 for (row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
15318 row
< bottom_row
&& PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
);
15322 w
->cursor
.y
= row
->y
;
15324 if (row
< bottom_row
)
15326 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + w
->cursor
.hpos
;
15327 struct glyph
*end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
15329 /* Can't use this optimization with bidi-reordered glyph
15330 rows, unless cursor is already at point. */
15331 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->bidi_display_reordering
))
15333 if (!(w
->cursor
.hpos
>= 0
15334 && w
->cursor
.hpos
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]
15335 && BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
15336 && glyph
->charpos
== PT
))
15341 && (!BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
15342 || glyph
->charpos
< PT
);
15346 w
->cursor
.x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
15351 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
15352 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
15353 only its vpos can have changed. */
15356 w
->window_end_bytepos
15357 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
15359 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
15361 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, w
->desired_matrix
));
15366 = make_number (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) - nrows_scrolled
);
15369 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
15370 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
15373 debug_method_add (w
, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
15383 /************************************************************************
15384 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
15385 ************************************************************************/
15387 static struct glyph_row
*find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (struct window
*);
15388 static struct glyph_row
*find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (struct window
*,
15390 static struct glyph_row
*
15391 find_last_row_displaying_text (struct glyph_matrix
*, struct it
*,
15392 struct glyph_row
*);
15395 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
15396 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
15397 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
15398 a pointer to the row found. */
15400 static struct glyph_row
*
15401 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix
, it
, start
)
15402 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
15404 struct glyph_row
*start
;
15406 struct glyph_row
*row
, *row_found
;
15408 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
15409 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
15412 row
= start
? start
: MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix
);
15413 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
15415 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
15417 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) >= it
->last_visible_y
)
15426 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
15427 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since W's
15428 current matrix was built. Value is null if no such row exists.
15430 BEG_UNCHANGED us the number of characters unchanged at the start of
15431 current_buffer. BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED is the buffer position of the
15432 first changed character in current_buffer. Characters at positions <
15433 BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED are at the same buffer positions as they were
15434 when the current matrix was built. */
15436 static struct glyph_row
*
15437 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w
)
15440 int first_changed_pos
= BEG
+ BEG_UNCHANGED
;
15441 struct glyph_row
*row
;
15442 struct glyph_row
*row_found
= NULL
;
15443 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
15445 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
15446 for (row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
15447 MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
)
15448 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) < first_changed_pos
;
15451 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
15452 except in some case. */
15453 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) <= first_changed_pos
15454 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
15456 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
15457 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
15458 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
15460 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == first_changed_pos
15461 && (row
->continued_p
15462 || row
->exact_window_width_line_p
)))
15465 /* Stop if last visible row. */
15466 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) >= yb
)
15474 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
15475 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the
15476 time W's current matrix was built.
15478 Return in *DELTA the number of chars by which buffer positions in
15479 unchanged text at the end of current_buffer must be adjusted.
15481 Return in *DELTA_BYTES the corresponding number of bytes.
15483 Value is null if no such row exists, i.e. all rows are affected by
15486 static struct glyph_row
*
15487 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w
, delta
, delta_bytes
)
15489 int *delta
, *delta_bytes
;
15491 struct glyph_row
*row
;
15492 struct glyph_row
*row_found
= NULL
;
15494 *delta
= *delta_bytes
= 0;
15496 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
15497 is not up to date. */
15498 eassert (!NILP (w
->window_end_valid
));
15500 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
15501 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
15502 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
15503 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
) >= END_UNCHANGED
)
15506 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
15507 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
15509 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
15510 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
15512 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
15513 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
15514 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
15515 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
15516 positions for characters not in changed text. */
15517 int Z_old
= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
);
15518 int Z_BYTE_old
= MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
) + w
->window_end_bytepos
;
15519 int last_unchanged_pos
, last_unchanged_pos_old
;
15520 struct glyph_row
*first_text_row
15521 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
15523 *delta
= Z
- Z_old
;
15524 *delta_bytes
= Z_BYTE
- Z_BYTE_old
;
15526 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
15527 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
15528 index + 1 of the last character in current_buffer, i.e. by
15529 subtracting END_UNCHANGED we get the index of the last
15530 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
15532 last_unchanged_pos
= Z
- END_UNCHANGED
+ BEG
;
15533 last_unchanged_pos_old
= last_unchanged_pos
- *delta
;
15535 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
15536 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
15537 for (; row
> first_text_row
; --row
)
15539 /* This used to abort, but it can happen.
15540 It is ok to just stop the search instead here. KFS. */
15541 if (!row
->enabled_p
|| !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
15544 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) >= last_unchanged_pos_old
)
15549 eassert (!row_found
|| MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found
));
15555 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
15556 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
15557 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
15558 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
15559 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
15562 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w
)
15565 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
15566 struct glyph_row
*window_row
, *window_row_end
, *frame_row
;
15568 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
15569 must have a frame matrix. */
15570 xassert (NILP (w
->hchild
) && NILP (w
->vchild
));
15571 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
));
15572 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
));
15574 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
15575 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
15576 corresponding frame matrix. Note that frame matrices have no
15577 marginal areas (see build_frame_matrix). */
15578 window_row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
15579 window_row_end
= window_row
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
;
15580 frame_row
= f
->current_matrix
->rows
+ WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w
);
15581 while (window_row
< window_row_end
)
15583 struct glyph
*start
= window_row
->glyphs
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
];
15584 struct glyph
*end
= window_row
->glyphs
[LAST_AREA
];
15586 frame_row
->glyphs
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
] = start
;
15587 frame_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] = start
;
15588 frame_row
->glyphs
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
] = end
;
15589 frame_row
->glyphs
[LAST_AREA
] = end
;
15591 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
15592 been disabled in try_window_id. */
15593 if (!window_row
->enabled_p
)
15594 frame_row
->enabled_p
= 0;
15596 ++window_row
, ++frame_row
;
15601 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
15602 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
15603 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
15604 containing CHARPOS or null. */
15607 row_containing_pos (w
, charpos
, start
, end
, dy
)
15610 struct glyph_row
*start
, *end
;
15613 struct glyph_row
*row
= start
;
15614 struct glyph_row
*best_row
= NULL
;
15615 EMACS_INT mindif
= BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)) + 1;
15618 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
15619 if (row
->mode_line_p
)
15622 if ((end
&& row
>= end
) || !row
->enabled_p
)
15625 last_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
) - dy
;
15629 /* Give up if we have gone too far. */
15630 if (end
&& row
>= end
)
15632 /* This formerly returned if they were equal.
15633 I think that both quantities are of a "last plus one" type;
15634 if so, when they are equal, the row is within the screen. -- rms. */
15635 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > last_y
)
15638 /* If it is in this row, return this row. */
15639 if (! (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) < charpos
15640 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) == charpos
15641 /* The end position of a row equals the start
15642 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
15643 would rather display it in the next line, except
15644 when this line ends in ZV. */
15645 && !row
->ends_at_zv_p
15646 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
)))
15647 && charpos
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
))
15651 if (NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->bidi_display_reordering
))
15653 /* In bidi-reordered rows, there could be several rows
15654 occluding point. We need to find the one which fits
15655 CHARPOS the best. */
15656 for (g
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
15657 g
< row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
15660 if (!STRINGP (g
->object
))
15662 if (g
->charpos
> 0 && eabs (g
->charpos
- charpos
) < mindif
)
15664 mindif
= eabs (g
->charpos
- charpos
);
15677 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
15678 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
15679 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
15683 1 if display has been updated
15684 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
15685 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
15687 The following steps are performed:
15689 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
15690 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
15693 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
15694 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
15696 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
15697 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
15700 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
15702 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
15703 display and current matrix as needed.
15705 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
15706 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
15707 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
15708 in smaller font sizes.
15710 7. Update W's window end information. */
15716 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
15717 struct glyph_matrix
*current_matrix
= w
->current_matrix
;
15718 struct glyph_matrix
*desired_matrix
= w
->desired_matrix
;
15719 struct glyph_row
*last_unchanged_at_beg_row
;
15720 struct glyph_row
*first_unchanged_at_end_row
;
15721 struct glyph_row
*row
;
15722 struct glyph_row
*bottom_row
;
15725 int delta
= 0, delta_bytes
= 0, stop_pos
, dvpos
, dy
;
15726 struct text_pos start_pos
;
15728 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
= 0;
15729 struct glyph_row
*last_text_row
, *last_text_row_at_end
;
15730 struct text_pos start
;
15731 int first_changed_charpos
, last_changed_charpos
;
15734 if (inhibit_try_window_id
)
15738 /* This is handy for debugging. */
15740 #define GIVE_UP(X) \
15742 fprintf (stderr, "try_window_id give up %d\n", (X)); \
15746 #define GIVE_UP(X) return 0
15749 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start
, w
->start
);
15751 /* Don't use this for mini-windows because these can show
15752 messages and mini-buffers, and we don't handle that here. */
15753 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
))
15756 /* This flag is used to prevent redisplay optimizations. */
15757 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
|| cursor_type_changed
)
15760 /* Verify that narrowing has not changed.
15761 Also verify that we were not told to prevent redisplay optimizations.
15762 It would be nice to further
15763 reduce the number of cases where this prevents try_window_id. */
15764 if (current_buffer
->clip_changed
15765 || current_buffer
->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p
)
15768 /* Window must either use window-based redisplay or be full width. */
15769 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
15770 && (!FRAME_LINE_INS_DEL_OK (f
)
15771 || !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w
)))
15774 /* Give up if point is known NOT to appear in W. */
15775 if (PT
< CHARPOS (start
))
15778 /* Another way to prevent redisplay optimizations. */
15779 if (XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) == 0)
15782 /* Verify that window is not hscrolled. */
15783 if (XFASTINT (w
->hscroll
) != 0)
15786 /* Verify that display wasn't paused. */
15787 if (NILP (w
->window_end_valid
))
15790 /* Can't use this if highlighting a region because a cursor movement
15791 will do more than just set the cursor. */
15792 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode
)
15793 && !NILP (current_buffer
->mark_active
))
15796 /* Likewise if highlighting trailing whitespace. */
15797 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
))
15800 /* Likewise if showing a region. */
15801 if (!NILP (w
->region_showing
))
15804 /* Can't use this if overlay arrow position and/or string have
15806 if (overlay_arrows_changed_p ())
15809 /* When word-wrap is on, adding a space to the first word of a
15810 wrapped line can change the wrap position, altering the line
15811 above it. It might be worthwhile to handle this more
15812 intelligently, but for now just redisplay from scratch. */
15813 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->word_wrap
))
15816 /* Under bidi reordering, adding or deleting a character in the
15817 beginning of a paragraph, before the first strong directional
15818 character, can change the base direction of the paragraph (unless
15819 the buffer specifies a fixed paragraph direction), which will
15820 require to redisplay the whole paragraph. It might be worthwhile
15821 to find the paragraph limits and widen the range of redisplayed
15822 lines to that, but for now just give up this optimization and
15823 redisplay from scratch. */
15824 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->bidi_display_reordering
)
15825 && NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->bidi_paragraph_direction
))
15828 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
15829 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
15830 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
15831 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
15832 if (MODIFF
> SAVE_MODIFF
15833 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
15834 || BEG_UNCHANGED
+ END_UNCHANGED
> Z_BYTE
)
15836 if (GPT
- BEG
< BEG_UNCHANGED
)
15837 BEG_UNCHANGED
= GPT
- BEG
;
15838 if (Z
- GPT
< END_UNCHANGED
)
15839 END_UNCHANGED
= Z
- GPT
;
15842 /* The position of the first and last character that has been changed. */
15843 first_changed_charpos
= BEG
+ BEG_UNCHANGED
;
15844 last_changed_charpos
= Z
- END_UNCHANGED
;
15846 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
15847 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
15848 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
15849 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
15850 be adjusted, of course. */
15851 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
15852 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
)
15853 && ((last_changed_charpos
< CHARPOS (start
)
15854 && CHARPOS (start
) == BEGV
)
15855 || (last_changed_charpos
< CHARPOS (start
) - 1
15856 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start
) - 1) == '\n')))
15858 int Z_old
, delta
, Z_BYTE_old
, delta_bytes
;
15859 struct glyph_row
*r0
;
15861 /* Compute how many chars/bytes have been added to or removed
15862 from the buffer. */
15863 Z_old
= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
);
15864 Z_BYTE_old
= MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
) + w
->window_end_bytepos
;
15866 delta_bytes
= Z_BYTE
- Z_BYTE_old
;
15868 /* Give up if PT is not in the window. Note that it already has
15869 been checked at the start of try_window_id that PT is not in
15870 front of the window start. */
15871 if (PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
)
15874 /* If window start is unchanged, we can reuse the whole matrix
15875 as is, after adjusting glyph positions. No need to compute
15876 the window end again, since its offset from Z hasn't changed. */
15877 r0
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
);
15878 if (CHARPOS (start
) == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0
) + delta
15879 && BYTEPOS (start
) == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0
) + delta_bytes
15880 /* PT must not be in a partially visible line. */
15881 && !(PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) + delta
15882 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > window_text_bottom_y (w
)))
15884 /* Adjust positions in the glyph matrix. */
15885 if (delta
|| delta_bytes
)
15887 struct glyph_row
*r1
15888 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
, w
);
15889 increment_matrix_positions (w
->current_matrix
,
15890 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0
, current_matrix
),
15891 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1
, current_matrix
),
15892 delta
, delta_bytes
);
15895 /* Set the cursor. */
15896 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
, r0
, NULL
, 0);
15898 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
15905 /* Handle the case that changes are all below what is displayed in
15906 the window, and that PT is in the window. This shortcut cannot
15907 be taken if ZV is visible in the window, and text has been added
15908 there that is visible in the window. */
15909 if (first_changed_charpos
>= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
15910 /* ZV is not visible in the window, or there are no
15911 changes at ZV, actually. */
15912 && (current_matrix
->zv
> MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
15913 || first_changed_charpos
== last_changed_charpos
))
15915 struct glyph_row
*r0
;
15917 /* Give up if PT is not in the window. Note that it already has
15918 been checked at the start of try_window_id that PT is not in
15919 front of the window start. */
15920 if (PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
))
15923 /* If window start is unchanged, we can reuse the whole matrix
15924 as is, without changing glyph positions since no text has
15925 been added/removed in front of the window end. */
15926 r0
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
);
15927 if (TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start
, r0
->minpos
)
15928 /* PT must not be in a partially visible line. */
15929 && !(PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
)
15930 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) > window_text_bottom_y (w
)))
15932 /* We have to compute the window end anew since text
15933 could have been added/removed after it. */
15935 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
));
15936 w
->window_end_bytepos
15937 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
);
15939 /* Set the cursor. */
15940 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
, r0
, NULL
, 0);
15942 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
15949 /* Give up if window start is in the changed area.
15951 The condition used to read
15953 (BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED != Z - BEG && ...)
15955 but why that was tested escapes me at the moment. */
15956 if (CHARPOS (start
) >= first_changed_charpos
15957 && CHARPOS (start
) <= last_changed_charpos
)
15960 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
15961 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
15962 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
15964 row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
);
15965 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start
, row
->minpos
))
15968 /* Give up if the window ends in strings. Overlay strings
15969 at the end are difficult to handle, so don't try. */
15970 row
= MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
15971 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
) == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
))
15974 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
15975 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
15976 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
15977 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
15978 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
15979 first line of window. */
15980 last_unchanged_at_beg_row
= find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w
);
15981 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
)
15983 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
15984 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
15985 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
15986 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
15987 while ((MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
)
15988 || last_unchanged_at_beg_row
->ends_in_newline_from_string_p
)
15989 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row
> w
->current_matrix
->rows
)
15990 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row
;
15992 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
))
15995 if (init_to_row_end (&it
, w
, last_unchanged_at_beg_row
) == 0)
15997 start_pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
15999 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
16000 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
16001 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
16002 it
.vpos
= 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
,
16004 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix
, it
.vpos
);
16005 it
.current_y
= MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
);
16007 xassert (it
.hpos
== 0 && it
.current_x
== 0);
16011 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
16012 Start displaying in the first text line. */
16013 start_display (&it
, w
, start
);
16014 it
.vpos
= it
.first_vpos
;
16015 start_pos
= it
.current
.pos
;
16018 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
16019 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
16020 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
16021 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
16022 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
16024 first_unchanged_at_end_row
16025 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w
, &delta
, &delta_bytes
);
16026 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta
= delta
);
16027 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes
= delta_bytes
);
16029 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
16030 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
16031 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
16032 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
16033 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
16035 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
16037 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
== NULL
16038 || first_unchanged_at_end_row
>= last_unchanged_at_beg_row
);
16040 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
16041 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
16042 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
16043 not displaying text. */
16044 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
16045 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
16046 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
16047 < it
.last_visible_y
))
16048 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row
;
16050 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
16051 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
16052 >= it
.last_visible_y
))
16053 first_unchanged_at_end_row
= NULL
;
16056 stop_pos
= (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
16058 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
16059 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
, current_matrix
);
16060 xassert (stop_pos
>= Z
- END_UNCHANGED
);
16063 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
== NULL
)
16069 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
16070 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
16071 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
16072 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row
== NULL
16073 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
));
16075 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
16076 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
16077 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
, current_matrix
)
16079 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
= first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
;
16081 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
16084 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
16085 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
16086 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
16087 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
16088 last_text_row
= NULL
;
16089 overlay_arrow_seen
= 0;
16090 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
16091 && !fonts_changed_p
16092 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row
== NULL
16093 || IT_CHARPOS (it
) < stop_pos
))
16095 if (display_line (&it
))
16096 last_text_row
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
16099 if (fonts_changed_p
)
16103 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
16104 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
16106 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
16107 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
16108 bottom of the window. */
16109 && it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
)
16112 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
,
16114 dy
= it
.current_y
- first_unchanged_at_end_row
->y
;
16115 run
.current_y
= first_unchanged_at_end_row
->y
;
16116 run
.desired_y
= run
.current_y
+ dy
;
16117 run
.height
= it
.last_visible_y
- max (run
.current_y
, run
.desired_y
);
16121 delta
= delta_bytes
= dvpos
= dy
16122 = run
.current_y
= run
.desired_y
= run
.height
= 0;
16123 first_unchanged_at_end_row
= NULL
;
16125 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos
= dvpos
; debug_dy
= dy
);
16128 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
16129 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
16130 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
16131 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
16132 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
16133 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
16134 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
16135 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
16136 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
16138 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
16139 if (PT
< CHARPOS (start_pos
)
16140 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row
)
16142 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
,
16143 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
),
16144 last_unchanged_at_beg_row
+ 1, 0);
16146 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
16149 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
16150 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
16152 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, PT
- delta
,
16153 first_unchanged_at_end_row
, NULL
, 0);
16155 set_cursor_from_row (w
, row
, w
->current_matrix
, delta
,
16156 delta_bytes
, dy
, dvpos
);
16159 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
16160 if (w
->cursor
.vpos
< 0)
16162 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
16167 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
16169 int this_scroll_margin
, cursor_height
;
16171 this_scroll_margin
= max (0, scroll_margin
);
16172 this_scroll_margin
= min (this_scroll_margin
, WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
) / 4);
16173 this_scroll_margin
*= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
.f
);
16174 cursor_height
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->desired_matrix
, w
->cursor
.vpos
)->height
;
16176 if ((w
->cursor
.y
< this_scroll_margin
16177 && CHARPOS (start
) > BEGV
)
16178 /* Old redisplay didn't take scroll margin into account at the bottom,
16179 but then global-hl-line-mode doesn't scroll. KFS 2004-06-14 */
16180 || (w
->cursor
.y
+ (make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
16181 ? cursor_height
+ this_scroll_margin
16182 : 1)) > it
.last_visible_y
)
16184 w
->cursor
.vpos
= -1;
16185 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
16190 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
16191 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
16193 if (dy
&& run
.height
)
16197 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
16199 FRAME_RIF (f
)->update_window_begin_hook (w
);
16200 FRAME_RIF (f
)->clear_window_mouse_face (w
);
16201 FRAME_RIF (f
)->scroll_run_hook (w
, &run
);
16202 FRAME_RIF (f
)->update_window_end_hook (w
, 0, 0);
16206 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
16207 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
16208 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
16209 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row
, w
->current_matrix
);
16210 int from
= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w
) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
;
16211 int end
= (WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w
)
16212 + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0)
16213 + window_internal_height (w
));
16215 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
16218 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
16219 window down dvpos lines. */
16220 set_terminal_window (f
, end
);
16222 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
16223 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
16224 if (!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (f
))
16225 ins_del_lines (f
, end
- dvpos
, -dvpos
);
16227 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
16228 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
16229 ins_del_lines (f
, from
, dvpos
);
16231 else if (dvpos
< 0)
16233 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
16234 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
16235 set_terminal_window (f
, end
);
16237 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
16238 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
16239 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
16241 ins_del_lines (f
, from
+ dvpos
, dvpos
);
16243 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
16245 if (!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (f
))
16246 ins_del_lines (f
, end
+ dvpos
, -dvpos
);
16249 set_terminal_window (f
, 0);
16255 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
16256 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
16258 bottom_row
= MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix
, w
);
16259 bottom_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row
, current_matrix
);
16262 rotate_matrix (current_matrix
, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
,
16263 bottom_vpos
, dvpos
);
16264 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix
, bottom_vpos
+ dvpos
,
16267 else if (dvpos
> 0)
16269 rotate_matrix (current_matrix
, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
,
16270 bottom_vpos
, dvpos
);
16271 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix
, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
,
16272 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
, 0);
16275 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
16276 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
16277 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
16278 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w
);
16280 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
16281 if (delta
|| delta_bytes
)
16282 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix
,
16283 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
,
16284 bottom_vpos
, delta
, delta_bytes
);
16286 /* Adjust Y positions. */
16288 shift_glyph_matrix (w
, current_matrix
,
16289 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
+ dvpos
,
16292 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
)
16294 first_unchanged_at_end_row
+= dvpos
;
16295 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
->y
>= it
.last_visible_y
16296 || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row
))
16297 first_unchanged_at_end_row
= NULL
;
16300 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
16302 last_text_row_at_end
= NULL
;
16305 /* Scrolling up can leave for example a partially visible line
16306 at the end of the window to be redisplayed. */
16307 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
16308 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
16309 the matrix by dvpos. */
16310 int last_vpos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
) + dvpos
;
16311 struct glyph_row
*last_row
= MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix
, last_vpos
);
16313 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
16314 xassert (last_row
->displays_text_p
);
16316 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
16317 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
16318 line following it. */
16319 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row
) - dy
>= it
.last_visible_y
)
16321 init_to_row_start (&it
, w
, last_row
);
16322 it
.vpos
= last_vpos
;
16323 it
.current_y
= last_row
->y
;
16327 init_to_row_end (&it
, w
, last_row
);
16328 it
.vpos
= 1 + last_vpos
;
16329 it
.current_y
= MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row
);
16333 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to
16334 get the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
16335 it
.continuation_lines_width
= last_row
->continuation_lines_width
;
16336 it
.hpos
= it
.current_x
= 0;
16338 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
16339 it
.glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix
, it
.vpos
);
16340 while (it
.current_y
< it
.last_visible_y
16341 && !fonts_changed_p
)
16343 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
16344 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
16345 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
16346 enabled_p flag to zero. */
16347 MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, it
.vpos
)->enabled_p
= 0;
16348 if (display_line (&it
))
16349 last_text_row_at_end
= it
.glyph_row
- 1;
16353 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
16354 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
16355 && !last_text_row_at_end
)
16357 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
16358 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
16359 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
16361 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row
->displays_text_p
);
16362 row
= find_last_row_displaying_text (w
->current_matrix
, &it
,
16363 first_unchanged_at_end_row
);
16364 xassert (row
&& MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
));
16366 w
->window_end_pos
= make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
));
16367 w
->window_end_bytepos
= Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
);
16369 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
));
16370 xassert (w
->window_end_bytepos
>= 0);
16371 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "A"));
16373 else if (last_text_row_at_end
)
16376 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end
));
16377 w
->window_end_bytepos
16378 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end
);
16380 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end
, desired_matrix
));
16381 xassert (w
->window_end_bytepos
>= 0);
16382 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "B"));
16384 else if (last_text_row
)
16386 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
16387 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
16388 in the desired matrix. */
16390 = make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row
));
16391 w
->window_end_bytepos
16392 = Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row
);
16394 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row
, desired_matrix
));
16395 xassert (w
->window_end_bytepos
>= 0);
16397 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
== NULL
16398 && last_text_row
== NULL
16399 && last_text_row_at_end
== NULL
)
16401 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
16402 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
16403 int first_vpos
= WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
) ? 1 : 0;
16404 int vpos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
);
16405 struct glyph_row
*current_row
= current_matrix
->rows
+ vpos
;
16406 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
= desired_matrix
->rows
+ vpos
;
16409 row
== NULL
&& vpos
>= first_vpos
;
16410 --vpos
, --current_row
, --desired_row
)
16412 if (desired_row
->enabled_p
)
16414 if (desired_row
->displays_text_p
)
16417 else if (current_row
->displays_text_p
)
16421 xassert (row
!= NULL
);
16422 w
->window_end_vpos
= make_number (vpos
+ 1);
16423 w
->window_end_pos
= make_number (Z
- MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
));
16424 w
->window_end_bytepos
= Z_BYTE
- MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row
);
16425 xassert (w
->window_end_bytepos
>= 0);
16426 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w
, "C"));
16431 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
);
16432 debug_end_vpos
= XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
16434 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
16435 w
->window_end_valid
= Qnil
;
16436 w
->desired_matrix
->no_scrolling_p
= 1;
16444 /***********************************************************************
16445 More debugging support
16446 ***********************************************************************/
16450 void dump_glyph_row (struct glyph_row
*, int, int);
16451 void dump_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_matrix
*, int);
16452 void dump_glyph (struct glyph_row
*, struct glyph
*, int);
16455 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr.
16457 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
16458 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
16459 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
16462 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix
, glyphs
)
16463 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
16467 for (i
= 0; i
< matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
16468 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, i
), i
, glyphs
);
16472 /* Dump contents of glyph GLYPH to stderr. ROW and AREA are
16473 the glyph row and area where the glyph comes from. */
16476 dump_glyph (row
, glyph
, area
)
16477 struct glyph_row
*row
;
16478 struct glyph
*glyph
;
16481 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
16484 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
16485 glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
],
16488 (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
16490 : (STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
16493 glyph
->pixel_width
,
16495 (glyph
->u
.ch
< 0x80 && glyph
->u
.ch
>= ' '
16499 glyph
->left_box_line_p
,
16500 glyph
->right_box_line_p
);
16502 else if (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
16505 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
16506 glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
],
16509 (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
16511 : (STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
16514 glyph
->pixel_width
,
16518 glyph
->left_box_line_p
,
16519 glyph
->right_box_line_p
);
16521 else if (glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
16524 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
16525 glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
],
16528 (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
16530 : (STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
16533 glyph
->pixel_width
,
16537 glyph
->left_box_line_p
,
16538 glyph
->right_box_line_p
);
16540 else if (glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
)
16543 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x",
16544 glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
],
16547 (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
16549 : (STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
16552 glyph
->pixel_width
,
16554 if (glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
16557 glyph
->u
.cmp
.from
, glyph
->u
.cmp
.to
);
16558 fprintf (stderr
, " . %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
16560 glyph
->left_box_line_p
,
16561 glyph
->right_box_line_p
);
16566 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
16567 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
16568 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
16569 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
16572 dump_glyph_row (row
, vpos
, glyphs
)
16573 struct glyph_row
*row
;
16578 fprintf (stderr
, "Row Start End Used oE><\\CTZFesm X Y W H V A P\n");
16579 fprintf (stderr
, "======================================================================\n");
16581 fprintf (stderr
, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
16582 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
16584 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
),
16585 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
),
16586 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
],
16587 row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
,
16589 row
->truncated_on_left_p
,
16590 row
->truncated_on_right_p
,
16592 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
),
16593 row
->displays_text_p
,
16596 row
->ends_in_middle_of_char_p
,
16597 row
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
,
16603 row
->visible_height
,
16606 fprintf (stderr
, "%9d %5d\t%5d\n", row
->start
.overlay_string_index
,
16607 row
->end
.overlay_string_index
,
16608 row
->continuation_lines_width
);
16609 fprintf (stderr
, "%9d %5d\n",
16610 CHARPOS (row
->start
.string_pos
),
16611 CHARPOS (row
->end
.string_pos
));
16612 fprintf (stderr
, "%9d %5d\n", row
->start
.dpvec_index
,
16613 row
->end
.dpvec_index
);
16620 for (area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
; area
< LAST_AREA
; ++area
)
16622 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[area
];
16623 struct glyph
*glyph_end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[area
];
16625 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
16626 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
&& glyph
== glyph_end
&& glyph
->charpos
> 0)
16629 if (glyph
< glyph_end
)
16630 fprintf (stderr
, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
16632 for (; glyph
< glyph_end
; ++glyph
)
16633 dump_glyph (row
, glyph
, area
);
16636 else if (glyphs
== 1)
16640 for (area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
; area
< LAST_AREA
; ++area
)
16642 char *s
= (char *) alloca (row
->used
[area
] + 1);
16645 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
]; ++i
)
16647 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + i
;
16648 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
16649 && glyph
->u
.ch
< 0x80
16650 && glyph
->u
.ch
>= ' ')
16651 s
[i
] = glyph
->u
.ch
;
16657 fprintf (stderr
, "%3d: (%d) '%s'\n", vpos
, row
->enabled_p
, s
);
16663 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix
,
16664 Sdump_glyph_matrix
, 0, 1, "p",
16665 doc
: /* Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.
16666 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil
16667 parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show
16668 glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form. */)
16670 Lisp_Object glyphs
;
16672 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
16673 struct buffer
*buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
16675 fprintf (stderr
, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
16676 BUF_PT (buffer
), BUF_BEGV (buffer
), BUF_ZV (buffer
));
16677 fprintf (stderr
, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
16678 w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
, w
->cursor
.hpos
, w
->cursor
.vpos
);
16679 fprintf (stderr
, "=============================================\n");
16680 dump_glyph_matrix (w
->current_matrix
,
16681 NILP (glyphs
) ? 0 : XINT (glyphs
));
16686 DEFUN ("dump-frame-glyph-matrix", Fdump_frame_glyph_matrix
,
16687 Sdump_frame_glyph_matrix
, 0, 0, "", doc
: /* */)
16690 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (selected_frame
);
16691 dump_glyph_matrix (f
->current_matrix
, 1);
16696 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row
, Sdump_glyph_row
, 1, 2, "",
16697 doc
: /* Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.
16698 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.
16699 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.
16700 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form. */)
16702 Lisp_Object row
, glyphs
;
16704 struct glyph_matrix
*matrix
;
16707 CHECK_NUMBER (row
);
16708 matrix
= XWINDOW (selected_window
)->current_matrix
;
16710 if (vpos
>= 0 && vpos
< matrix
->nrows
)
16711 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (matrix
, vpos
),
16713 INTEGERP (glyphs
) ? XINT (glyphs
) : 2);
16718 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row
, Sdump_tool_bar_row
, 1, 2, "",
16719 doc
: /* Dump glyph row ROW of the tool-bar of the current frame to stderr.
16720 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.
16721 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.
16722 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form. */)
16724 Lisp_Object row
, glyphs
;
16726 struct frame
*sf
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
16727 struct glyph_matrix
*m
= XWINDOW (sf
->tool_bar_window
)->current_matrix
;
16730 CHECK_NUMBER (row
);
16732 if (vpos
>= 0 && vpos
< m
->nrows
)
16733 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (m
, vpos
), vpos
,
16734 INTEGERP (glyphs
) ? XINT (glyphs
) : 2);
16739 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay", Ftrace_redisplay
, Strace_redisplay
, 0, 1, "P",
16740 doc
: /* Toggle tracing of redisplay.
16741 With ARG, turn tracing on if and only if ARG is positive. */)
16746 trace_redisplay_p
= !trace_redisplay_p
;
16749 arg
= Fprefix_numeric_value (arg
);
16750 trace_redisplay_p
= XINT (arg
) > 0;
16757 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr
, Strace_to_stderr
, 1, MANY
, "",
16758 doc
: /* Like `format', but print result to stderr.
16759 usage: (trace-to-stderr STRING &rest OBJECTS) */)
16764 Lisp_Object s
= Fformat (nargs
, args
);
16765 fprintf (stderr
, "%s", SDATA (s
));
16769 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
16773 /***********************************************************************
16774 Building Desired Matrix Rows
16775 ***********************************************************************/
16777 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay arrow.
16778 Used for non-window-redisplay windows, and for windows w/o left fringe. */
16780 static struct glyph_row
*
16781 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w
, overlay_arrow_string
)
16783 Lisp_Object overlay_arrow_string
;
16785 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
16786 struct buffer
*buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
16787 struct buffer
*old
= current_buffer
;
16788 const unsigned char *arrow_string
= SDATA (overlay_arrow_string
);
16789 int arrow_len
= SCHARS (overlay_arrow_string
);
16790 const unsigned char *arrow_end
= arrow_string
+ arrow_len
;
16791 const unsigned char *p
;
16794 int n_glyphs_before
;
16796 set_buffer_temp (buffer
);
16797 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
16798 it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = 0;
16799 SET_TEXT_POS (it
.position
, 0, 0);
16801 multibyte_p
= !NILP (buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
);
16803 while (p
< arrow_end
)
16805 Lisp_Object face
, ilisp
;
16807 /* Get the next character. */
16809 it
.c
= string_char_and_length (p
, &it
.len
);
16811 it
.c
= *p
, it
.len
= 1;
16814 /* Get its face. */
16815 ilisp
= make_number (p
- arrow_string
);
16816 face
= Fget_text_property (ilisp
, Qface
, overlay_arrow_string
);
16817 it
.face_id
= compute_char_face (f
, it
.c
, face
);
16819 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
16820 n_glyphs_before
= it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
16821 SET_TEXT_POS (it
.position
, -1, -1);
16822 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it
);
16824 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
16825 to remove some glyphs. */
16826 if (it
.current_x
> it
.last_visible_x
)
16828 it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
;
16833 set_buffer_temp (old
);
16834 return it
.glyph_row
;
16838 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
16839 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
16840 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
16841 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
16842 produce_special_glyphs. */
16845 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it
)
16848 struct it truncate_it
;
16849 struct glyph
*from
, *end
, *to
, *toend
;
16851 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
));
16853 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
16855 truncate_it
.current_x
= 0;
16856 truncate_it
.face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
16857 truncate_it
.glyph_row
= &scratch_glyph_row
;
16858 truncate_it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = 0;
16859 CHARPOS (truncate_it
.position
) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it
.position
) = -1;
16860 truncate_it
.object
= make_number (0);
16861 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
16863 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
16864 if (!it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
)
16866 from
= truncate_it
.glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16867 end
= from
+ truncate_it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
16868 to
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16869 toend
= to
+ it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
16874 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Overwrite them too. */
16875 while (to
< toend
&& CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*to
))
16877 from
= truncate_it
.glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16883 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = to
- it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16887 /* In R2L rows, overwrite the last (rightmost) glyphs, and do
16888 that back to front. */
16889 end
= truncate_it
.glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16890 from
= end
+ truncate_it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
16891 toend
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16892 to
= toend
+ it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
16894 while (from
>= end
&& to
>= toend
)
16896 while (to
>= toend
&& CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*to
))
16899 truncate_it
.glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]
16900 + truncate_it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
16901 while (from
>= end
&& to
>= toend
)
16906 /* Need to free some room before prepending additional
16908 int move_by
= from
- end
+ 1;
16909 struct glyph
*g0
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
16910 struct glyph
*g
= g0
+ it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
16912 for ( ; g
>= g0
; g
--)
16914 while (from
>= end
)
16916 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] += move_by
;
16922 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
16924 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
16925 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
16926 structure. This is not the case if
16928 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
16929 and max_height will be zero.
16931 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
16932 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
16933 pixmap extensions).
16935 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
16936 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
16937 must not be zero. */
16940 compute_line_metrics (it
)
16943 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
16946 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
16948 int i
, min_y
, max_y
;
16950 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
16951 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
16953 if (row
->height
== 0)
16955 if (it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
== 0)
16956 it
->max_descent
= it
->max_phys_descent
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
);
16957 row
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
16958 row
->height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
16959 row
->phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_ascent
;
16960 row
->phys_height
= it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
;
16961 row
->extra_line_spacing
= it
->max_extra_line_spacing
;
16964 /* Compute the width of this line. */
16965 row
->pixel_width
= row
->x
;
16966 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; ++i
)
16967 row
->pixel_width
+= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
].pixel_width
;
16969 xassert (row
->pixel_width
>= 0);
16970 xassert (row
->ascent
>= 0 && row
->height
> 0);
16972 row
->overlapping_p
= (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row
)
16973 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row
));
16975 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
16976 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
16977 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
16978 if (row
== MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it
->w
->desired_matrix
)
16979 && row
->phys_ascent
> row
->ascent
)
16981 row
->height
+= row
->phys_ascent
- row
->ascent
;
16982 row
->ascent
= row
->phys_ascent
;
16985 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
16986 row
->visible_height
= row
->height
;
16988 min_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->w
);
16989 max_y
= WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it
->w
);
16991 if (row
->y
< min_y
)
16992 row
->visible_height
-= min_y
- row
->y
;
16993 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
> max_y
)
16994 row
->visible_height
-= row
->y
+ row
->height
- max_y
;
16998 row
->pixel_width
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
16999 if (row
->continued_p
)
17000 row
->pixel_width
-= it
->continuation_pixel_width
;
17001 else if (row
->truncated_on_right_p
)
17002 row
->pixel_width
-= it
->truncation_pixel_width
;
17003 row
->ascent
= row
->phys_ascent
= 0;
17004 row
->height
= row
->phys_height
= row
->visible_height
= 1;
17005 row
->extra_line_spacing
= 0;
17008 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
17010 for (area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
; area
< LAST_AREA
; ++area
)
17011 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
]; ++i
)
17012 row
->hash
= ((((row
->hash
<< 4) + (row
->hash
>> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
17013 + row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].u
.val
17014 + row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].face_id
17015 + row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].padding_p
17016 + (row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].type
<< 2));
17018 it
->max_ascent
= it
->max_descent
= 0;
17019 it
->max_phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_descent
= 0;
17023 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
17024 window-based redisplay. The space has the same face as
17025 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
17027 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
17028 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
17029 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
17030 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
17032 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
17033 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
17036 append_space_for_newline (it
, default_face_p
)
17038 int default_face_p
;
17040 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
17042 int n
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
17044 if (it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n
17045 < it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[1 + TEXT_AREA
])
17047 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
17048 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
17049 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
17050 append_space_for_newline has been called. */
17051 enum display_element_type saved_what
= it
->what
;
17052 int saved_c
= it
->c
, saved_len
= it
->len
;
17053 int saved_x
= it
->current_x
;
17054 int saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
17055 struct text_pos saved_pos
;
17056 Lisp_Object saved_object
;
17059 saved_object
= it
->object
;
17060 saved_pos
= it
->position
;
17062 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
17063 bzero (&it
->position
, sizeof it
->position
);
17064 it
->object
= make_number (0);
17068 if (default_face_p
)
17069 it
->face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
17070 else if (it
->face_before_selective_p
)
17071 it
->face_id
= it
->saved_face_id
;
17072 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
17073 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
17075 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
17077 it
->override_ascent
= -1;
17078 it
->constrain_row_ascent_descent_p
= 0;
17079 it
->current_x
= saved_x
;
17080 it
->object
= saved_object
;
17081 it
->position
= saved_pos
;
17082 it
->what
= saved_what
;
17083 it
->face_id
= saved_face_id
;
17084 it
->len
= saved_len
;
17094 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
17095 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line. If the
17096 glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we know the
17097 face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. If the glyph
17098 row is R2L, prepend a stretch glyph to cover the empty space to the
17099 left of the leftmost glyph. */
17102 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
)
17106 struct frame
*f
= it
->f
;
17108 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. Non window-system frames
17109 get a grace of one more ``pixel'' because their characters are
17110 1-``pixel'' wide, so they hit the equality too early. This grace
17111 is needed only for R2L rows that are not continued, to produce
17112 one extra blank where we could display the cursor. */
17113 if (it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
17114 + (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
17115 && it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
17116 && !it
->glyph_row
->continued_p
))
17119 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
17120 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
17121 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
17122 if (it
->face_before_selective_p
)
17123 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, it
->saved_face_id
);
17125 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, it
->face_id
);
17127 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
)
17128 && it
->glyph_row
->displays_text_p
17129 && face
->box
== FACE_NO_BOX
17130 && face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
17132 && !it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
)
17135 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
17136 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
17137 it
->glyph_row
->fill_line_p
= 1;
17139 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
17140 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
17141 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
17142 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte
17144 if (!ASCII_CHAR_P (it
->c
))
17146 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
17149 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
17151 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
17152 so that we know which face to draw. */
17153 if (it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] == 0)
17155 it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][0] = space_glyph
;
17156 it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][0].face_id
= it
->face_id
;
17157 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = 1;
17159 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
17160 if (it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
)
17162 /* Prepend a stretch glyph to the row, such that the
17163 rightmost glyph will be drawn flushed all the way to the
17164 right margin of the window. The stretch glyph that will
17165 occupy the empty space, if any, to the left of the
17167 struct font
*font
= face
->font
? face
->font
: FRAME_FONT (f
);
17168 struct glyph
*row_start
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
17169 struct glyph
*row_end
= row_start
+ it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
17171 int row_width
, stretch_ascent
, stretch_width
;
17172 struct text_pos saved_pos
;
17173 int saved_face_id
, saved_avoid_cursor
;
17175 for (row_width
= 0, g
= row_start
; g
< row_end
; g
++)
17176 row_width
+= g
->pixel_width
;
17177 stretch_width
= window_box_width (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
) - row_width
;
17178 if (stretch_width
> 0)
17181 (((it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
)
17182 * FONT_BASE (font
)) / FONT_HEIGHT (font
));
17183 saved_pos
= it
->position
;
17184 bzero (&it
->position
, sizeof it
->position
);
17185 saved_avoid_cursor
= it
->avoid_cursor_p
;
17186 it
->avoid_cursor_p
= 1;
17187 saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
17188 /* The last row's stretch glyph should get the default
17189 face, to avoid painting the rest of the window with
17190 the region face, if the region ends at ZV. */
17191 if (it
->glyph_row
->ends_at_zv_p
)
17192 it
->face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
17194 it
->face_id
= face
->id
;
17195 append_stretch_glyph (it
, make_number (0), stretch_width
,
17196 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, stretch_ascent
);
17197 it
->position
= saved_pos
;
17198 it
->avoid_cursor_p
= saved_avoid_cursor
;
17199 it
->face_id
= saved_face_id
;
17202 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
17206 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
17207 int saved_x
= it
->current_x
;
17208 struct text_pos saved_pos
;
17209 Lisp_Object saved_object
;
17210 enum display_element_type saved_what
= it
->what
;
17211 int saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
17213 saved_object
= it
->object
;
17214 saved_pos
= it
->position
;
17216 it
->what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
17217 bzero (&it
->position
, sizeof it
->position
);
17218 it
->object
= make_number (0);
17221 /* The last row's blank glyphs should get the default face, to
17222 avoid painting the rest of the window with the region face,
17223 if the region ends at ZV. */
17224 if (it
->glyph_row
->ends_at_zv_p
)
17225 it
->face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
17227 it
->face_id
= face
->id
;
17229 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
17231 while (it
->current_x
<= it
->last_visible_x
)
17232 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
17234 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
17235 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
17236 it
->current_x
= saved_x
;
17237 it
->object
= saved_object
;
17238 it
->position
= saved_pos
;
17239 it
->what
= saved_what
;
17240 it
->face_id
= saved_face_id
;
17245 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
17246 trailing whitespace. */
17249 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos
)
17252 int bytepos
= CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos
);
17255 while (bytepos
< ZV_BYTE
17256 && (c
= FETCH_CHAR (bytepos
),
17257 c
== ' ' || c
== '\t'))
17260 if (bytepos
>= ZV_BYTE
|| c
== '\n' || c
== '\r')
17262 if (bytepos
!= PT_BYTE
)
17269 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
17272 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f
, row
)
17274 struct glyph_row
*row
;
17276 int used
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
17280 struct glyph
*start
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
17281 struct glyph
*glyph
= start
+ used
- 1;
17283 if (row
->reversed_p
)
17285 /* Right-to-left rows need to be processed in the opposite
17286 direction, so swap the edge pointers. */
17288 start
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + used
- 1;
17291 /* Skip over glyphs inserted to display the cursor at the
17292 end of a line, for extending the face of the last glyph
17293 to the end of the line on terminals, and for truncation
17294 and continuation glyphs. */
17295 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
17297 while (glyph
>= start
17298 && glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
17299 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
))
17304 while (glyph
<= start
17305 && glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
17306 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
))
17310 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
17311 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
17312 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
17313 if ((row
->reversed_p
? glyph
<= start
: glyph
>= start
)
17314 && BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
17315 && (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
17316 || (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
17317 && glyph
->u
.ch
== ' '))
17318 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph
->charpos
))
17320 int face_id
= lookup_named_face (f
, Qtrailing_whitespace
, 0);
17324 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
17326 while (glyph
>= start
17327 && BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
17328 && (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
17329 || (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
17330 && glyph
->u
.ch
== ' ')))
17331 (glyph
--)->face_id
= face_id
;
17335 while (glyph
<= start
17336 && BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
17337 && (glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
17338 || (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
17339 && glyph
->u
.ch
== ' ')))
17340 (glyph
++)->face_id
= face_id
;
17347 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
17348 used to hold the cursor. */
17351 cursor_row_p (w
, row
)
17353 struct glyph_row
*row
;
17355 int cursor_row_p
= 1;
17357 if (PT
== CHARPOS (row
->end
.pos
))
17359 /* Suppose the row ends on a string.
17360 Unless the row is continued, that means it ends on a newline
17361 in the string. If it's anything other than a display string
17362 (e.g. a before-string from an overlay), we don't want the
17363 cursor there. (This heuristic seems to give the optimal
17364 behavior for the various types of multi-line strings.) */
17365 if (CHARPOS (row
->end
.string_pos
) >= 0)
17367 if (row
->continued_p
)
17371 /* Check for `display' property. */
17372 struct glyph
*beg
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
17373 struct glyph
*end
= beg
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1;
17374 struct glyph
*glyph
;
17377 for (glyph
= end
; glyph
>= beg
; --glyph
)
17378 if (STRINGP (glyph
->object
))
17381 = Fget_char_property (make_number (PT
),
17385 && display_prop_string_p (prop
, glyph
->object
));
17390 else if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row
))
17392 /* If the row ends in middle of a real character,
17393 and the line is continued, we want the cursor here.
17394 That's because CHARPOS (ROW->end.pos) would equal
17395 PT if PT is before the character. */
17396 if (!row
->ends_in_ellipsis_p
)
17397 cursor_row_p
= row
->continued_p
;
17399 /* If the row ends in an ellipsis, then
17400 CHARPOS (ROW->end.pos) will equal point after the
17401 invisible text. We want that position to be displayed
17402 after the ellipsis. */
17405 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
17406 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
17407 else if (row
->ends_at_zv_p
)
17413 return cursor_row_p
;
17418 /* Push the display property PROP so that it will be rendered at the
17419 current position in IT. Return 1 if PROP was successfully pushed,
17423 push_display_prop (struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object prop
)
17427 if (STRINGP (prop
))
17429 if (SCHARS (prop
) == 0)
17436 it
->multibyte_p
= STRING_MULTIBYTE (it
->string
);
17437 it
->current
.overlay_string_index
= -1;
17438 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it
) = 0;
17439 it
->end_charpos
= it
->string_nchars
= SCHARS (it
->string
);
17440 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRING
;
17441 it
->stop_charpos
= 0;
17443 else if (CONSP (prop
) && EQ (XCAR (prop
), Qspace
))
17445 it
->method
= GET_FROM_STRETCH
;
17448 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
17449 else if (IMAGEP (prop
))
17451 it
->what
= IT_IMAGE
;
17452 it
->image_id
= lookup_image (it
->f
, prop
);
17453 it
->method
= GET_FROM_IMAGE
;
17455 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
17458 pop_it (it
); /* bogus display property, give up */
17465 /* Return the character-property PROP at the current position in IT. */
17468 get_it_property (it
, prop
)
17472 Lisp_Object position
;
17474 if (STRINGP (it
->object
))
17475 position
= make_number (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
));
17476 else if (BUFFERP (it
->object
))
17477 position
= make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
17481 return Fget_char_property (position
, prop
, it
->object
);
17484 /* See if there's a line- or wrap-prefix, and if so, push it on IT. */
17487 handle_line_prefix (struct it
*it
)
17489 Lisp_Object prefix
;
17490 if (it
->continuation_lines_width
> 0)
17492 prefix
= get_it_property (it
, Qwrap_prefix
);
17494 prefix
= Vwrap_prefix
;
17498 prefix
= get_it_property (it
, Qline_prefix
);
17500 prefix
= Vline_prefix
;
17502 if (! NILP (prefix
) && push_display_prop (it
, prefix
))
17504 /* If the prefix is wider than the window, and we try to wrap
17505 it, it would acquire its own wrap prefix, and so on till the
17506 iterator stack overflows. So, don't wrap the prefix. */
17507 it
->line_wrap
= TRUNCATE
;
17508 it
->avoid_cursor_p
= 1;
17514 /* Remove N glyphs at the start of a reversed IT->glyph_row. Called
17515 only for R2L lines from display_line, when it decides that too many
17516 glyphs were produced by PRODUCE_GLYPHS, and the line needs to be
17519 unproduce_glyphs (it
, n
)
17523 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
17525 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
17526 xassert (it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
17527 xassert (it
->area
== TEXT_AREA
);
17528 xassert (n
<= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]);
17530 if (n
> it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
17531 n
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
17532 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n
;
17533 end
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
17534 for ( ; glyph
< end
; glyph
++)
17535 glyph
[-n
] = *glyph
;
17538 /* Find the positions in a bidi-reordered ROW to serve as ROW->minpos
17539 and ROW->maxpos. */
17541 find_row_edges (it
, row
, min_pos
, min_bpos
, max_pos
, max_bpos
)
17543 struct glyph_row
*row
;
17544 EMACS_INT min_pos
, min_bpos
, max_pos
, max_bpos
;
17546 /* FIXME: Revisit this when glyph ``spilling'' in continuation
17547 lines' rows is implemented for bidi-reordered rows. */
17549 /* ROW->minpos is the value of min_pos, the minimal buffer position
17552 SET_TEXT_POS (row
->minpos
, min_pos
, min_bpos
);
17555 /* We didn't find _any_ valid buffer positions in any of the
17556 glyphs, so we must trust the iterator's computed
17558 row
->minpos
= row
->start
.pos
;
17559 max_pos
= CHARPOS (it
->current
.pos
);
17560 max_bpos
= BYTEPOS (it
->current
.pos
);
17566 /* Here are the various use-cases for ending the row, and the
17567 corresponding values for ROW->maxpos:
17569 Line ends in a newline from buffer eol_pos + 1
17570 Line is continued from buffer max_pos + 1
17571 Line is truncated on right it->current.pos
17572 Line ends in a newline from string max_pos
17573 Line is continued from string max_pos
17574 Line is continued from display vector max_pos
17575 Line is entirely from a string min_pos == max_pos
17576 Line is entirely from a display vector min_pos == max_pos
17577 Line that ends at ZV ZV
17579 If you discover other use-cases, please add them here as
17581 if (row
->ends_at_zv_p
)
17582 row
->maxpos
= it
->current
.pos
;
17583 else if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
17585 if (row
->ends_in_newline_from_string_p
)
17586 SET_TEXT_POS (row
->maxpos
, max_pos
, max_bpos
);
17587 else if (CHARPOS (it
->eol_pos
) > 0)
17588 SET_TEXT_POS (row
->maxpos
,
17589 CHARPOS (it
->eol_pos
) + 1, BYTEPOS (it
->eol_pos
) + 1);
17590 else if (row
->continued_p
)
17592 /* If max_pos is different from IT's current position, it
17593 means IT->method does not belong to the display element
17594 at max_pos. However, it also means that the display
17595 element at max_pos was displayed in its entirety on this
17596 line, which is equivalent to saying that the next line
17597 starts at the next buffer position. */
17598 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) == max_pos
&& it
->method
!= GET_FROM_BUFFER
)
17599 SET_TEXT_POS (row
->maxpos
, max_pos
, max_bpos
);
17602 INC_BOTH (max_pos
, max_bpos
);
17603 SET_TEXT_POS (row
->maxpos
, max_pos
, max_bpos
);
17606 else if (row
->truncated_on_right_p
)
17607 /* display_line already called reseat_at_next_visible_line_start,
17608 which puts the iterator at the beginning of the next line, in
17609 the logical order. */
17610 row
->maxpos
= it
->current
.pos
;
17611 else if (max_pos
== min_pos
&& it
->method
!= GET_FROM_BUFFER
)
17612 /* A line that is entirely from a string/image/stretch... */
17613 row
->maxpos
= row
->minpos
;
17618 row
->maxpos
= it
->current
.pos
;
17621 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
17622 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
17623 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
17624 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
17631 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
17632 Lisp_Object overlay_arrow_string
;
17634 int may_wrap
= 0, wrap_x
;
17635 int wrap_row_used
= -1, wrap_row_ascent
, wrap_row_height
;
17636 int wrap_row_phys_ascent
, wrap_row_phys_height
;
17637 int wrap_row_extra_line_spacing
;
17638 EMACS_INT wrap_row_min_pos
, wrap_row_min_bpos
;
17639 EMACS_INT wrap_row_max_pos
, wrap_row_max_bpos
;
17641 EMACS_INT min_pos
= ZV
+ 1, min_bpos
, max_pos
= 0, max_bpos
;
17643 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
17644 xassert (it
->hpos
== 0 && it
->current_x
== 0);
17646 if (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, it
->w
->desired_matrix
)
17647 >= it
->w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
17649 it
->w
->nrows_scale_factor
++;
17650 fonts_changed_p
= 1;
17654 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
17655 it
->w
->region_showing
= it
->region_beg_charpos
> 0 ? Qt
: Qnil
;
17657 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
17658 prepare_desired_row (row
);
17660 row
->y
= it
->current_y
;
17661 row
->start
= it
->start
;
17662 row
->continuation_lines_width
= it
->continuation_lines_width
;
17663 row
->displays_text_p
= 1;
17664 row
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
= it
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
;
17665 it
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
= 0;
17667 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
17668 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
17669 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
17670 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
17671 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
17672 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer
, IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
17674 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
17675 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
17676 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
17677 if (it
->current_x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
17679 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, ZV
, it
->first_visible_x
,
17680 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
);
17684 /* We only do this when not calling `move_it_in_display_line_to'
17685 above, because move_it_in_display_line_to calls
17686 handle_line_prefix itself. */
17687 handle_line_prefix (it
);
17690 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
17691 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
17692 row
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
17693 row
->height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
17694 row
->phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_ascent
;
17695 row
->phys_height
= it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
;
17696 row
->extra_line_spacing
= it
->max_extra_line_spacing
;
17698 /* Utility macro to record max and min buffer positions seen until now. */
17699 #define RECORD_MAX_MIN_POS(IT) \
17702 if (IT_CHARPOS (*(IT)) < min_pos) \
17704 min_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*(IT)); \
17705 min_bpos = IT_BYTEPOS (*(IT)); \
17707 if (IT_CHARPOS (*(IT)) > max_pos) \
17709 max_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*(IT)); \
17710 max_bpos = IT_BYTEPOS (*(IT)); \
17715 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
17716 character to display. */
17719 int n_glyphs_before
, hpos_before
, x_before
;
17721 int ascent
= 0, descent
= 0, phys_ascent
= 0, phys_descent
= 0;
17723 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
17725 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
17727 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
17728 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
17729 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
17731 if (IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
17732 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 1;
17733 else if ((append_space_for_newline (it
, 1) && row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] == 1)
17734 || row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] == 0)
17736 row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->charpos
= -1;
17737 row
->displays_text_p
= 0;
17739 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it
->w
->buffer
)->indicate_empty_lines
)
17740 && (!MINI_WINDOW_P (it
->w
)
17741 || (minibuf_level
&& EQ (it
->window
, minibuf_window
))))
17742 row
->indicate_empty_line_p
= 1;
17745 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
17746 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= 1;
17747 /* A row that displays right-to-left text must always have
17748 its last face extended all the way to the end of line,
17749 even if this row ends in ZV, because we still write to th
17750 screen left to right. */
17751 if (row
->reversed_p
)
17752 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
);
17756 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
17757 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
17758 n_glyphs_before
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
17761 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
17762 fit on the line. */
17763 if (it
->line_wrap
!= TRUNCATE
)
17765 ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
17766 descent
= it
->max_descent
;
17767 phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_ascent
;
17768 phys_descent
= it
->max_phys_descent
;
17770 if (it
->line_wrap
== WORD_WRAP
&& it
->area
== TEXT_AREA
)
17772 if (IT_DISPLAYING_WHITESPACE (it
))
17778 wrap_row_used
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
17779 wrap_row_ascent
= row
->ascent
;
17780 wrap_row_height
= row
->height
;
17781 wrap_row_phys_ascent
= row
->phys_ascent
;
17782 wrap_row_phys_height
= row
->phys_height
;
17783 wrap_row_extra_line_spacing
= row
->extra_line_spacing
;
17784 wrap_row_min_pos
= min_pos
;
17785 wrap_row_min_bpos
= min_bpos
;
17786 wrap_row_max_pos
= max_pos
;
17787 wrap_row_max_bpos
= max_bpos
;
17793 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
17795 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
17797 if (it
->area
!= TEXT_AREA
)
17799 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
17800 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
17801 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
17802 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
17803 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
17804 row
->extra_line_spacing
= max (row
->extra_line_spacing
,
17805 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
);
17806 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
17810 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
17811 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
17812 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
17813 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
17814 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
17815 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
17816 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
17817 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
17818 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
17819 nglyphs
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - n_glyphs_before
;
17820 hpos_before
= it
->hpos
;
17823 if (/* Not a newline. */
17825 /* Glyphs produced fit entirely in the line. */
17826 && it
->current_x
< it
->last_visible_x
)
17828 it
->hpos
+= nglyphs
;
17829 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
17830 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
17831 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
17832 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
17833 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
17834 row
->extra_line_spacing
= max (row
->extra_line_spacing
,
17835 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
);
17836 if (it
->current_x
- it
->pixel_width
< it
->first_visible_x
)
17837 row
->x
= x
- it
->first_visible_x
;
17838 /* Record the maximum and minimum buffer positions seen so
17839 far in glyphs that will be displayed by this row. */
17841 RECORD_MAX_MIN_POS (it
);
17846 struct glyph
*glyph
;
17848 for (i
= 0; i
< nglyphs
; ++i
, x
= new_x
)
17850 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
17851 new_x
= x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
;
17853 if (/* Lines are continued. */
17854 it
->line_wrap
!= TRUNCATE
17855 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
17856 new_x
> it
->last_visible_x
17857 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
17858 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
17859 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))))
17861 /* End of a continued line. */
17864 || (new_x
== it
->last_visible_x
17865 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)))
17867 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
17868 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
17869 the line because we can't draw the cursor
17870 after the glyph. */
17871 row
->continued_p
= 1;
17872 it
->current_x
= new_x
;
17873 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= new_x
;
17875 /* Record the maximum and minimum buffer
17876 positions seen so far in glyphs that will be
17877 displayed by this row. */
17879 RECORD_MAX_MIN_POS (it
);
17880 if (i
== nglyphs
- 1)
17882 /* If line-wrap is on, check if a previous
17883 wrap point was found. */
17884 if (wrap_row_used
> 0
17885 /* Even if there is a previous wrap
17886 point, continue the line here as
17887 usual, if (i) the previous character
17888 was a space or tab AND (ii) the
17889 current character is not. */
17891 || IT_DISPLAYING_WHITESPACE (it
)))
17894 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
17895 if (IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
17897 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
17899 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 1;
17900 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
17901 row
->continued_p
= 0;
17902 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= 1;
17904 else if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
17906 row
->continued_p
= 0;
17907 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 1;
17912 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph
)
17913 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
17915 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
17916 This means the whole character doesn't fit
17918 if (row
->reversed_p
)
17919 unproduce_glyphs (it
, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]
17920 - n_glyphs_before
);
17921 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
;
17923 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
17924 glyphs like in 20.x. */
17925 while (row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]
17926 < row
->glyphs
[1 + TEXT_AREA
])
17927 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_CONTINUATION
);
17929 row
->continued_p
= 1;
17930 it
->current_x
= x_before
;
17931 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= x_before
;
17933 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
17934 element not fitting on the line. */
17935 it
->max_ascent
= ascent
;
17936 it
->max_descent
= descent
;
17937 it
->max_phys_ascent
= phys_ascent
;
17938 it
->max_phys_descent
= phys_descent
;
17940 else if (wrap_row_used
> 0)
17943 if (row
->reversed_p
)
17944 unproduce_glyphs (it
,
17945 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - wrap_row_used
);
17947 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= wrap_x
;
17948 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = wrap_row_used
;
17949 row
->ascent
= wrap_row_ascent
;
17950 row
->height
= wrap_row_height
;
17951 row
->phys_ascent
= wrap_row_phys_ascent
;
17952 row
->phys_height
= wrap_row_phys_height
;
17953 row
->extra_line_spacing
= wrap_row_extra_line_spacing
;
17954 min_pos
= wrap_row_min_pos
;
17955 min_bpos
= wrap_row_min_bpos
;
17956 max_pos
= wrap_row_max_pos
;
17957 max_bpos
= wrap_row_max_bpos
;
17958 row
->continued_p
= 1;
17959 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= 0;
17960 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 0;
17961 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= x
;
17963 /* Make sure that a non-default face is extended
17964 up to the right margin of the window. */
17965 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
);
17967 else if (it
->c
== '\t' && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
17969 /* A TAB that extends past the right edge of the
17970 window. This produces a single glyph on
17971 window system frames. We leave the glyph in
17972 this row and let it fill the row, but don't
17973 consume the TAB. */
17974 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= it
->last_visible_x
;
17975 row
->ends_in_middle_of_char_p
= 1;
17976 row
->continued_p
= 1;
17977 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->last_visible_x
- x
;
17978 it
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
= 1;
17982 /* Something other than a TAB that draws past
17983 the right edge of the window. Restore
17984 positions to values before the element. */
17985 if (row
->reversed_p
)
17986 unproduce_glyphs (it
, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]
17987 - (n_glyphs_before
+ i
));
17988 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
17990 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
17991 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
17992 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_CONTINUATION
);
17993 row
->continued_p
= 1;
17995 it
->current_x
= x_before
;
17996 it
->continuation_lines_width
+= x
;
17997 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
);
17999 if (nglyphs
> 1 && i
> 0)
18001 row
->ends_in_middle_of_char_p
= 1;
18002 it
->starts_in_middle_of_char_p
= 1;
18005 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
18006 element not fitting on the line. */
18007 it
->max_ascent
= ascent
;
18008 it
->max_descent
= descent
;
18009 it
->max_phys_ascent
= phys_ascent
;
18010 it
->max_phys_descent
= phys_descent
;
18015 else if (new_x
> it
->first_visible_x
)
18017 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
18020 /* Record the maximum and minimum buffer positions
18021 seen so far in glyphs that will be displayed by
18024 RECORD_MAX_MIN_POS (it
);
18026 if (x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
18027 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
18028 negative X position. */
18029 row
->x
= x
- it
->first_visible_x
;
18033 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
18034 window. This should not happen because of the
18035 move_it_in_display_line at the start of this
18036 function, unless the text display area of the
18037 window is empty. */
18038 xassert (it
->first_visible_x
<= it
->last_visible_x
);
18042 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
18043 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
18044 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
18045 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
18046 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
18047 row
->extra_line_spacing
= max (row
->extra_line_spacing
,
18048 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
);
18050 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
18051 if (row
->continued_p
|| row
->ends_at_zv_p
)
18056 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
18057 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
18058 margin of the window. */
18059 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
18061 int used_before
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
18063 row
->ends_in_newline_from_string_p
= STRINGP (it
->object
);
18065 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
18066 display the cursor there. */
18067 if (!IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
18068 append_space_for_newline (it
, 0);
18070 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
18071 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it
);
18073 /* Make sure we have the position. */
18074 if (used_before
== 0)
18075 row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
18077 /* Record the position of the newline, for use in
18079 it
->eol_pos
= it
->current
.pos
;
18081 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
18082 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
18083 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
18087 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
18088 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
18089 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
18091 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
18092 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
18093 if (it
->line_wrap
== TRUNCATE
18094 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
18095 ? (it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
)
18096 : (it
->current_x
> it
->last_visible_x
)))
18098 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
18099 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
18103 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
18105 for (i
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1; i
> 0; --i
)
18106 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
]))
18111 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; i
++)
18112 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
]))
18114 /* Remove any padding glyphs at the front of ROW, to
18115 make room for the truncation glyphs we will be
18116 adding below. The loop below always inserts at
18117 least one truncation glyph, so also remove the
18118 last glyph added to ROW. */
18119 unproduce_glyphs (it
, i
+ 1);
18120 /* Adjust i for the loop below. */
18121 i
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - (i
+ 1);
18124 for (n
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; i
< n
; ++i
)
18126 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = i
;
18127 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
18130 else if (IT_OVERFLOW_NEWLINE_INTO_FRINGE (it
))
18132 /* Don't truncate if we can overflow newline into fringe. */
18133 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
18135 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
18136 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= 1;
18137 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 1;
18140 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
18142 row
->exact_window_width_line_p
= 1;
18143 goto at_end_of_line
;
18147 row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 1;
18148 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
18149 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it
, 0);
18150 row
->ends_at_zv_p
= FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) - 1) != '\n';
18151 it
->hpos
= hpos_before
;
18152 it
->current_x
= x_before
;
18157 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
18158 at the left window margin. */
18159 if (it
->first_visible_x
18160 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) != CHARPOS (row
->start
.pos
))
18162 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
18163 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it
);
18164 row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 1;
18167 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
18168 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
18169 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
18170 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
18171 if ((row
->displays_text_p
|| !overlay_arrow_seen
)
18172 && (overlay_arrow_string
= overlay_arrow_at_row (it
, row
),
18173 !NILP (overlay_arrow_string
)))
18175 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a fringe bitmap. */
18176 if (STRINGP (overlay_arrow_string
))
18178 struct glyph_row
*arrow_row
18179 = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it
->w
, overlay_arrow_string
);
18180 struct glyph
*glyph
= arrow_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
18181 struct glyph
*arrow_end
= glyph
+ arrow_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
18182 struct glyph
*p
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
18183 struct glyph
*p2
, *end
;
18185 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
18186 while (glyph
< arrow_end
)
18189 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
18191 end
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
18192 while (p2
< end
&& CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2
))
18198 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = p2
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
18203 xassert (INTEGERP (overlay_arrow_string
));
18204 row
->overlay_arrow_bitmap
= XINT (overlay_arrow_string
);
18206 overlay_arrow_seen
= 1;
18209 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
18210 compute_line_metrics (it
);
18212 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
18213 row
->end
= it
->current
;
18216 row
->minpos
= row
->start
.pos
;
18217 row
->maxpos
= row
->end
.pos
;
18221 /* ROW->minpos and ROW->maxpos must be the smallest and
18222 `1 + the largest' buffer positions in ROW. But if ROW was
18223 bidi-reordered, these two positions can be anywhere in the
18224 row, so we must determine them now. */
18225 find_row_edges (it
, row
, min_pos
, min_bpos
, max_pos
, max_bpos
);
18228 /* Record whether this row ends inside an ellipsis. */
18229 row
->ends_in_ellipsis_p
18230 = (it
->method
== GET_FROM_DISPLAY_VECTOR
18231 && it
->ellipsis_p
);
18233 /* Save fringe bitmaps in this row. */
18234 row
->left_user_fringe_bitmap
= it
->left_user_fringe_bitmap
;
18235 row
->left_user_fringe_face_id
= it
->left_user_fringe_face_id
;
18236 row
->right_user_fringe_bitmap
= it
->right_user_fringe_bitmap
;
18237 row
->right_user_fringe_face_id
= it
->right_user_fringe_face_id
;
18239 it
->left_user_fringe_bitmap
= 0;
18240 it
->left_user_fringe_face_id
= 0;
18241 it
->right_user_fringe_bitmap
= 0;
18242 it
->right_user_fringe_face_id
= 0;
18244 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
18245 cvpos
= it
->w
->cursor
.vpos
;
18247 /* In bidi-reordered rows, keep checking for proper cursor
18248 position even if one has been found already, because buffer
18249 positions in such rows change non-linearly with ROW->VPOS,
18250 when a line is continued. One exception: when we are at ZV,
18251 display cursor on the first suitable glyph row, since all
18252 the empty rows after that also have their position set to ZV. */
18253 /* FIXME: Revisit this when glyph ``spilling'' in continuation
18254 lines' rows is implemented for bidi-reordered rows. */
18256 && !MATRIX_ROW (it
->w
->desired_matrix
, cvpos
)->ends_at_zv_p
))
18257 && PT
>= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row
)
18258 && PT
<= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row
)
18259 && cursor_row_p (it
->w
, row
))
18260 set_cursor_from_row (it
->w
, row
, it
->w
->desired_matrix
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
18262 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
18263 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace
))
18264 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it
->f
, it
->glyph_row
);
18266 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
18267 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
18268 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
18270 it
->current_x
= it
->hpos
= 0;
18271 it
->current_y
+= row
->height
;
18272 SET_TEXT_POS (it
->eol_pos
, 0, 0);
18275 /* The next row should by default use the same value of the
18276 reversed_p flag as this one. set_iterator_to_next decides when
18277 it's a new paragraph, and PRODUCE_GLYPHS recomputes the value of
18278 the flag accordingly. */
18279 if (it
->glyph_row
< MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (it
->w
->desired_matrix
, it
->w
))
18280 it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
= row
->reversed_p
;
18281 it
->start
= row
->end
;
18282 return row
->displays_text_p
;
18284 #undef RECORD_MAX_MIN_POS
18287 DEFUN ("current-bidi-paragraph-direction", Fcurrent_bidi_paragraph_direction
,
18288 Scurrent_bidi_paragraph_direction
, 0, 1, 0,
18289 doc
: /* Return paragraph direction at point in BUFFER.
18290 Value is either `left-to-right' or `right-to-left'.
18291 If BUFFER is omitted or nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
18293 Paragraph direction determines how the text in the paragraph is displayed.
18294 In left-to-right paragraphs, text begins at the left margin of the window
18295 and the reading direction is generally left to right. In right-to-left
18296 paragraphs, text begins at the right margin and is read from right to left.
18298 See also `bidi-paragraph-direction'. */)
18300 Lisp_Object buffer
;
18302 struct buffer
*buf
;
18303 struct buffer
*old
;
18306 buf
= current_buffer
;
18309 CHECK_BUFFER (buffer
);
18310 buf
= XBUFFER (buffer
);
18311 old
= current_buffer
;
18314 if (NILP (buf
->bidi_display_reordering
))
18315 return Qleft_to_right
;
18316 else if (!NILP (buf
->bidi_paragraph_direction
))
18317 return buf
->bidi_paragraph_direction
;
18320 /* Determine the direction from buffer text. We could try to
18321 use current_matrix if it is up to date, but this seems fast
18322 enough as it is. */
18323 struct bidi_it itb
;
18324 EMACS_INT pos
= BUF_PT (buf
);
18325 EMACS_INT bytepos
= BUF_PT_BYTE (buf
);
18327 if (buf
!= current_buffer
)
18328 set_buffer_temp (buf
);
18329 /* Find previous non-empty line. */
18330 if (pos
>= ZV
&& pos
> BEGV
)
18333 bytepos
= CHAR_TO_BYTE (pos
);
18335 while (FETCH_BYTE (bytepos
) == '\n')
18337 if (bytepos
<= BEGV_BYTE
)
18342 while (!CHAR_HEAD_P (FETCH_BYTE (bytepos
)))
18345 itb
.bytepos
= bytepos
;
18348 bidi_paragraph_init (NEUTRAL_DIR
, &itb
);
18349 if (buf
!= current_buffer
)
18350 set_buffer_temp (old
);
18351 switch (itb
.paragraph_dir
)
18354 return Qleft_to_right
;
18357 return Qright_to_left
;
18367 /***********************************************************************
18369 ***********************************************************************/
18371 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
18373 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
18374 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
18376 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
18377 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
18378 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
18379 for the menu bar. */
18382 display_menu_bar (w
)
18385 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
18390 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
18392 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
))
18395 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
18401 if (FRAME_NS_P (f
))
18403 #endif /* HAVE_NS */
18405 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
18406 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
));
18407 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, f
->desired_matrix
->rows
, MENU_FACE_ID
);
18408 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
18409 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
18410 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
18411 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
18413 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
18414 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
18415 struct window
*menu_w
;
18416 xassert (WINDOWP (f
->menu_bar_window
));
18417 menu_w
= XWINDOW (f
->menu_bar_window
);
18418 init_iterator (&it
, menu_w
, -1, -1, menu_w
->desired_matrix
->rows
,
18420 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
18421 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
18425 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
18427 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, f
->desired_matrix
->rows
,
18429 it
.first_visible_x
= 0;
18430 it
.last_visible_x
= FRAME_COLS (f
);
18432 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
18434 if (! mode_line_inverse_video
)
18435 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
18436 it
.base_face_id
= it
.face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
18438 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
18439 for (i
= 0; i
< FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
); ++i
)
18441 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
.glyph_row
+ i
;
18442 clear_glyph_row (row
);
18443 row
->enabled_p
= 1;
18444 row
->full_width_p
= 1;
18447 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
18448 items
= FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it
.f
);
18449 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECTOR (items
)->size
; i
+= 4)
18451 Lisp_Object string
;
18453 /* Stop at nil string. */
18454 string
= AREF (items
, i
+ 1);
18458 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
18459 ASET (items
, i
+ 3, make_number (it
.hpos
));
18461 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
18462 if (it
.current_x
< it
.last_visible_x
)
18463 display_string (NULL
, string
, Qnil
, 0, 0, &it
,
18464 SCHARS (string
) + 1, 0, 0, -1);
18467 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
18468 if (it
.current_x
< it
.last_visible_x
)
18469 display_string ("", Qnil
, Qnil
, 0, 0, &it
, -1, 0, 0, -1);
18471 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
18472 compute_line_metrics (&it
);
18477 /***********************************************************************
18479 ***********************************************************************/
18481 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
18482 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
18483 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
18484 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
18487 redisplay_mode_lines (window
, force
)
18488 Lisp_Object window
;
18493 while (!NILP (window
))
18495 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
18497 if (WINDOWP (w
->hchild
))
18498 nwindows
+= redisplay_mode_lines (w
->hchild
, force
);
18499 else if (WINDOWP (w
->vchild
))
18500 nwindows
+= redisplay_mode_lines (w
->vchild
, force
);
18502 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
))
18503 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)->enabled_p
)
18505 struct text_pos lpoint
;
18506 struct buffer
*old
= current_buffer
;
18508 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
18509 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint
, PT
, PT_BYTE
);
18510 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
));
18512 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
18513 other window, set up appropriate value. */
18514 if (!EQ (window
, selected_window
))
18516 struct text_pos pt
;
18518 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt
, w
->pointm
);
18519 if (CHARPOS (pt
) < BEGV
)
18520 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
18521 else if (CHARPOS (pt
) > (ZV
- 1))
18522 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV
, ZV_BYTE
);
18524 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt
), BYTEPOS (pt
));
18527 /* Display mode lines. */
18528 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
18529 if (display_mode_lines (w
))
18532 w
->must_be_updated_p
= 1;
18535 /* Restore old settings. */
18536 set_buffer_internal_1 (old
);
18537 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint
), BYTEPOS (lpoint
));
18547 /* Display the mode and/or header line of window W. Value is the
18548 sum number of mode lines and header lines displayed. */
18551 display_mode_lines (w
)
18554 Lisp_Object old_selected_window
, old_selected_frame
;
18557 old_selected_frame
= selected_frame
;
18558 selected_frame
= w
->frame
;
18559 old_selected_window
= selected_window
;
18560 XSETWINDOW (selected_window
, w
);
18562 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
18563 line_number_displayed
= 0;
18564 w
->column_number_displayed
= Qnil
;
18566 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
))
18568 struct window
*sel_w
= XWINDOW (old_selected_window
);
18570 /* Select mode line face based on the real selected window. */
18571 display_mode_line (w
, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID_3 (sel_w
, sel_w
, w
),
18572 current_buffer
->mode_line_format
);
18576 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w
))
18578 display_mode_line (w
, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID
,
18579 current_buffer
->header_line_format
);
18583 selected_frame
= old_selected_frame
;
18584 selected_window
= old_selected_window
;
18589 /* Display mode or header line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which
18590 line to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
18591 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID. FORMAT is the mode/header line format to
18592 display. Value is the pixel height of the mode/header line
18596 display_mode_line (w
, face_id
, format
)
18598 enum face_id face_id
;
18599 Lisp_Object format
;
18603 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
18605 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, NULL
, face_id
);
18606 /* Don't extend on a previously drawn mode-line.
18607 This may happen if called from pos_visible_p. */
18608 it
.glyph_row
->enabled_p
= 0;
18609 prepare_desired_row (it
.glyph_row
);
18611 it
.glyph_row
->mode_line_p
= 1;
18613 if (! mode_line_inverse_video
)
18614 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
18615 it
.base_face_id
= it
.face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
18617 record_unwind_protect (unwind_format_mode_line
,
18618 format_mode_line_unwind_data (NULL
, Qnil
, 0));
18620 mode_line_target
= MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
;
18622 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
18623 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
18625 push_kboard (FRAME_KBOARD (it
.f
));
18626 record_unwind_save_match_data ();
18627 display_mode_element (&it
, 0, 0, 0, format
, Qnil
, 0);
18630 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
18632 /* Fill up with spaces. */
18633 display_string (" ", Qnil
, Qnil
, 0, 0, &it
, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
18635 compute_line_metrics (&it
);
18636 it
.glyph_row
->full_width_p
= 1;
18637 it
.glyph_row
->continued_p
= 0;
18638 it
.glyph_row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 0;
18639 it
.glyph_row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 0;
18641 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
18642 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
.f
, face_id
);
18643 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it
);
18644 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
18646 struct glyph
*last
= (it
.glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]
18647 + it
.glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1);
18648 last
->right_box_line_p
= 1;
18651 return it
.glyph_row
->height
;
18654 /* Move element ELT in LIST to the front of LIST.
18655 Return the updated list. */
18658 move_elt_to_front (elt
, list
)
18659 Lisp_Object elt
, list
;
18661 register Lisp_Object tail
, prev
;
18662 register Lisp_Object tem
;
18666 while (CONSP (tail
))
18672 /* Splice out the link TAIL. */
18674 list
= XCDR (tail
);
18676 Fsetcdr (prev
, XCDR (tail
));
18678 /* Now make it the first. */
18679 Fsetcdr (tail
, list
);
18684 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
18688 /* Not found--return unchanged LIST. */
18692 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
18693 translates into text depends on its data type.
18695 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
18697 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
18698 infinite recursion here.
18700 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
18701 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
18702 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
18703 display_string for details.
18705 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT.
18707 PROPS is a property list to add to any string we encounter.
18709 If RISKY is nonzero, remove (disregard) any properties in any string
18710 we encounter, and ignore :eval and :propertize.
18712 The global variable `mode_line_target' determines whether the
18713 output is passed to `store_mode_line_noprop',
18714 `store_mode_line_string', or `display_string'. */
18717 display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field_width
, precision
, elt
, props
, risky
)
18720 int field_width
, precision
;
18721 Lisp_Object elt
, props
;
18724 int n
= 0, field
, prec
;
18729 elt
= build_string ("*too-deep*");
18733 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt
)))
18737 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
18741 if (SCHARS (elt
) > 0
18742 && (!NILP (props
) || risky
))
18744 Lisp_Object oprops
, aelt
;
18745 oprops
= Ftext_properties_at (make_number (0), elt
);
18747 /* If the starting string's properties are not what
18748 we want, translate the string. Also, if the string
18749 is risky, do that anyway. */
18751 if (NILP (Fequal (props
, oprops
)) || risky
)
18753 /* If the starting string has properties,
18754 merge the specified ones onto the existing ones. */
18755 if (! NILP (oprops
) && !risky
)
18759 oprops
= Fcopy_sequence (oprops
);
18761 while (CONSP (tem
))
18763 oprops
= Fplist_put (oprops
, XCAR (tem
),
18764 XCAR (XCDR (tem
)));
18765 tem
= XCDR (XCDR (tem
));
18770 aelt
= Fassoc (elt
, mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
18771 if (! NILP (aelt
) && !NILP (Fequal (props
, XCDR (aelt
))))
18773 /* AELT is what we want. Move it to the front
18774 without consing. */
18776 mode_line_proptrans_alist
18777 = move_elt_to_front (aelt
, mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
18783 /* If AELT has the wrong props, it is useless.
18784 so get rid of it. */
18786 mode_line_proptrans_alist
18787 = Fdelq (aelt
, mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
18789 elt
= Fcopy_sequence (elt
);
18790 Fset_text_properties (make_number (0), Flength (elt
),
18792 /* Add this item to mode_line_proptrans_alist. */
18793 mode_line_proptrans_alist
18794 = Fcons (Fcons (elt
, props
),
18795 mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
18796 /* Truncate mode_line_proptrans_alist
18797 to at most 50 elements. */
18798 tem
= Fnthcdr (make_number (50),
18799 mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
18801 XSETCDR (tem
, Qnil
);
18810 prec
= precision
- n
;
18811 switch (mode_line_target
)
18813 case MODE_LINE_NOPROP
:
18814 case MODE_LINE_TITLE
:
18815 n
+= store_mode_line_noprop (SDATA (elt
), -1, prec
);
18817 case MODE_LINE_STRING
:
18818 n
+= store_mode_line_string (NULL
, elt
, 1, 0, prec
, Qnil
);
18820 case MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
:
18821 n
+= display_string (NULL
, elt
, Qnil
, 0, 0, it
,
18822 0, prec
, 0, STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt
));
18829 /* Handle the non-literal case. */
18831 while ((precision
<= 0 || n
< precision
)
18832 && SREF (elt
, offset
) != 0
18833 && (mode_line_target
!= MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
18834 || it
->current_x
< it
->last_visible_x
))
18836 int last_offset
= offset
;
18838 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
18839 while ((c
= SREF (elt
, offset
++)) != '\0' && c
!= '%')
18842 if (offset
- 1 != last_offset
)
18844 int nchars
, nbytes
;
18846 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
18847 is length of string. Don't output more than
18848 PRECISION allows us. */
18851 prec
= c_string_width (SDATA (elt
) + last_offset
,
18852 offset
- last_offset
, precision
- n
,
18855 switch (mode_line_target
)
18857 case MODE_LINE_NOPROP
:
18858 case MODE_LINE_TITLE
:
18859 n
+= store_mode_line_noprop (SDATA (elt
) + last_offset
, 0, prec
);
18861 case MODE_LINE_STRING
:
18863 int bytepos
= last_offset
;
18864 int charpos
= string_byte_to_char (elt
, bytepos
);
18865 int endpos
= (precision
<= 0
18866 ? string_byte_to_char (elt
, offset
)
18867 : charpos
+ nchars
);
18869 n
+= store_mode_line_string (NULL
,
18870 Fsubstring (elt
, make_number (charpos
),
18871 make_number (endpos
)),
18875 case MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
:
18877 int bytepos
= last_offset
;
18878 int charpos
= string_byte_to_char (elt
, bytepos
);
18880 if (precision
<= 0)
18881 nchars
= string_byte_to_char (elt
, offset
) - charpos
;
18882 n
+= display_string (NULL
, elt
, Qnil
, 0, charpos
,
18884 STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt
));
18889 else /* c == '%' */
18891 int percent_position
= offset
;
18893 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
18896 while ((c
= SREF (elt
, offset
++)) >= '0' && c
<= '9')
18897 field
= field
* 10 + c
- '0';
18899 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
18900 if (field_width
- n
> 0 && field
> field_width
- n
)
18901 field
= field_width
- n
;
18903 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
18904 prec
= precision
- n
;
18907 n
+= display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field
, prec
,
18908 Vglobal_mode_string
, props
,
18913 int bytepos
, charpos
;
18914 unsigned char *spec
;
18915 Lisp_Object string
;
18917 bytepos
= percent_position
;
18918 charpos
= (STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt
)
18919 ? string_byte_to_char (elt
, bytepos
)
18921 spec
= decode_mode_spec (it
->w
, c
, field
, prec
, &string
);
18922 multibyte
= STRINGP (string
) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string
);
18924 switch (mode_line_target
)
18926 case MODE_LINE_NOPROP
:
18927 case MODE_LINE_TITLE
:
18928 n
+= store_mode_line_noprop (spec
, field
, prec
);
18930 case MODE_LINE_STRING
:
18932 int len
= strlen (spec
);
18933 Lisp_Object tem
= make_string (spec
, len
);
18934 props
= Ftext_properties_at (make_number (charpos
), elt
);
18935 /* Should only keep face property in props */
18936 n
+= store_mode_line_string (NULL
, tem
, 0, field
, prec
, props
);
18939 case MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
:
18941 int nglyphs_before
, nwritten
;
18943 nglyphs_before
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
18944 nwritten
= display_string (spec
, string
, elt
,
18949 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
18950 string where the `%x' came from, position
18954 struct glyph
*glyph
18955 = (it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]
18959 for (i
= 0; i
< nwritten
; ++i
)
18961 glyph
[i
].object
= elt
;
18962 glyph
[i
].charpos
= charpos
;
18979 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
18980 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
18981 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
18984 register Lisp_Object tem
;
18986 /* If the variable is not marked as risky to set
18987 then its contents are risky to use. */
18988 if (NILP (Fget (elt
, Qrisky_local_variable
)))
18991 tem
= Fboundp (elt
);
18994 tem
= Fsymbol_value (elt
);
18995 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
18996 don't check for % within it. */
19000 if (!EQ (tem
, elt
))
19002 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
19012 register Lisp_Object car
, tem
;
19014 /* A cons cell: five distinct cases.
19015 If first element is :eval or :propertize, do something special.
19016 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
19017 and effectively concatenate them.
19018 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
19019 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
19020 to at least that many characters.
19021 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
19022 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
19024 if (EQ (car
, QCeval
))
19026 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
19027 and use the result as mode line elements. */
19032 if (CONSP (XCDR (elt
)))
19035 spec
= safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt
)));
19036 n
+= display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field_width
- n
,
19037 precision
- n
, spec
, props
,
19041 else if (EQ (car
, QCpropertize
))
19043 /* An element of the form (:propertize ELT PROPS...)
19044 means display ELT but applying properties PROPS. */
19049 if (CONSP (XCDR (elt
)))
19050 n
+= display_mode_element (it
, depth
, field_width
- n
,
19051 precision
- n
, XCAR (XCDR (elt
)),
19052 XCDR (XCDR (elt
)), risky
);
19054 else if (SYMBOLP (car
))
19056 tem
= Fboundp (car
);
19060 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
19061 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
19064 tem
= Fsymbol_value (car
);
19071 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
19072 Get the cddr of the original list
19073 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
19077 else if (!CONSP (elt
))
19082 else if (INTEGERP (car
))
19084 register int lim
= XINT (car
);
19088 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
19089 if (precision
<= 0)
19092 precision
= min (precision
, -lim
);
19096 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
19097 current maximum. */
19099 lim
= min (precision
, lim
);
19101 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
19102 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
19103 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
19104 field_width
= max (lim
, field_width
);
19108 else if (STRINGP (car
) || CONSP (car
))
19110 Lisp_Object halftail
= elt
;
19114 && (precision
<= 0 || n
< precision
))
19116 n
+= display_mode_element (it
, depth
,
19117 /* Do padding only after the last
19118 element in the list. */
19119 (! CONSP (XCDR (elt
))
19122 precision
- n
, XCAR (elt
),
19126 if ((len
& 1) == 0)
19127 halftail
= XCDR (halftail
);
19128 /* Check for cycle. */
19129 if (EQ (halftail
, elt
))
19138 elt
= build_string ("*invalid*");
19142 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
19143 if (field_width
> 0 && n
< field_width
)
19145 switch (mode_line_target
)
19147 case MODE_LINE_NOPROP
:
19148 case MODE_LINE_TITLE
:
19149 n
+= store_mode_line_noprop ("", field_width
- n
, 0);
19151 case MODE_LINE_STRING
:
19152 n
+= store_mode_line_string ("", Qnil
, 0, field_width
- n
, 0, Qnil
);
19154 case MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
:
19155 n
+= display_string ("", Qnil
, Qnil
, 0, 0, it
, field_width
- n
,
19164 /* Store a mode-line string element in mode_line_string_list.
19166 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
19167 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
19169 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
19170 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
19171 with spaces. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
19173 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
19174 STRING. PRECISION <= 0 means don't truncate the string.
19176 If COPY_STRING is non-zero, make a copy of LISP_STRING before adding
19177 properties to the string.
19179 PROPS are the properties to add to the string.
19180 The mode_line_string_face face property is always added to the string.
19184 store_mode_line_string (string
, lisp_string
, copy_string
, field_width
, precision
, props
)
19186 Lisp_Object lisp_string
;
19195 if (string
!= NULL
)
19197 len
= strlen (string
);
19198 if (precision
> 0 && len
> precision
)
19200 lisp_string
= make_string (string
, len
);
19202 props
= mode_line_string_face_prop
;
19203 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_face
))
19205 Lisp_Object face
= Fplist_get (props
, Qface
);
19206 props
= Fcopy_sequence (props
);
19208 face
= mode_line_string_face
;
19210 face
= Fcons (face
, Fcons (mode_line_string_face
, Qnil
));
19211 props
= Fplist_put (props
, Qface
, face
);
19213 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (len
),
19214 props
, lisp_string
);
19218 len
= XFASTINT (Flength (lisp_string
));
19219 if (precision
> 0 && len
> precision
)
19222 lisp_string
= Fsubstring (lisp_string
, make_number (0), make_number (len
));
19225 if (!NILP (mode_line_string_face
))
19229 props
= Ftext_properties_at (make_number (0), lisp_string
);
19230 face
= Fplist_get (props
, Qface
);
19232 face
= mode_line_string_face
;
19234 face
= Fcons (face
, Fcons (mode_line_string_face
, Qnil
));
19235 props
= Fcons (Qface
, Fcons (face
, Qnil
));
19237 lisp_string
= Fcopy_sequence (lisp_string
);
19240 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (len
),
19241 props
, lisp_string
);
19246 mode_line_string_list
= Fcons (lisp_string
, mode_line_string_list
);
19250 if (field_width
> len
)
19252 field_width
-= len
;
19253 lisp_string
= Fmake_string (make_number (field_width
), make_number (' '));
19255 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (field_width
),
19256 props
, lisp_string
);
19257 mode_line_string_list
= Fcons (lisp_string
, mode_line_string_list
);
19265 DEFUN ("format-mode-line", Fformat_mode_line
, Sformat_mode_line
,
19267 doc
: /* Format a string out of a mode line format specification.
19268 First arg FORMAT specifies the mode line format (see `mode-line-format'
19269 for details) to use.
19271 Optional second arg FACE specifies the face property to put
19272 on all characters for which no face is specified.
19273 The value t means whatever face the window's mode line currently uses
19274 \(either `mode-line' or `mode-line-inactive', depending).
19275 A value of nil means the default is no face property.
19276 If FACE is an integer, the value string has no text properties.
19278 Optional third and fourth args WINDOW and BUFFER specify the window
19279 and buffer to use as the context for the formatting (defaults
19280 are the selected window and the window's buffer). */)
19281 (format
, face
, window
, buffer
)
19282 Lisp_Object format
, face
, window
, buffer
;
19287 struct buffer
*old_buffer
= NULL
;
19289 int no_props
= INTEGERP (face
);
19290 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
19292 int string_start
= 0;
19295 window
= selected_window
;
19296 CHECK_WINDOW (window
);
19297 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
19300 buffer
= w
->buffer
;
19301 CHECK_BUFFER (buffer
);
19303 /* Make formatting the modeline a non-op when noninteractive, otherwise
19304 there will be problems later caused by a partially initialized frame. */
19305 if (NILP (format
) || noninteractive
)
19306 return empty_unibyte_string
;
19314 face
= (EQ (window
, selected_window
) ? Qmode_line
: Qmode_line_inactive
);
19315 face_id
= lookup_named_face (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
)), face
, 0);
19319 face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
19321 if (XBUFFER (buffer
) != current_buffer
)
19322 old_buffer
= current_buffer
;
19324 /* Save things including mode_line_proptrans_alist,
19325 and set that to nil so that we don't alter the outer value. */
19326 record_unwind_protect (unwind_format_mode_line
,
19327 format_mode_line_unwind_data
19328 (old_buffer
, selected_window
, 1));
19329 mode_line_proptrans_alist
= Qnil
;
19331 Fselect_window (window
, Qt
);
19333 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer
));
19335 init_iterator (&it
, w
, -1, -1, NULL
, face_id
);
19339 mode_line_target
= MODE_LINE_NOPROP
;
19340 mode_line_string_face_prop
= Qnil
;
19341 mode_line_string_list
= Qnil
;
19342 string_start
= MODE_LINE_NOPROP_LEN (0);
19346 mode_line_target
= MODE_LINE_STRING
;
19347 mode_line_string_list
= Qnil
;
19348 mode_line_string_face
= face
;
19349 mode_line_string_face_prop
19350 = (NILP (face
) ? Qnil
: Fcons (Qface
, Fcons (face
, Qnil
)));
19353 push_kboard (FRAME_KBOARD (it
.f
));
19354 display_mode_element (&it
, 0, 0, 0, format
, Qnil
, 0);
19359 len
= MODE_LINE_NOPROP_LEN (string_start
);
19360 str
= make_string (mode_line_noprop_buf
+ string_start
, len
);
19364 mode_line_string_list
= Fnreverse (mode_line_string_list
);
19365 str
= Fmapconcat (intern ("identity"), mode_line_string_list
,
19366 empty_unibyte_string
);
19369 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
19373 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
19374 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
19377 pint2str (buf
, width
, d
)
19378 register char *buf
;
19379 register int width
;
19382 register char *p
= buf
;
19390 *p
++ = d
% 10 + '0';
19395 for (width
-= (int) (p
- buf
); width
> 0; --width
)
19406 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal and "human
19407 readable" representation of the nonnegative integer D to BUF using
19408 a minimal field width WIDTH. D should be smaller than 999.5e24. */
19410 static const char power_letter
[] =
19424 pint2hrstr (buf
, width
, d
)
19429 /* We aim to represent the nonnegative integer D as
19430 QUOTIENT.TENTHS * 10 ^ (3 * EXPONENT). */
19433 /* -1 means: do not use TENTHS. */
19437 /* Length of QUOTIENT.TENTHS as a string. */
19443 if (1000 <= quotient
)
19445 /* Scale to the appropriate EXPONENT. */
19448 remainder
= quotient
% 1000;
19452 while (1000 <= quotient
);
19454 /* Round to nearest and decide whether to use TENTHS or not. */
19457 tenths
= remainder
/ 100;
19458 if (50 <= remainder
% 100)
19465 if (quotient
== 10)
19473 if (500 <= remainder
)
19475 if (quotient
< 999)
19486 /* Calculate the LENGTH of QUOTIENT.TENTHS as a string. */
19487 if (tenths
== -1 && quotient
<= 99)
19494 p
= psuffix
= buf
+ max (width
, length
);
19496 /* Print EXPONENT. */
19498 *psuffix
++ = power_letter
[exponent
];
19501 /* Print TENTHS. */
19504 *--p
= '0' + tenths
;
19508 /* Print QUOTIENT. */
19511 int digit
= quotient
% 10;
19512 *--p
= '0' + digit
;
19514 while ((quotient
/= 10) != 0);
19516 /* Print leading spaces. */
19521 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
19522 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
19523 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
19525 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type
[] = "(*invalid*)";
19528 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system
, buf
, eol_flag
)
19529 Lisp_Object coding_system
;
19530 register char *buf
;
19534 int multibyte
= !NILP (current_buffer
->enable_multibyte_characters
);
19535 const unsigned char *eol_str
;
19537 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
19538 Lisp_Object eoltype
;
19540 val
= CODING_SYSTEM_SPEC (coding_system
);
19543 if (!VECTORP (val
)) /* Not yet decided. */
19548 eoltype
= eol_mnemonic_undecided
;
19549 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
19554 Lisp_Object eolvalue
;
19556 attrs
= AREF (val
, 0);
19557 eolvalue
= AREF (val
, 2);
19560 *buf
++ = XFASTINT (CODING_ATTR_MNEMONIC (attrs
));
19564 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
19566 if (NILP (eolvalue
)) /* Not yet decided. */
19567 eoltype
= eol_mnemonic_undecided
;
19568 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue
)) /* Not yet decided. */
19569 eoltype
= eol_mnemonic_undecided
;
19570 else /* eolvalue is Qunix, Qdos, or Qmac. */
19571 eoltype
= (EQ (eolvalue
, Qunix
)
19572 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
19573 : (EQ (eolvalue
, Qdos
) == 1
19574 ? eol_mnemonic_dos
: eol_mnemonic_mac
));
19580 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
19581 if (STRINGP (eoltype
))
19583 eol_str
= SDATA (eoltype
);
19584 eol_str_len
= SBYTES (eoltype
);
19586 else if (CHARACTERP (eoltype
))
19588 unsigned char *tmp
= (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
);
19589 eol_str_len
= CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype
), tmp
);
19594 eol_str
= invalid_eol_type
;
19595 eol_str_len
= sizeof (invalid_eol_type
) - 1;
19597 bcopy (eol_str
, buf
, eol_str_len
);
19598 buf
+= eol_str_len
;
19604 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
19605 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
19606 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
19607 string returned with spaces to that value. Return a Lisp string in
19608 *STRING if the resulting string is taken from that Lisp string.
19610 Note we operate on the current buffer for most purposes,
19611 the exception being w->base_line_pos. */
19613 static char lots_of_dashes
[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
19616 decode_mode_spec (w
, c
, field_width
, precision
, string
)
19619 int field_width
, precision
;
19620 Lisp_Object
*string
;
19623 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
19624 char *decode_mode_spec_buf
= f
->decode_mode_spec_buffer
;
19625 struct buffer
*b
= current_buffer
;
19633 if (!NILP (b
->read_only
))
19635 if (BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
))
19640 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
19641 if (BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
))
19643 if (!NILP (b
->read_only
))
19648 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
19649 if (BUF_MODIFF (b
) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b
))
19661 if (command_loop_level
> 5)
19663 p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19664 for (i
= 0; i
< command_loop_level
; i
++)
19667 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19675 if (command_loop_level
> 5)
19677 p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19678 for (i
= 0; i
< command_loop_level
; i
++)
19681 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19688 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
19689 if (mode_line_target
== MODE_LINE_NOPROP
||
19690 mode_line_target
== MODE_LINE_STRING
)
19692 if (field_width
<= 0
19693 || field_width
> sizeof (lots_of_dashes
))
19695 for (i
= 0; i
< FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f
) - 1; ++i
)
19696 decode_mode_spec_buf
[i
] = '-';
19697 decode_mode_spec_buf
[i
] = '\0';
19698 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19701 return lots_of_dashes
;
19709 /* %c and %l are ignored in `frame-title-format'.
19710 (In redisplay_internal, the frame title is drawn _before_ the
19711 windows are updated, so the stuff which depends on actual
19712 window contents (such as %l) may fail to render properly, or
19713 even crash emacs.) */
19714 if (mode_line_target
== MODE_LINE_TITLE
)
19718 int col
= (int) current_column (); /* iftc */
19719 w
->column_number_displayed
= make_number (col
);
19720 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf
, field_width
, col
);
19721 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19725 #ifndef SYSTEM_MALLOC
19727 if (NILP (Vmemory_full
))
19730 return "!MEM FULL! ";
19737 /* %F displays the frame name. */
19738 if (!NILP (f
->title
))
19739 return (char *) SDATA (f
->title
);
19740 if (f
->explicit_name
|| ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
19741 return (char *) SDATA (f
->name
);
19750 int size
= ZV
- BEGV
;
19751 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf
, field_width
, size
);
19752 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19757 int size
= ZV
- BEGV
;
19758 pint2hrstr (decode_mode_spec_buf
, field_width
, size
);
19759 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19764 int startpos
, startpos_byte
, line
, linepos
, linepos_byte
;
19765 int topline
, nlines
, junk
, height
;
19767 /* %c and %l are ignored in `frame-title-format'. */
19768 if (mode_line_target
== MODE_LINE_TITLE
)
19771 startpos
= XMARKER (w
->start
)->charpos
;
19772 startpos_byte
= marker_byte_position (w
->start
);
19773 height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w
);
19775 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
19776 don't forget that too fast. */
19777 if (EQ (w
->base_line_pos
, w
->buffer
))
19779 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
19780 else if (BUFFERP (w
->base_line_pos
))
19781 w
->base_line_pos
= Qnil
;
19783 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
19784 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit
)
19785 && BUF_ZV (b
) - BUF_BEGV (b
) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit
))
19787 w
->base_line_pos
= Qnil
;
19788 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
19792 if (INTEGERP (w
->base_line_number
)
19793 && INTEGERP (w
->base_line_pos
)
19794 && XFASTINT (w
->base_line_pos
) <= startpos
)
19796 line
= XFASTINT (w
->base_line_number
);
19797 linepos
= XFASTINT (w
->base_line_pos
);
19798 linepos_byte
= buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b
, linepos
);
19803 linepos
= BUF_BEGV (b
);
19804 linepos_byte
= BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b
);
19807 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
19808 nlines
= display_count_lines (linepos
, linepos_byte
,
19812 topline
= nlines
+ line
;
19814 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
19815 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
19816 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
19817 go back past it. */
19818 if (startpos
== BUF_BEGV (b
))
19820 w
->base_line_number
= make_number (topline
);
19821 w
->base_line_pos
= make_number (BUF_BEGV (b
));
19823 else if (nlines
< height
+ 25 || nlines
> height
* 3 + 50
19824 || linepos
== BUF_BEGV (b
))
19826 int limit
= BUF_BEGV (b
);
19827 int limit_byte
= BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b
);
19829 int distance
= (height
* 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width
;
19831 if (startpos
- distance
> limit
)
19833 limit
= startpos
- distance
;
19834 limit_byte
= CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit
);
19837 nlines
= display_count_lines (startpos
, startpos_byte
,
19839 - (height
* 2 + 30),
19841 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
19842 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
19843 give up on line numbers for this window. */
19844 if (position
== limit_byte
&& limit
== startpos
- distance
)
19846 w
->base_line_pos
= w
->buffer
;
19847 w
->base_line_number
= Qnil
;
19851 w
->base_line_number
= make_number (topline
- nlines
);
19852 w
->base_line_pos
= make_number (BYTE_TO_CHAR (position
));
19855 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
19856 nlines
= display_count_lines (startpos
, startpos_byte
,
19857 PT_BYTE
, PT
, &junk
);
19859 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
19860 line_number_displayed
= 1;
19862 /* Make the string to show. */
19863 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf
, field_width
, topline
+ nlines
);
19864 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19867 char* p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19868 int pad
= field_width
- 2;
19874 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19880 obj
= b
->mode_name
;
19884 if (BUF_BEGV (b
) > BUF_BEG (b
) || BUF_ZV (b
) < BUF_Z (b
))
19890 int pos
= marker_position (w
->start
);
19891 int total
= BUF_ZV (b
) - BUF_BEGV (b
);
19893 if (XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
) <= BUF_Z (b
) - BUF_ZV (b
))
19895 if (pos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
19900 else if (pos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
19904 if (total
> 1000000)
19905 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
19906 total
= ((pos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) + (total
/ 100) - 1) / (total
/ 100);
19908 total
= ((pos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) * 100 + total
- 1) / total
;
19909 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
19910 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
19913 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf
, "%2d%%", total
);
19914 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19918 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
19921 int toppos
= marker_position (w
->start
);
19922 int botpos
= BUF_Z (b
) - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
);
19923 int total
= BUF_ZV (b
) - BUF_BEGV (b
);
19925 if (botpos
>= BUF_ZV (b
))
19927 if (toppos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
19934 if (total
> 1000000)
19935 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
19936 total
= ((botpos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) + (total
/ 100) - 1) / (total
/ 100);
19938 total
= ((botpos
- BUF_BEGV (b
)) * 100 + total
- 1) / total
;
19939 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
19940 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
19943 if (toppos
<= BUF_BEGV (b
))
19944 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf
, "Top%2d%%", total
);
19946 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf
, "%2d%%", total
);
19947 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19952 /* status of process */
19953 obj
= Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
19955 return "no process";
19956 #ifdef subprocesses
19957 obj
= Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj
));
19963 int count
= inhibit_garbage_collection ();
19964 Lisp_Object val
= call1 (intern ("file-remote-p"),
19965 current_buffer
->directory
);
19966 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
19974 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
19975 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
19976 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b
);
19982 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
19984 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
19986 int eol_flag
= (c
== 'Z');
19987 char *p
= decode_mode_spec_buf
;
19989 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f
))
19991 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
19992 to do EOL conversion. */
19993 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (CODING_ID_NAME
19994 (FRAME_KEYBOARD_CODING (f
)->id
),
19996 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (CODING_ID_NAME
19997 (FRAME_TERMINAL_CODING (f
)->id
),
20000 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (b
->buffer_file_coding_system
,
20003 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
20004 #ifdef subprocesses
20005 obj
= Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
20006 if (PROCESSP (obj
))
20008 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj
)->decode_coding_system
,
20010 p
= decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj
)->encode_coding_system
,
20013 #endif /* subprocesses */
20016 return decode_mode_spec_buf
;
20023 return (char *) SDATA (obj
);
20030 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
20031 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
20032 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
20034 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
20037 display_count_lines (start
, start_byte
, limit_byte
, count
, byte_pos_ptr
)
20038 int start
, start_byte
, limit_byte
, count
;
20041 register unsigned char *cursor
;
20042 unsigned char *base
;
20044 register int ceiling
;
20045 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr
;
20046 int orig_count
= count
;
20048 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
20049 check only for newlines. */
20050 int selective_display
= (!NILP (current_buffer
->selective_display
)
20051 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer
->selective_display
));
20055 while (start_byte
< limit_byte
)
20057 ceiling
= BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte
);
20058 ceiling
= min (limit_byte
- 1, ceiling
);
20059 ceiling_addr
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling
) + 1;
20060 base
= (cursor
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte
));
20063 if (selective_display
)
20064 while (*cursor
!= '\n' && *cursor
!= 015 && ++cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
20067 while (*cursor
!= '\n' && ++cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
20070 if (cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
20074 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
+ 1;
20075 *byte_pos_ptr
= start_byte
;
20079 if (++cursor
== ceiling_addr
)
20085 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
;
20090 while (start_byte
> limit_byte
)
20092 ceiling
= BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte
- 1);
20093 ceiling
= max (limit_byte
, ceiling
);
20094 ceiling_addr
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling
) - 1;
20095 base
= (cursor
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte
- 1) + 1);
20098 if (selective_display
)
20099 while (--cursor
!= ceiling_addr
20100 && *cursor
!= '\n' && *cursor
!= 015)
20103 while (--cursor
!= ceiling_addr
&& *cursor
!= '\n')
20106 if (cursor
!= ceiling_addr
)
20110 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
+ 1;
20111 *byte_pos_ptr
= start_byte
;
20112 /* When scanning backwards, we should
20113 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
20114 return - orig_count
- 1;
20120 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
20121 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
20122 start_byte
+= cursor
- base
+ 1;
20126 *byte_pos_ptr
= limit_byte
;
20129 return - orig_count
+ count
;
20130 return orig_count
- count
;
20136 /***********************************************************************
20138 ***********************************************************************/
20140 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
20142 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
20143 string LISP_STRING is displayed. There's a case that STRING is
20144 non-null and LISP_STRING is not nil. It means STRING is a string
20145 data of LISP_STRING. In that case, we display LISP_STRING while
20146 ignoring its text properties.
20148 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
20149 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
20150 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
20152 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
20153 standard display table, temporarily.
20155 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
20156 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
20157 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
20158 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
20160 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
20161 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
20163 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
20165 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
20166 ----------------------------------------
20172 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
20173 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
20174 enable_multibyte_characters.
20176 Value is the number of columns displayed. */
20179 display_string (string
, lisp_string
, face_string
, face_string_pos
,
20180 start
, it
, field_width
, precision
, max_x
, multibyte
)
20181 unsigned char *string
;
20182 Lisp_Object lisp_string
;
20183 Lisp_Object face_string
;
20184 EMACS_INT face_string_pos
;
20187 int field_width
, precision
, max_x
;
20190 int hpos_at_start
= it
->hpos
;
20191 int saved_face_id
= it
->face_id
;
20192 struct glyph_row
*row
= it
->glyph_row
;
20194 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
20195 with index START. */
20196 reseat_to_string (it
, NILP (lisp_string
) ? string
: NULL
, lisp_string
, start
,
20197 precision
, field_width
, multibyte
);
20198 if (string
&& STRINGP (lisp_string
))
20199 /* LISP_STRING is the one returned by decode_mode_spec. We should
20200 ignore its text properties. */
20201 it
->stop_charpos
= -1;
20203 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
20204 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
20205 if (STRINGP (face_string
))
20211 = face_at_string_position (it
->w
, face_string
, face_string_pos
,
20212 0, it
->region_beg_charpos
,
20213 it
->region_end_charpos
,
20214 &endptr
, it
->base_face_id
, 0);
20215 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
20216 it
->face_box_p
= face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
;
20219 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
20220 beyond the right edge of the window. */
20222 max_x
= it
->last_visible_x
;
20224 max_x
= min (max_x
, it
->last_visible_x
);
20226 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
20228 if (it
->current_x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
20229 move_it_in_display_line_to (it
, 100000, it
->first_visible_x
,
20230 MOVE_TO_POS
| MOVE_TO_X
);
20232 row
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
20233 row
->height
= it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
;
20234 row
->phys_ascent
= it
->max_phys_ascent
;
20235 row
->phys_height
= it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
;
20236 row
->extra_line_spacing
= it
->max_extra_line_spacing
;
20238 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
20239 past last_visible_x. */
20240 while (it
->current_x
< max_x
)
20242 int x_before
, x
, n_glyphs_before
, i
, nglyphs
;
20244 /* Get the next display element. */
20245 if (!get_next_display_element (it
))
20248 /* Produce glyphs. */
20249 x_before
= it
->current_x
;
20250 n_glyphs_before
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
20251 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it
);
20253 nglyphs
= it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - n_glyphs_before
;
20256 while (i
< nglyphs
)
20258 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
20260 if (it
->line_wrap
!= TRUNCATE
20261 && x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
> max_x
)
20263 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
20264 if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph
))
20266 /* A wide character is unbreakable. */
20267 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
;
20268 it
->current_x
= x_before
;
20272 it
->glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = n_glyphs_before
+ i
;
20277 else if (x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
>= it
->first_visible_x
)
20279 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
20281 if (x
< it
->first_visible_x
)
20282 it
->glyph_row
->x
= x
- it
->first_visible_x
;
20286 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
20287 Should not happen. */
20291 row
->ascent
= max (row
->ascent
, it
->max_ascent
);
20292 row
->height
= max (row
->height
, it
->max_ascent
+ it
->max_descent
);
20293 row
->phys_ascent
= max (row
->phys_ascent
, it
->max_phys_ascent
);
20294 row
->phys_height
= max (row
->phys_height
,
20295 it
->max_phys_ascent
+ it
->max_phys_descent
);
20296 row
->extra_line_spacing
= max (row
->extra_line_spacing
,
20297 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
);
20298 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
20302 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
20306 /* Stop at line ends. */
20307 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it
))
20309 it
->continuation_lines_width
= 0;
20313 set_iterator_to_next (it
, 1);
20315 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
20316 if (it
->line_wrap
== TRUNCATE
20317 && it
->current_x
>= it
->last_visible_x
)
20319 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
20320 truncated at a padding space. */
20321 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it
) < it
->string_nchars
)
20323 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
20327 if (it
->current_x
> it
->last_visible_x
)
20329 for (i
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1; i
> 0; --i
)
20330 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
]))
20332 for (n
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; i
< n
; ++i
)
20334 row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] = i
;
20335 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
20338 produce_special_glyphs (it
, IT_TRUNCATION
);
20340 it
->glyph_row
->truncated_on_right_p
= 1;
20346 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
20347 if (it
->first_visible_x
20348 && IT_CHARPOS (*it
) > 0)
20350 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
))
20351 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it
);
20352 it
->glyph_row
->truncated_on_left_p
= 1;
20355 it
->face_id
= saved_face_id
;
20357 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
20358 return it
->hpos
- hpos_at_start
;
20363 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1/2 if PROPVAL
20364 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
20365 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
20366 way, and return 1/2 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
20367 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit.
20368 The return value is 2 if the text is invisible but with an ellipsis
20369 and 1 if it's invisible and without an ellipsis. */
20372 invisible_p (propval
, list
)
20373 register Lisp_Object propval
;
20376 register Lisp_Object tail
, proptail
;
20378 for (tail
= list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
20380 register Lisp_Object tem
;
20382 if (EQ (propval
, tem
))
20384 if (CONSP (tem
) && EQ (propval
, XCAR (tem
)))
20385 return NILP (XCDR (tem
)) ? 1 : 2;
20388 if (CONSP (propval
))
20390 for (proptail
= propval
; CONSP (proptail
); proptail
= XCDR (proptail
))
20392 Lisp_Object propelt
;
20393 propelt
= XCAR (proptail
);
20394 for (tail
= list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
20396 register Lisp_Object tem
;
20398 if (EQ (propelt
, tem
))
20400 if (CONSP (tem
) && EQ (propelt
, XCAR (tem
)))
20401 return NILP (XCDR (tem
)) ? 1 : 2;
20409 DEFUN ("invisible-p", Finvisible_p
, Sinvisible_p
, 1, 1, 0,
20410 doc
: /* Non-nil if the property makes the text invisible.
20411 POS-OR-PROP can be a marker or number, in which case it is taken to be
20412 a position in the current buffer and the value of the `invisible' property
20413 is checked; or it can be some other value, which is then presumed to be the
20414 value of the `invisible' property of the text of interest.
20415 The non-nil value returned can be t for truly invisible text or something
20416 else if the text is replaced by an ellipsis. */)
20418 Lisp_Object pos_or_prop
;
20421 = (NATNUMP (pos_or_prop
) || MARKERP (pos_or_prop
)
20422 ? Fget_char_property (pos_or_prop
, Qinvisible
, Qnil
)
20424 int invis
= TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop
);
20425 return (invis
== 0 ? Qnil
20427 : make_number (invis
));
20430 /* Calculate a width or height in pixels from a specification using
20431 the following elements:
20434 NUM - a (fractional) multiple of the default font width/height
20435 (NUM) - specifies exactly NUM pixels
20436 UNIT - a fixed number of pixels, see below.
20437 ELEMENT - size of a display element in pixels, see below.
20438 (NUM . SPEC) - equals NUM * SPEC
20439 (+ SPEC SPEC ...) - add pixel values
20440 (- SPEC SPEC ...) - subtract pixel values
20441 (- SPEC) - negate pixel value
20444 INT or FLOAT - a number constant
20445 SYMBOL - use symbol's (buffer local) variable binding.
20448 in - pixels per inch *)
20449 mm - pixels per 1/1000 meter *)
20450 cm - pixels per 1/100 meter *)
20451 width - width of current font in pixels.
20452 height - height of current font in pixels.
20454 *) using the ratio(s) defined in display-pixels-per-inch.
20458 left-fringe - left fringe width in pixels
20459 right-fringe - right fringe width in pixels
20461 left-margin - left margin width in pixels
20462 right-margin - right margin width in pixels
20464 scroll-bar - scroll-bar area width in pixels
20468 Pixels corresponding to 5 inches:
20471 Total width of non-text areas on left side of window (if scroll-bar is on left):
20472 '(space :width (+ left-fringe left-margin scroll-bar))
20474 Align to first text column (in header line):
20475 '(space :align-to 0)
20477 Align to middle of text area minus half the width of variable `my-image'
20478 containing a loaded image:
20479 '(space :align-to (0.5 . (- text my-image)))
20481 Width of left margin minus width of 1 character in the default font:
20482 '(space :width (- left-margin 1))
20484 Width of left margin minus width of 2 characters in the current font:
20485 '(space :width (- left-margin (2 . width)))
20487 Center 1 character over left-margin (in header line):
20488 '(space :align-to (+ left-margin (0.5 . left-margin) -0.5))
20490 Different ways to express width of left fringe plus left margin minus one pixel:
20491 '(space :width (- (+ left-fringe left-margin) (1)))
20492 '(space :width (+ left-fringe left-margin (- (1))))
20493 '(space :width (+ left-fringe left-margin (-1)))
20497 #define NUMVAL(X) \
20498 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
20503 calc_pixel_width_or_height (res
, it
, prop
, font
, width_p
, align_to
)
20508 int width_p
, *align_to
;
20512 #define OK_PIXELS(val) ((*res = (double)(val)), 1)
20513 #define OK_ALIGN_TO(val) ((*align_to = (int)(val)), 1)
20516 return OK_PIXELS (0);
20518 xassert (FRAME_LIVE_P (it
->f
));
20520 if (SYMBOLP (prop
))
20522 if (SCHARS (SYMBOL_NAME (prop
)) == 2)
20524 char *unit
= SDATA (SYMBOL_NAME (prop
));
20526 if (unit
[0] == 'i' && unit
[1] == 'n')
20528 else if (unit
[0] == 'm' && unit
[1] == 'm')
20530 else if (unit
[0] == 'c' && unit
[1] == 'm')
20537 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
20538 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
20540 ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (it
->f
)->resx
20541 : FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (it
->f
)->resy
),
20543 return OK_PIXELS (ppi
/ pixels
);
20546 if ((ppi
= NUMVAL (Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
), ppi
> 0)
20547 || (CONSP (Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
)
20549 ? NUMVAL (XCAR (Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
))
20550 : NUMVAL (XCDR (Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
))),
20552 return OK_PIXELS (ppi
/ pixels
);
20558 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
20559 if (EQ (prop
, Qheight
))
20560 return OK_PIXELS (font
? FONT_HEIGHT (font
) : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
));
20561 if (EQ (prop
, Qwidth
))
20562 return OK_PIXELS (font
? FONT_WIDTH (font
) : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
->f
));
20564 if (EQ (prop
, Qheight
) || EQ (prop
, Qwidth
))
20565 return OK_PIXELS (1);
20568 if (EQ (prop
, Qtext
))
20569 return OK_PIXELS (width_p
20570 ? window_box_width (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
)
20571 : WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it
->w
));
20573 if (align_to
&& *align_to
< 0)
20576 if (EQ (prop
, Qleft
))
20577 return OK_ALIGN_TO (window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
));
20578 if (EQ (prop
, Qright
))
20579 return OK_ALIGN_TO (window_box_right_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
));
20580 if (EQ (prop
, Qcenter
))
20581 return OK_ALIGN_TO (window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
)
20582 + window_box_width (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
) / 2);
20583 if (EQ (prop
, Qleft_fringe
))
20584 return OK_ALIGN_TO (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (it
->w
)
20585 ? WINDOW_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (it
->w
)
20586 : window_box_right_offset (it
->w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
));
20587 if (EQ (prop
, Qright_fringe
))
20588 return OK_ALIGN_TO (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (it
->w
)
20589 ? window_box_right_offset (it
->w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
20590 : window_box_right_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
));
20591 if (EQ (prop
, Qleft_margin
))
20592 return OK_ALIGN_TO (window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
));
20593 if (EQ (prop
, Qright_margin
))
20594 return OK_ALIGN_TO (window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
));
20595 if (EQ (prop
, Qscroll_bar
))
20596 return OK_ALIGN_TO (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (it
->w
)
20598 : (window_box_right_offset (it
->w
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
)
20599 + (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (it
->w
)
20600 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (it
->w
)
20605 if (EQ (prop
, Qleft_fringe
))
20606 return OK_PIXELS (WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (it
->w
));
20607 if (EQ (prop
, Qright_fringe
))
20608 return OK_PIXELS (WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (it
->w
));
20609 if (EQ (prop
, Qleft_margin
))
20610 return OK_PIXELS (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_WIDTH (it
->w
));
20611 if (EQ (prop
, Qright_margin
))
20612 return OK_PIXELS (WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_WIDTH (it
->w
));
20613 if (EQ (prop
, Qscroll_bar
))
20614 return OK_PIXELS (WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (it
->w
));
20617 prop
= Fbuffer_local_value (prop
, it
->w
->buffer
);
20620 if (INTEGERP (prop
) || FLOATP (prop
))
20622 int base_unit
= (width_p
20623 ? FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
->f
)
20624 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (it
->f
));
20625 return OK_PIXELS (XFLOATINT (prop
) * base_unit
);
20630 Lisp_Object car
= XCAR (prop
);
20631 Lisp_Object cdr
= XCDR (prop
);
20635 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
20636 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it
->f
)
20637 && valid_image_p (prop
))
20639 int id
= lookup_image (it
->f
, prop
);
20640 struct image
*img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, id
);
20642 return OK_PIXELS (width_p
? img
->width
: img
->height
);
20645 if (EQ (car
, Qplus
) || EQ (car
, Qminus
))
20651 while (CONSP (cdr
))
20653 if (!calc_pixel_width_or_height (&px
, it
, XCAR (cdr
),
20654 font
, width_p
, align_to
))
20657 pixels
= (EQ (car
, Qplus
) ? px
: -px
), first
= 0;
20662 if (EQ (car
, Qminus
))
20664 return OK_PIXELS (pixels
);
20667 car
= Fbuffer_local_value (car
, it
->w
->buffer
);
20670 if (INTEGERP (car
) || FLOATP (car
))
20673 pixels
= XFLOATINT (car
);
20675 return OK_PIXELS (pixels
);
20676 if (calc_pixel_width_or_height (&fact
, it
, cdr
,
20677 font
, width_p
, align_to
))
20678 return OK_PIXELS (pixels
* fact
);
20689 /***********************************************************************
20691 ***********************************************************************/
20693 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
20698 dump_glyph_string (s
)
20699 struct glyph_string
*s
;
20701 fprintf (stderr
, "glyph string\n");
20702 fprintf (stderr
, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
20703 s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->width
, s
->height
);
20704 fprintf (stderr
, " ybase = %d\n", s
->ybase
);
20705 fprintf (stderr
, " hl = %d\n", s
->hl
);
20706 fprintf (stderr
, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
20707 s
->left_overhang
, s
->right_overhang
);
20708 fprintf (stderr
, " nchars = %d\n", s
->nchars
);
20709 fprintf (stderr
, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
20710 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
);
20711 fprintf (stderr
, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
));
20712 fprintf (stderr
, " bg width = %d\n", s
->background_width
);
20715 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
20717 /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
20718 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
20719 init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
20720 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
20721 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
20722 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
20723 face-override for drawing S. */
20726 #define OPTIONAL_HDC(hdc) hdc,
20727 #define DECLARE_HDC(hdc) HDC hdc;
20728 #define ALLOCATE_HDC(hdc, f) hdc = get_frame_dc ((f))
20729 #define RELEASE_HDC(hdc, f) release_frame_dc ((f), (hdc))
20732 #ifndef OPTIONAL_HDC
20733 #define OPTIONAL_HDC(hdc)
20734 #define DECLARE_HDC(hdc)
20735 #define ALLOCATE_HDC(hdc, f)
20736 #define RELEASE_HDC(hdc, f)
20740 init_glyph_string (s
, OPTIONAL_HDC (hdc
) char2b
, w
, row
, area
, start
, hl
)
20741 struct glyph_string
*s
;
20745 struct glyph_row
*row
;
20746 enum glyph_row_area area
;
20748 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
20750 bzero (s
, sizeof *s
);
20752 s
->f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
20756 s
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (s
->f
);
20757 s
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (s
->f
);
20758 s
->char2b
= char2b
;
20762 s
->first_glyph
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + start
;
20763 s
->height
= row
->height
;
20764 s
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
20765 s
->ybase
= s
->y
+ row
->ascent
;
20769 /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
20770 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
20773 append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
20774 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
20775 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
20789 /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
20790 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
20794 prepend_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
20795 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
20796 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
20810 /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
20811 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
20814 append_glyph_string (head
, tail
, s
)
20815 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
20816 struct glyph_string
*s
;
20818 s
->next
= s
->prev
= NULL
;
20819 append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, s
, s
);
20823 /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
20824 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
20825 means we want to display multibyte text. DISPLAY_P non-zero means
20826 make sure that X resources for the face returned are allocated.
20827 Value is a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display if
20828 DISPLAY_P is non-zero. */
20830 static INLINE
struct face
*
20831 get_char_face_and_encoding (f
, c
, face_id
, char2b
, multibyte_p
, display_p
)
20835 int multibyte_p
, display_p
;
20837 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
20841 unsigned code
= face
->font
->driver
->encode_char (face
->font
, c
);
20843 if (code
!= FONT_INVALID_CODE
)
20844 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, (code
>> 8), (code
& 0xFF));
20846 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, 0);
20849 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
20850 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
20854 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
20855 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
20862 /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
20863 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
20864 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
20866 static INLINE
struct face
*
20867 get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, char2b
, two_byte_p
)
20869 struct glyph
*glyph
;
20875 xassert (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
);
20876 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, glyph
->face_id
);
20883 unsigned code
= face
->font
->driver
->encode_char (face
->font
, glyph
->u
.ch
);
20885 if (code
!= FONT_INVALID_CODE
)
20886 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, (code
>> 8), (code
& 0xFF));
20888 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, 0);
20891 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
20892 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
20893 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
20898 /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp.
20900 BASE_FACE is the base face of the composition.
20901 S->cmp_from is the index of the first component for S.
20903 OVERLAPS non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and use
20904 its physical height for clipping. See also draw_glyphs.
20906 Value is the index of a component not in S. */
20909 fill_composite_glyph_string (s
, base_face
, overlaps
)
20910 struct glyph_string
*s
;
20911 struct face
*base_face
;
20915 /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset
20916 S->cmp_from, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a
20917 glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */
20922 s
->for_overlaps
= overlaps
;
20925 for (i
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
20927 int c
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, i
);
20931 int face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, base_face
->ascii_face
, c
,
20934 face
= get_char_face_and_encoding (s
->f
, c
, face_id
,
20935 s
->char2b
+ i
, 1, 1);
20941 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
20943 else if (s
->face
!= face
)
20951 /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width,
20952 i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */
20953 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
20955 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
20956 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
20957 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
20958 characters of the glyph string. */
20959 if (s
->font
== NULL
)
20961 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
20962 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
20965 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
20966 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
20968 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
20975 fill_gstring_glyph_string (s
, face_id
, start
, end
, overlaps
)
20976 struct glyph_string
*s
;
20978 int start
, end
, overlaps
;
20980 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
20981 Lisp_Object lgstring
;
20984 s
->for_overlaps
= overlaps
;
20985 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
20986 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
20987 s
->cmp_id
= glyph
->u
.cmp
.id
;
20988 s
->cmp_from
= glyph
->u
.cmp
.from
;
20989 s
->cmp_to
= glyph
->u
.cmp
.to
+ 1;
20990 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
20991 lgstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
20992 s
->font
= XFONT_OBJECT (LGSTRING_FONT (lgstring
));
20994 while (glyph
< last
20995 && glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
20996 && glyph
->u
.cmp
.id
== s
->cmp_id
20997 && s
->cmp_to
== glyph
->u
.cmp
.from
)
20998 s
->cmp_to
= (glyph
++)->u
.cmp
.to
+ 1;
21000 for (i
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
21002 Lisp_Object lglyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (lgstring
, i
);
21003 unsigned code
= LGLYPH_CODE (lglyph
);
21005 STORE_XCHAR2B ((s
->char2b
+ i
), code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
21007 s
->width
= composition_gstring_width (lgstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, NULL
);
21008 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
21012 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs.
21014 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
21015 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
21016 OVERLAPS non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and use
21017 its physical height for clipping. See also draw_glyphs.
21019 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
21022 fill_glyph_string (s
, face_id
, start
, end
, overlaps
)
21023 struct glyph_string
*s
;
21025 int start
, end
, overlaps
;
21027 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
21029 int glyph_not_available_p
;
21031 xassert (s
->f
== XFRAME (s
->w
->frame
));
21032 xassert (s
->nchars
== 0);
21033 xassert (start
>= 0 && end
> start
);
21035 s
->for_overlaps
= overlaps
;
21036 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
21037 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
21038 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
21039 s
->padding_p
= glyph
->padding_p
;
21040 glyph_not_available_p
= glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
;
21042 while (glyph
< last
21043 && glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
21044 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
21045 /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */
21046 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
21047 && glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
== glyph_not_available_p
)
21051 s
->face
= get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s
->f
, glyph
,
21052 s
->char2b
+ s
->nchars
,
21054 s
->two_byte_p
= two_byte_p
;
21056 xassert (s
->nchars
<= end
- start
);
21057 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
21058 if (glyph
++->padding_p
!= s
->padding_p
)
21062 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
21064 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
21065 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
21066 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
21067 characters of the glyph string. */
21068 if (s
->font
== NULL
|| glyph_not_available_p
)
21070 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
21071 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
21074 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
21075 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
21077 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
21078 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
21082 /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
21085 fill_image_glyph_string (s
)
21086 struct glyph_string
*s
;
21088 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
);
21089 s
->img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.img_id
);
21091 s
->slice
= s
->first_glyph
->slice
;
21092 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->face_id
);
21093 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
21094 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
21096 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
21097 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
21101 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs.
21103 ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the
21104 area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to
21105 consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
21107 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
21110 fill_stretch_glyph_string (s
, row
, area
, start
, end
)
21111 struct glyph_string
*s
;
21112 struct glyph_row
*row
;
21113 enum glyph_row_area area
;
21116 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
21117 int voffset
, face_id
;
21119 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
21121 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
21122 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
21123 face_id
= glyph
->face_id
;
21124 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
21125 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
21126 s
->width
= glyph
->pixel_width
;
21128 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
21132 && glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
21133 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
21134 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
);
21136 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
21138 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
21139 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
21141 /* The case that face->gc == 0 is handled when drawing the glyph
21142 string by calling PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY. */
21144 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
21147 static struct font_metrics
*
21148 get_per_char_metric (f
, font
, char2b
)
21153 static struct font_metrics metrics
;
21154 unsigned code
= (XCHAR2B_BYTE1 (char2b
) << 8) | XCHAR2B_BYTE2 (char2b
);
21156 if (! font
|| code
== FONT_INVALID_CODE
)
21158 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, &code
, 1, &metrics
);
21163 Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
21164 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are
21165 assumed to be zero. */
21168 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph
, f
, left
, right
)
21169 struct glyph
*glyph
;
21173 *left
= *right
= 0;
21175 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
21179 struct font_metrics
*pcm
;
21181 face
= get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, &char2b
, NULL
);
21182 if (face
->font
&& (pcm
= get_per_char_metric (f
, face
->font
, &char2b
)))
21184 if (pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
)
21185 *right
= pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->width
;
21186 if (pcm
->lbearing
< 0)
21187 *left
= -pcm
->lbearing
;
21190 else if (glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
)
21192 if (! glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
21194 struct composition
*cmp
= composition_table
[glyph
->u
.cmp
.id
];
21196 if (cmp
->rbearing
> cmp
->pixel_width
)
21197 *right
= cmp
->rbearing
- cmp
->pixel_width
;
21198 if (cmp
->lbearing
< 0)
21199 *left
= - cmp
->lbearing
;
21203 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (glyph
->u
.cmp
.id
);
21204 struct font_metrics metrics
;
21206 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, glyph
->u
.cmp
.from
,
21207 glyph
->u
.cmp
.to
+ 1, &metrics
);
21208 if (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
)
21209 *right
= metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
;
21210 if (metrics
.lbearing
< 0)
21211 *left
= - metrics
.lbearing
;
21217 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
21218 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
21219 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
21222 left_overwritten (s
)
21223 struct glyph_string
*s
;
21227 if (s
->left_overhang
)
21230 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
21231 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
21233 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0 && x
> -s
->left_overhang
; --i
)
21234 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
21245 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
21246 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
21247 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
21250 left_overwriting (s
)
21251 struct glyph_string
*s
;
21254 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
21255 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
21259 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
21262 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
21265 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
21272 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
21273 overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
21274 no such glyph is found. */
21277 right_overwritten (s
)
21278 struct glyph_string
*s
;
21282 if (s
->right_overhang
)
21285 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
21286 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
21287 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
21289 for (i
= first
; i
< end
&& s
->right_overhang
> x
; ++i
)
21290 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
21299 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
21300 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
21301 if no such glyph is found. */
21304 right_overwriting (s
)
21305 struct glyph_string
*s
;
21308 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
21309 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
21310 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
21314 for (i
= first
; i
< end
; ++i
)
21317 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
21320 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
21327 /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
21328 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
21329 in the drawing area. */
21332 set_glyph_string_background_width (s
, start
, last_x
)
21333 struct glyph_string
*s
;
21337 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
21338 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
21340 if (start
== s
->row
->used
[s
->area
]
21341 && s
->area
== TEXT_AREA
21342 && ((s
->row
->fill_line_p
21343 && (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
21344 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
21345 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
))
21346 || s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
))
21347 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
= 1;
21349 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
21350 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
21352 if (s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
)
21353 s
->background_width
= last_x
- s
->x
+ 1;
21355 s
->background_width
= s
->width
;
21359 /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
21360 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
21361 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
21364 compute_overhangs_and_x (s
, x
, backward_p
)
21365 struct glyph_string
*s
;
21373 if (FRAME_RIF (s
->f
)->compute_glyph_string_overhangs
)
21374 FRAME_RIF (s
->f
)->compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
21384 if (FRAME_RIF (s
->f
)->compute_glyph_string_overhangs
)
21385 FRAME_RIF (s
->f
)->compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
21395 /* The following macros are only called from draw_glyphs below.
21396 They reference the following parameters of that function directly:
21397 `w', `row', `area', and `overlap_p'
21398 as well as the following local variables:
21399 `s', `f', and `hdc' (in W32) */
21402 /* On W32, silently add local `hdc' variable to argument list of
21403 init_glyph_string. */
21404 #define INIT_GLYPH_STRING(s, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl) \
21405 init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl)
21407 #define INIT_GLYPH_STRING(s, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl) \
21408 init_glyph_string (s, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl)
21411 /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
21412 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
21413 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
21414 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
21415 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
21416 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
21417 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
21419 /* SunOS 4 bundled cc, barfed on continuations in the arg lists here
21420 and below -- keep them on one line. */
21421 #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
21424 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
21425 INIT_GLYPH_STRING (s, NULL, w, row, area, START, HL); \
21426 START = fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, row, area, START, END); \
21427 append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
21433 /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
21434 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
21435 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
21436 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
21437 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
21438 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
21439 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
21441 #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
21444 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
21445 INIT_GLYPH_STRING (s, NULL, w, row, area, START, HL); \
21446 fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
21447 append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
21454 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
21455 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
21456 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
21457 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
21458 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
21459 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
21460 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
21461 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
21463 #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
21469 face_id = (row)->glyphs[area][START].face_id; \
21471 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
21472 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
21473 INIT_GLYPH_STRING (s, char2b, w, row, area, START, HL); \
21474 append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
21476 START = fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, overlaps); \
21481 /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings
21482 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in
21483 row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph
21484 string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area.
21485 X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string
21486 constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is
21487 DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most
21488 x-position of the drawing area. */
21490 #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
21492 int face_id = (row)->glyphs[area][START].face_id; \
21493 struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id); \
21494 int cmp_id = (row)->glyphs[area][START].u.cmp.id; \
21495 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \
21497 struct glyph_string *first_s; \
21500 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * cmp->glyph_len); \
21502 /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \
21503 the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \
21504 for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \
21506 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
21507 INIT_GLYPH_STRING (s, char2b, w, row, area, START, HL); \
21508 append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
21514 n = fill_composite_glyph_string (s, base_face, overlaps); \
21522 /* Add a glyph string for a glyph-string sequence to the list of strings
21523 between HEAD and TAIL. */
21525 #define BUILD_GSTRING_GLYPH_STRING(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
21529 Lisp_Object gstring; \
21531 face_id = (row)->glyphs[area][START].face_id; \
21532 gstring = (composition_gstring_from_id \
21533 ((row)->glyphs[area][START].u.cmp.id)); \
21534 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
21535 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) \
21536 * LGSTRING_GLYPH_LEN (gstring)); \
21537 INIT_GLYPH_STRING (s, char2b, w, row, area, START, HL); \
21538 append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
21540 START = fill_gstring_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, overlaps); \
21544 /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
21545 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
21546 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
21547 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
21548 x-positions of the drawing area.
21550 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
21551 to allocate glyph strings (because draw_glyphs can be called
21552 asynchronously). */
21554 #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
21557 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
21558 while (START < END) \
21560 struct glyph *first_glyph = (row)->glyphs[area] + START; \
21561 switch (first_glyph->type) \
21564 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
21568 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \
21569 if (first_glyph->u.cmp.automatic) \
21570 BUILD_GSTRING_GLYPH_STRING (START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
21573 BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
21577 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
21578 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
21582 case IMAGE_GLYPH: \
21583 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (START, END, HEAD, TAIL, \
21593 set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
21600 /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
21601 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
21602 face-override with the following meaning:
21604 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
21605 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
21606 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
21607 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
21608 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
21609 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
21611 If OVERLAPS is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters and
21612 clip to the physical height of ROW. Non-zero value also defines
21613 the overlapping part to be drawn:
21615 OVERLAPS_PRED overlap with preceding rows
21616 OVERLAPS_SUCC overlap with succeeding rows
21617 OVERLAPS_BOTH overlap with both preceding/succeeding rows
21618 OVERLAPS_ERASED_CURSOR overlap with erased cursor area
21620 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
21623 draw_glyphs (w
, x
, row
, area
, start
, end
, hl
, overlaps
)
21626 struct glyph_row
*row
;
21627 enum glyph_row_area area
;
21628 EMACS_INT start
, end
;
21629 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
21632 struct glyph_string
*head
, *tail
;
21633 struct glyph_string
*s
;
21634 struct glyph_string
*clip_head
= NULL
, *clip_tail
= NULL
;
21635 int i
, j
, x_reached
, last_x
, area_left
= 0;
21636 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
21639 ALLOCATE_HDC (hdc
, f
);
21641 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
21642 end
= min (end
, row
->used
[area
]);
21643 start
= max (0, start
);
21644 start
= min (end
, start
);
21646 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
21647 end of the drawing area. */
21648 if (row
->full_width_p
)
21650 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
21652 area_left
= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
);
21653 last_x
= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
) + WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w
);
21657 area_left
= window_box_left (w
, area
);
21658 last_x
= area_left
+ window_box_width (w
, area
);
21662 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
21663 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
21664 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
21665 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
21667 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (i
, end
, head
, tail
, hl
, x
, last_x
);
21669 x_reached
= tail
->x
+ tail
->background_width
;
21673 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
21674 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
21675 strings built above. */
21676 if (head
&& !overlaps
&& row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
)
21678 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
21679 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
21680 int mouse_beg_col
, mouse_end_col
, check_mouse_face
= 0;
21683 /* If mouse highlighting is on, we may need to draw adjacent
21684 glyphs using mouse-face highlighting. */
21685 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
&& row
->mouse_face_p
)
21687 struct glyph_row
*mouse_beg_row
, *mouse_end_row
;
21689 mouse_beg_row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
);
21690 mouse_end_row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
);
21692 if (row
>= mouse_beg_row
&& row
<= mouse_end_row
)
21694 check_mouse_face
= 1;
21695 mouse_beg_col
= (row
== mouse_beg_row
)
21696 ? dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
: 0;
21697 mouse_end_col
= (row
== mouse_end_row
)
21698 ? dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
21699 : row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
21703 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
21704 if (FRAME_RIF (f
)->compute_glyph_string_overhangs
)
21705 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
21706 FRAME_RIF (f
)->compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
21708 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
21709 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
21710 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
21711 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
21713 i
= left_overwritten (head
);
21716 enum draw_glyphs_face overlap_hl
;
21718 /* If this row contains mouse highlighting, attempt to draw
21719 the overlapped glyphs with the correct highlight. This
21720 code fails if the overlap encompasses more than one glyph
21721 and mouse-highlight spans only some of these glyphs.
21722 However, making it work perfectly involves a lot more
21723 code, and I don't know if the pathological case occurs in
21724 practice, so we'll stick to this for now. --- cyd */
21725 if (check_mouse_face
21726 && mouse_beg_col
< start
&& mouse_end_col
> i
)
21727 overlap_hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
21729 overlap_hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
21732 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (j
, start
, h
, t
,
21733 overlap_hl
, dummy_x
, last_x
);
21735 compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
21736 prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
21740 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
21741 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
21742 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
21743 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
21744 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
21745 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
21747 i
= left_overwriting (head
);
21750 enum draw_glyphs_face overlap_hl
;
21752 if (check_mouse_face
21753 && mouse_beg_col
< start
&& mouse_end_col
> i
)
21754 overlap_hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
21756 overlap_hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
21759 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (i
, start
, h
, t
,
21760 overlap_hl
, dummy_x
, last_x
);
21761 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
21762 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
21763 compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
21764 prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
21767 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
21768 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
21769 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
21771 i
= right_overwritten (tail
);
21774 enum draw_glyphs_face overlap_hl
;
21776 if (check_mouse_face
21777 && mouse_beg_col
< i
&& mouse_end_col
> end
)
21778 overlap_hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
21780 overlap_hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
21782 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (end
, i
, h
, t
,
21783 overlap_hl
, x
, last_x
);
21784 /* Because BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS updates the first argument,
21785 we don't have `end = i;' here. */
21786 compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
21787 append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
21791 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
21792 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
21793 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
21794 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
21795 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
21796 i
= right_overwriting (tail
);
21799 enum draw_glyphs_face overlap_hl
;
21800 if (check_mouse_face
21801 && mouse_beg_col
< i
&& mouse_end_col
> end
)
21802 overlap_hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
21804 overlap_hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
21807 i
++; /* We must include the Ith glyph. */
21808 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (end
, i
, h
, t
,
21809 overlap_hl
, x
, last_x
);
21810 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
21811 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
21812 compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
21813 append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
21815 if (clip_head
|| clip_tail
)
21816 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
21818 s
->clip_head
= clip_head
;
21819 s
->clip_tail
= clip_tail
;
21823 /* Draw all strings. */
21824 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
21825 FRAME_RIF (f
)->draw_glyph_string (s
);
21828 /* When focus a sole frame and move horizontally, this sets on_p to 0
21829 causing a failure to erase prev cursor position. */
21830 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
21831 && !row
->full_width_p
21832 /* When drawing overlapping rows, only the glyph strings'
21833 foreground is drawn, which doesn't erase a cursor
21837 int x0
= clip_head
? clip_head
->x
: (head
? head
->x
: x
);
21838 int x1
= (clip_tail
? clip_tail
->x
+ clip_tail
->background_width
21839 : (tail
? tail
->x
+ tail
->background_width
: x
));
21843 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, TEXT_AREA
, x0
, x1
,
21844 row
->y
, MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
));
21848 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
21849 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
21850 if (row
->full_width_p
)
21851 x_reached
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, x_reached
);
21853 x_reached
-= area_left
;
21855 RELEASE_HDC (hdc
, f
);
21860 /* Expand row matrix if too narrow. Don't expand if area
21863 #define IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH(it, area) \
21865 if (!fonts_changed_p \
21866 && (it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] \
21867 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])) \
21869 it->w->ncols_scale_factor++; \
21870 fonts_changed_p = 1; \
21874 /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
21875 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
21881 struct glyph
*glyph
;
21882 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
21884 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
21885 xassert (it
->char_to_display
!= '\n' && it
->char_to_display
!= '\t');
21887 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
21888 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
21890 /* If the glyph row is reversed, we need to prepend the glyph
21891 rather than append it. */
21892 if (it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
&& area
== TEXT_AREA
)
21896 /* Make room for the additional glyph. */
21897 for (g
= glyph
- 1; g
>= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
]; g
--)
21899 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
];
21901 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
21902 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
21903 if (it
->pixel_width
> 0)
21905 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
21906 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
21910 /* Assure at least 1-pixel width. Otherwise, cursor can't
21911 be displayed correctly. */
21912 glyph
->pixel_width
= 1;
21913 glyph
->padding_p
= 1;
21915 glyph
->ascent
= it
->ascent
;
21916 glyph
->descent
= it
->descent
;
21917 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
21918 glyph
->type
= CHAR_GLYPH
;
21919 glyph
->avoid_cursor_p
= it
->avoid_cursor_p
;
21920 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
21921 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
21922 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
21923 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
21924 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
21925 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= it
->glyph_not_available_p
;
21926 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
21927 glyph
->u
.ch
= it
->char_to_display
;
21928 glyph
->slice
= null_glyph_slice
;
21929 glyph
->font_type
= FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
21932 glyph
->resolved_level
= it
->bidi_it
.resolved_level
;
21933 if ((it
->bidi_it
.type
& 7) != it
->bidi_it
.type
)
21935 glyph
->bidi_type
= it
->bidi_it
.type
;
21939 glyph
->resolved_level
= 0;
21940 glyph
->bidi_type
= UNKNOWN_BT
;
21942 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
21945 IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH (it
, area
);
21948 /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_it.id in
21949 IT->glyph_row. Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is
21953 append_composite_glyph (it
)
21956 struct glyph
*glyph
;
21957 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
21959 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
21961 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
21962 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
21964 /* If the glyph row is reversed, we need to prepend the glyph
21965 rather than append it. */
21966 if (it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
&& it
->area
== TEXT_AREA
)
21970 /* Make room for the new glyph. */
21971 for (g
= glyph
- 1; g
>= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[it
->area
]; g
--)
21973 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[it
->area
];
21975 glyph
->charpos
= it
->cmp_it
.charpos
;
21976 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
21977 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
21978 glyph
->ascent
= it
->ascent
;
21979 glyph
->descent
= it
->descent
;
21980 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
21981 glyph
->type
= COMPOSITE_GLYPH
;
21982 if (it
->cmp_it
.ch
< 0)
21984 glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
= 0;
21985 glyph
->u
.cmp
.id
= it
->cmp_it
.id
;
21989 glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
= 1;
21990 glyph
->u
.cmp
.id
= it
->cmp_it
.id
;
21991 glyph
->u
.cmp
.from
= it
->cmp_it
.from
;
21992 glyph
->u
.cmp
.to
= it
->cmp_it
.to
- 1;
21994 glyph
->avoid_cursor_p
= it
->avoid_cursor_p
;
21995 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
21996 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
21997 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
21998 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
21999 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
22000 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
22001 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
22002 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
22003 glyph
->slice
= null_glyph_slice
;
22004 glyph
->font_type
= FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
22007 glyph
->resolved_level
= it
->bidi_it
.resolved_level
;
22008 if ((it
->bidi_it
.type
& 7) != it
->bidi_it
.type
)
22010 glyph
->bidi_type
= it
->bidi_it
.type
;
22012 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
22015 IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH (it
, area
);
22019 /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
22023 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
)
22028 if (it
->voffset
< 0)
22029 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
22031 it
->ascent
-= it
->voffset
;
22033 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
22035 it
->descent
+= it
->voffset
;
22040 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
22041 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
22042 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
22045 produce_image_glyph (it
)
22050 int glyph_ascent
, crop
;
22051 struct glyph_slice slice
;
22053 xassert (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
);
22055 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
22057 /* Make sure X resources of the face is loaded. */
22058 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
22060 if (it
->image_id
< 0)
22062 /* Fringe bitmap. */
22063 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= 0;
22064 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= 0;
22065 it
->pixel_width
= 0;
22070 img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->image_id
);
22072 /* Make sure X resources of the image is loaded. */
22073 prepare_image_for_display (it
->f
, img
);
22075 slice
.x
= slice
.y
= 0;
22076 slice
.width
= img
->width
;
22077 slice
.height
= img
->height
;
22079 if (INTEGERP (it
->slice
.x
))
22080 slice
.x
= XINT (it
->slice
.x
);
22081 else if (FLOATP (it
->slice
.x
))
22082 slice
.x
= XFLOAT_DATA (it
->slice
.x
) * img
->width
;
22084 if (INTEGERP (it
->slice
.y
))
22085 slice
.y
= XINT (it
->slice
.y
);
22086 else if (FLOATP (it
->slice
.y
))
22087 slice
.y
= XFLOAT_DATA (it
->slice
.y
) * img
->height
;
22089 if (INTEGERP (it
->slice
.width
))
22090 slice
.width
= XINT (it
->slice
.width
);
22091 else if (FLOATP (it
->slice
.width
))
22092 slice
.width
= XFLOAT_DATA (it
->slice
.width
) * img
->width
;
22094 if (INTEGERP (it
->slice
.height
))
22095 slice
.height
= XINT (it
->slice
.height
);
22096 else if (FLOATP (it
->slice
.height
))
22097 slice
.height
= XFLOAT_DATA (it
->slice
.height
) * img
->height
;
22099 if (slice
.x
>= img
->width
)
22100 slice
.x
= img
->width
;
22101 if (slice
.y
>= img
->height
)
22102 slice
.y
= img
->height
;
22103 if (slice
.x
+ slice
.width
>= img
->width
)
22104 slice
.width
= img
->width
- slice
.x
;
22105 if (slice
.y
+ slice
.height
> img
->height
)
22106 slice
.height
= img
->height
- slice
.y
;
22108 if (slice
.width
== 0 || slice
.height
== 0)
22111 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= glyph_ascent
= image_ascent (img
, face
, &slice
);
22113 it
->descent
= slice
.height
- glyph_ascent
;
22115 it
->descent
+= img
->vmargin
;
22116 if (slice
.y
+ slice
.height
== img
->height
)
22117 it
->descent
+= img
->vmargin
;
22118 it
->phys_descent
= it
->descent
;
22120 it
->pixel_width
= slice
.width
;
22122 it
->pixel_width
+= img
->hmargin
;
22123 if (slice
.x
+ slice
.width
== img
->width
)
22124 it
->pixel_width
+= img
->hmargin
;
22126 /* It's quite possible for images to have an ascent greater than
22127 their height, so don't get confused in that case. */
22128 if (it
->descent
< 0)
22133 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
22135 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
22138 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
22139 if (slice
.y
+ slice
.height
== img
->height
)
22140 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
22143 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
&& slice
.x
== 0)
22144 it
->pixel_width
+= eabs (face
->box_line_width
);
22145 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
&& slice
.x
+ slice
.width
== img
->width
)
22146 it
->pixel_width
+= eabs (face
->box_line_width
);
22149 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
22151 /* Automatically crop wide image glyphs at right edge so we can
22152 draw the cursor on same display row. */
22153 if ((crop
= it
->pixel_width
- (it
->last_visible_x
- it
->current_x
), crop
> 0)
22154 && (it
->hpos
== 0 || it
->pixel_width
> it
->last_visible_x
/ 4))
22156 it
->pixel_width
-= crop
;
22157 slice
.width
-= crop
;
22162 struct glyph
*glyph
;
22163 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
22165 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
22166 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
22168 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
22169 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
22170 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
22171 glyph
->ascent
= glyph_ascent
;
22172 glyph
->descent
= it
->descent
;
22173 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
22174 glyph
->type
= IMAGE_GLYPH
;
22175 glyph
->avoid_cursor_p
= it
->avoid_cursor_p
;
22176 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
22177 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
22178 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
22179 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
22180 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
22181 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
22182 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
22183 glyph
->u
.img_id
= img
->id
;
22184 glyph
->slice
= slice
;
22185 glyph
->font_type
= FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
22188 glyph
->resolved_level
= it
->bidi_it
.resolved_level
;
22189 if ((it
->bidi_it
.type
& 7) != it
->bidi_it
.type
)
22191 glyph
->bidi_type
= it
->bidi_it
.type
;
22193 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
22196 IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH (it
, area
);
22201 /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
22202 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
22203 stretch. ASCENT is the ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= HEIGHT). */
22206 append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
)
22208 Lisp_Object object
;
22212 struct glyph
*glyph
;
22213 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
22215 xassert (ascent
>= 0 && ascent
<= height
);
22217 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
22218 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
22220 /* If the glyph row is reversed, we need to prepend the glyph
22221 rather than append it. */
22222 if (it
->glyph_row
->reversed_p
&& area
== TEXT_AREA
)
22226 /* Make room for the additional glyph. */
22227 for (g
= glyph
- 1; g
>= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
]; g
--)
22229 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
];
22231 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
22232 glyph
->object
= object
;
22233 glyph
->pixel_width
= width
;
22234 glyph
->ascent
= ascent
;
22235 glyph
->descent
= height
- ascent
;
22236 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
22237 glyph
->type
= STRETCH_GLYPH
;
22238 glyph
->avoid_cursor_p
= it
->avoid_cursor_p
;
22239 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
22240 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
22241 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
22242 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
22243 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
22244 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
22245 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
22246 glyph
->u
.stretch
.ascent
= ascent
;
22247 glyph
->u
.stretch
.height
= height
;
22248 glyph
->slice
= null_glyph_slice
;
22249 glyph
->font_type
= FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
22252 glyph
->resolved_level
= it
->bidi_it
.resolved_level
;
22253 if ((it
->bidi_it
.type
& 7) != it
->bidi_it
.type
)
22255 glyph
->bidi_type
= it
->bidi_it
.type
;
22259 glyph
->resolved_level
= 0;
22260 glyph
->bidi_type
= UNKNOWN_BT
;
22262 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
22265 IT_EXPAND_MATRIX_WIDTH (it
, area
);
22269 /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
22270 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
22271 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
22274 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
22275 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
22278 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
22279 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
22280 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
22282 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
22283 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
22285 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
22287 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
22288 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
22290 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the
22291 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
22292 the glyph property.
22294 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
22296 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
22297 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
22298 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
22301 produce_stretch_glyph (it
)
22304 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT ...) */
22305 Lisp_Object prop
, plist
;
22306 int width
= 0, height
= 0, align_to
= -1;
22307 int zero_width_ok_p
= 0, zero_height_ok_p
= 0;
22310 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
22311 struct font
*font
= face
->font
? face
->font
: FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
22313 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
22315 /* List should start with `space'. */
22316 xassert (CONSP (it
->object
) && EQ (XCAR (it
->object
), Qspace
));
22317 plist
= XCDR (it
->object
);
22319 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
22320 if ((prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCwidth
), !NILP (prop
))
22321 && calc_pixel_width_or_height (&tem
, it
, prop
, font
, 1, 0))
22323 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
22324 zero_width_ok_p
= 1;
22327 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_width
),
22330 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
22331 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
22334 unsigned char *p
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
22337 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
22339 int maxlen
= ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) >= GPT
? ZV
: GPT
)
22340 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
22341 it2
.c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p
, it2
.len
);
22344 it2
.c
= *p
, it2
.len
= 1;
22346 it2
.glyph_row
= NULL
;
22347 it2
.what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
22348 x_produce_glyphs (&it2
);
22349 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * it2
.pixel_width
;
22351 else if ((prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCalign_to
), !NILP (prop
))
22352 && calc_pixel_width_or_height (&tem
, it
, prop
, font
, 1, &align_to
))
22354 if (it
->glyph_row
== NULL
|| !it
->glyph_row
->mode_line_p
)
22355 align_to
= (align_to
< 0
22357 : align_to
- window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
));
22358 else if (align_to
< 0)
22359 align_to
= window_box_left_offset (it
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
22360 width
= max (0, (int)tem
+ align_to
- it
->current_x
);
22361 zero_width_ok_p
= 1;
22364 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
22365 width
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (it
->f
);
22367 if (width
<= 0 && (width
< 0 || !zero_width_ok_p
))
22370 /* Compute height. */
22371 if ((prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCheight
), !NILP (prop
))
22372 && calc_pixel_width_or_height (&tem
, it
, prop
, font
, 0, 0))
22375 zero_height_ok_p
= 1;
22377 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_height
),
22379 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
) * NUMVAL (prop
);
22381 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
22383 if (height
<= 0 && (height
< 0 || !zero_height_ok_p
))
22386 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
22387 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
22388 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
22389 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCascent
),
22390 NUMVAL (prop
) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop
) <= 100)
22391 ascent
= height
* NUMVAL (prop
) / 100.0;
22392 else if (!NILP (prop
)
22393 && calc_pixel_width_or_height (&tem
, it
, prop
, font
, 0, 0))
22394 ascent
= min (max (0, (int)tem
), height
);
22396 ascent
= (height
* FONT_BASE (font
)) / FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
22398 if (width
> 0 && it
->line_wrap
!= TRUNCATE
22399 && it
->current_x
+ width
> it
->last_visible_x
)
22400 width
= it
->last_visible_x
- it
->current_x
- 1;
22402 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0 && it
->glyph_row
)
22404 Lisp_Object object
= it
->stack
[it
->sp
- 1].string
;
22405 if (!STRINGP (object
))
22406 object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
22407 append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
);
22410 it
->pixel_width
= width
;
22411 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= ascent
;
22412 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= height
- it
->ascent
;
22413 it
->nglyphs
= width
> 0 && height
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
22415 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
22418 /* Calculate line-height and line-spacing properties.
22419 An integer value specifies explicit pixel value.
22420 A float value specifies relative value to current face height.
22421 A cons (float . face-name) specifies relative value to
22422 height of specified face font.
22424 Returns height in pixels, or nil. */
22428 calc_line_height_property (it
, val
, font
, boff
, override
)
22432 int boff
, override
;
22434 Lisp_Object face_name
= Qnil
;
22435 int ascent
, descent
, height
;
22437 if (NILP (val
) || INTEGERP (val
) || (override
&& EQ (val
, Qt
)))
22442 face_name
= XCAR (val
);
22444 if (!NUMBERP (val
))
22445 val
= make_number (1);
22446 if (NILP (face_name
))
22448 height
= it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
;
22453 if (NILP (face_name
))
22455 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
22456 boff
= FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (it
->f
);
22458 else if (EQ (face_name
, Qt
))
22467 face_id
= lookup_named_face (it
->f
, face_name
, 0);
22469 return make_number (-1);
22471 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
22474 return make_number (-1);
22475 boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
22476 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
22477 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
22480 ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
22481 descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
22485 it
->override_ascent
= ascent
;
22486 it
->override_descent
= descent
;
22487 it
->override_boff
= boff
;
22490 height
= ascent
+ descent
;
22494 height
= (int)(XFLOAT_DATA (val
) * height
);
22495 else if (INTEGERP (val
))
22496 height
*= XINT (val
);
22498 return make_number (height
);
22503 Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
22504 loaded with. See the description of struct it in dispextern.h
22505 for an overview of struct it. */
22508 x_produce_glyphs (it
)
22511 int extra_line_spacing
= it
->extra_line_spacing
;
22513 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
22515 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
)
22519 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
22520 struct font_metrics
*pcm
;
22521 int font_not_found_p
;
22522 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
22523 /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte
22524 conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it
22527 Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in
22528 struct glyph because the character code itself tells whether
22529 or not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we
22530 must consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the
22532 int saved_multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
22534 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the
22536 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
22537 if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it
->c
)
22538 && ! it
->multibyte_p
)
22540 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
22541 && unibyte_display_via_language_environment
)
22543 struct charset
*unibyte
= CHARSET_FROM_ID (charset_unibyte
);
22545 /* get_next_display_element assures that this decoding
22547 it
->char_to_display
= DECODE_CHAR (unibyte
, it
->c
);
22548 it
->multibyte_p
= 1;
22549 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
,
22551 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
22555 /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
22556 get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, it
->char_to_display
, it
->face_id
,
22557 &char2b
, it
->multibyte_p
, 0);
22560 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
22561 if (font_not_found_p
)
22563 /* When no suitable font found, display an empty box based
22564 on the metrics of the font of the default face (or what
22566 struct face
*no_font_face
22567 = FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
,
22568 NILP (Vface_remapping_alist
) ? DEFAULT_FACE_ID
22569 : lookup_basic_face (it
->f
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
));
22570 font
= no_font_face
->font
;
22571 boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
22575 boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
22576 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
22577 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
22580 if (it
->char_to_display
>= ' '
22581 && (!it
->multibyte_p
|| it
->char_to_display
< 128))
22583 /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */
22588 pcm
= get_per_char_metric (it
->f
, font
, &char2b
);
22590 if (it
->override_ascent
>= 0)
22592 it
->ascent
= it
->override_ascent
;
22593 it
->descent
= it
->override_descent
;
22594 boff
= it
->override_boff
;
22598 it
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
22599 it
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
22604 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
22605 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
22606 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
22610 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
22611 it
->phys_ascent
= it
->ascent
;
22612 it
->phys_descent
= it
->descent
;
22613 it
->pixel_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
22616 if (it
->constrain_row_ascent_descent_p
)
22618 if (it
->descent
> it
->max_descent
)
22620 it
->ascent
+= it
->descent
- it
->max_descent
;
22621 it
->descent
= it
->max_descent
;
22623 if (it
->ascent
> it
->max_ascent
)
22625 it
->descent
= min (it
->max_descent
, it
->descent
+ it
->ascent
- it
->max_ascent
);
22626 it
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
22628 it
->phys_ascent
= min (it
->phys_ascent
, it
->ascent
);
22629 it
->phys_descent
= min (it
->phys_descent
, it
->descent
);
22630 extra_line_spacing
= 0;
22633 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
22634 `space-width' property, change its width. */
22635 stretched_p
= it
->char_to_display
== ' ' && !NILP (it
->space_width
);
22637 it
->pixel_width
*= XFLOATINT (it
->space_width
);
22639 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
22640 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
22641 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
22642 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
22644 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
22648 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
22649 it
->descent
+= thick
;
22654 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
22655 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
22656 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
22657 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
22660 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
22661 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
22662 if (face
->overline_p
)
22663 it
->ascent
+= overline_margin
;
22665 if (it
->constrain_row_ascent_descent_p
)
22667 if (it
->ascent
> it
->max_ascent
)
22668 it
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
22669 if (it
->descent
> it
->max_descent
)
22670 it
->descent
= it
->max_descent
;
22673 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
22675 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
22680 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
22681 into a stretch glyph. */
22682 int ascent
= (((it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
) * FONT_BASE (font
))
22683 / FONT_HEIGHT (font
));
22684 append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
22685 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, ascent
);
22690 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
22691 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
22692 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
22693 if (pcm
&& (pcm
->lbearing
< 0 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
22694 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
22696 if (! stretched_p
&& it
->pixel_width
== 0)
22697 /* We assure that all visible glyphs have at least 1-pixel
22699 it
->pixel_width
= 1;
22701 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\n')
22703 /* A newline has no width, but we need the height of the
22704 line. But if previous part of the line sets a height,
22705 don't increase that height */
22707 Lisp_Object height
;
22708 Lisp_Object total_height
= Qnil
;
22710 it
->override_ascent
= -1;
22711 it
->pixel_width
= 0;
22714 height
= get_it_property(it
, Qline_height
);
22715 /* Split (line-height total-height) list */
22717 && CONSP (XCDR (height
))
22718 && NILP (XCDR (XCDR (height
))))
22720 total_height
= XCAR (XCDR (height
));
22721 height
= XCAR (height
);
22723 height
= calc_line_height_property(it
, height
, font
, boff
, 1);
22725 if (it
->override_ascent
>= 0)
22727 it
->ascent
= it
->override_ascent
;
22728 it
->descent
= it
->override_descent
;
22729 boff
= it
->override_boff
;
22733 it
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
22734 it
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
22737 if (EQ (height
, Qt
))
22739 if (it
->descent
> it
->max_descent
)
22741 it
->ascent
+= it
->descent
- it
->max_descent
;
22742 it
->descent
= it
->max_descent
;
22744 if (it
->ascent
> it
->max_ascent
)
22746 it
->descent
= min (it
->max_descent
, it
->descent
+ it
->ascent
- it
->max_ascent
);
22747 it
->ascent
= it
->max_ascent
;
22749 it
->phys_ascent
= min (it
->phys_ascent
, it
->ascent
);
22750 it
->phys_descent
= min (it
->phys_descent
, it
->descent
);
22751 it
->constrain_row_ascent_descent_p
= 1;
22752 extra_line_spacing
= 0;
22756 Lisp_Object spacing
;
22758 it
->phys_ascent
= it
->ascent
;
22759 it
->phys_descent
= it
->descent
;
22761 if ((it
->max_ascent
> 0 || it
->max_descent
> 0)
22762 && face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
22763 && face
->box_line_width
> 0)
22765 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
22766 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
22769 && XINT (height
) > it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
)
22770 it
->ascent
= XINT (height
) - it
->descent
;
22772 if (!NILP (total_height
))
22773 spacing
= calc_line_height_property(it
, total_height
, font
, boff
, 0);
22776 spacing
= get_it_property(it
, Qline_spacing
);
22777 spacing
= calc_line_height_property(it
, spacing
, font
, boff
, 0);
22779 if (INTEGERP (spacing
))
22781 extra_line_spacing
= XINT (spacing
);
22782 if (!NILP (total_height
))
22783 extra_line_spacing
-= (it
->phys_ascent
+ it
->phys_descent
);
22787 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\t')
22789 if (font
->space_width
> 0)
22791 int tab_width
= it
->tab_width
* font
->space_width
;
22792 int x
= it
->current_x
+ it
->continuation_lines_width
;
22793 int next_tab_x
= ((1 + x
+ tab_width
- 1) / tab_width
) * tab_width
;
22795 /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab
22796 stop is less than a space character width, use the
22797 tab stop after that. */
22798 if (next_tab_x
- x
< font
->space_width
)
22799 next_tab_x
+= tab_width
;
22801 it
->pixel_width
= next_tab_x
- x
;
22803 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
22804 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
22808 append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
22809 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, it
->ascent
);
22814 it
->pixel_width
= 0;
22820 /* A multi-byte character. Assume that the display width of the
22821 character is the width of the character multiplied by the
22822 width of the font. */
22824 /* If we found a font, this font should give us the right
22825 metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
22826 default font and calculate the width of the character by
22827 multiplying the width of font by the width of the
22830 pcm
= get_per_char_metric (it
->f
, font
, &char2b
);
22832 if (font_not_found_p
|| !pcm
)
22834 int char_width
= CHAR_WIDTH (it
->char_to_display
);
22836 if (char_width
== 0)
22837 /* This is a non spacing character. But, as we are
22838 going to display an empty box, the box must occupy
22839 at least one column. */
22841 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
22842 it
->pixel_width
= font
->space_width
* char_width
;
22843 it
->phys_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
22844 it
->phys_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
22848 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
22849 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
22850 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
22852 && (pcm
->lbearing
< 0
22853 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
22854 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
22857 it
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
22858 it
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
22859 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
22861 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
22865 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
22866 it
->descent
+= thick
;
22871 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
22872 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
22873 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
22874 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
22877 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
22878 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
22879 if (face
->overline_p
)
22880 it
->ascent
+= overline_margin
;
22882 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
22884 if (it
->ascent
< 0)
22886 if (it
->descent
< 0)
22891 if (it
->pixel_width
== 0)
22892 /* We assure that all visible glyphs have at least 1-pixel
22894 it
->pixel_width
= 1;
22896 it
->multibyte_p
= saved_multibyte_p
;
22898 else if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
&& it
->cmp_it
.ch
< 0)
22900 /* A static composition.
22902 Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the
22903 glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs.
22905 Important note: pixel_width, ascent, and descent are the
22906 values of what is drawn by draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of
22907 the overall glyphs composed). */
22908 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
22909 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
22910 struct composition
*cmp
= composition_table
[it
->cmp_it
.id
];
22911 int glyph_len
= cmp
->glyph_len
;
22912 struct font
*font
= face
->font
;
22916 /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of
22917 the composition for the current face font, calculate them
22918 now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the
22919 glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So,
22920 here we check only the font of the first glyph. This may
22921 lead to incorrect display, but it's very rare, and C-l
22922 (recenter-top-bottom) can correct the display anyway. */
22923 if (! cmp
->font
|| cmp
->font
!= font
)
22925 /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character
22926 of this composition (adjusted by baseline offset).
22927 Ascent and descent of overall glyphs should not be less
22928 than these, respectively. */
22929 int font_ascent
, font_descent
, font_height
;
22930 /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
22931 int leftmost
, rightmost
, lowest
, highest
;
22932 int lbearing
, rbearing
;
22933 int i
, width
, ascent
, descent
;
22934 int left_padded
= 0, right_padded
= 0;
22937 struct font_metrics
*pcm
;
22938 int font_not_found_p
;
22941 for (glyph_len
= cmp
->glyph_len
; glyph_len
> 0; glyph_len
--)
22942 if ((c
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp
, glyph_len
- 1)) != '\t')
22944 if (glyph_len
< cmp
->glyph_len
)
22946 for (i
= 0; i
< glyph_len
; i
++)
22948 if ((c
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp
, i
)) != '\t')
22950 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] = cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2 + 1] = 0;
22955 pos
= (STRINGP (it
->string
) ? IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it
)
22956 : IT_CHARPOS (*it
));
22957 /* If no suitable font is found, use the default font. */
22958 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
22959 if (font_not_found_p
)
22961 face
= face
->ascii_face
;
22964 boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
22965 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
22966 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
22967 font_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
22968 font_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
22969 font_height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
22971 cmp
->font
= (void *) font
;
22974 if (! font_not_found_p
)
22976 get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, c
, it
->face_id
,
22977 &char2b
, it
->multibyte_p
, 0);
22978 pcm
= get_per_char_metric (it
->f
, font
, &char2b
);
22981 /* Initialize the bounding box. */
22984 width
= pcm
->width
;
22985 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
22986 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
22987 lbearing
= pcm
->lbearing
;
22988 rbearing
= pcm
->rbearing
;
22992 width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
22993 ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
);
22994 descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
);
23001 lowest
= - descent
+ boff
;
23002 highest
= ascent
+ boff
;
23004 if (! font_not_found_p
23005 && font
->default_ascent
23006 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent
)
23007 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent
,
23008 make_number (it
->char_to_display
))))
23009 highest
= font
->default_ascent
+ boff
;
23011 /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be
23012 shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn
23014 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] = 0;
23015 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2 + 1] = boff
;
23016 cmp
->lbearing
= lbearing
;
23017 cmp
->rbearing
= rbearing
;
23019 /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */
23020 for (i
++; i
< glyph_len
; i
++)
23022 int left
, right
, btm
, top
;
23023 int ch
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp
, i
);
23025 struct face
*this_face
;
23030 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, ch
, pos
, it
->string
);
23031 this_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
23032 font
= this_face
->font
;
23038 this_boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
23039 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
23040 this_boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
23041 get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, ch
, face_id
,
23042 &char2b
, it
->multibyte_p
, 0);
23043 pcm
= get_per_char_metric (it
->f
, font
, &char2b
);
23046 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] = cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2 + 1] = 0;
23049 width
= pcm
->width
;
23050 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
23051 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
23052 lbearing
= pcm
->lbearing
;
23053 rbearing
= pcm
->rbearing
;
23054 if (cmp
->method
!= COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS
)
23056 /* Relative composition with or without
23057 alternate chars. */
23058 left
= (leftmost
+ rightmost
- width
) / 2;
23059 btm
= - descent
+ boff
;
23060 if (font
->relative_compose
23061 && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition
)
23062 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition
,
23063 make_number (ch
)))))
23066 if (- descent
>= font
->relative_compose
)
23067 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
23069 else if (ascent
<= 0)
23070 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
23071 btm
= lowest
- 1 - ascent
- descent
;
23076 /* A composition rule is specified by an integer
23077 value that encodes global and new reference
23078 points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are
23079 specified by numbers as below:
23081 0---1---2 -- ascent
23085 9--10--11 -- center
23087 ---3---4---5--- baseline
23089 6---7---8 -- descent
23091 int rule
= COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp
, i
);
23092 int gref
, nref
, grefx
, grefy
, nrefx
, nrefy
, xoff
, yoff
;
23094 COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule
, gref
, nref
, xoff
, yoff
);
23095 grefx
= gref
% 3, nrefx
= nref
% 3;
23096 grefy
= gref
/ 3, nrefy
= nref
/ 3;
23098 xoff
= font_height
* (xoff
- 128) / 256;
23100 yoff
= font_height
* (yoff
- 128) / 256;
23103 + grefx
* (rightmost
- leftmost
) / 2
23104 - nrefx
* width
/ 2
23107 btm
= ((grefy
== 0 ? highest
23109 : grefy
== 2 ? lowest
23110 : (highest
+ lowest
) / 2)
23111 - (nrefy
== 0 ? ascent
+ descent
23112 : nrefy
== 1 ? descent
- boff
23114 : (ascent
+ descent
) / 2)
23118 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] = left
;
23119 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2 + 1] = btm
+ descent
;
23121 /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
23124 right
= left
+ width
;
23125 if (left
< leftmost
)
23127 if (right
> rightmost
)
23130 top
= btm
+ descent
+ ascent
;
23136 if (cmp
->lbearing
> left
+ lbearing
)
23137 cmp
->lbearing
= left
+ lbearing
;
23138 if (cmp
->rbearing
< left
+ rbearing
)
23139 cmp
->rbearing
= left
+ rbearing
;
23143 /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative,
23144 shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets
23148 for (i
= 0; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
23149 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] -= leftmost
;
23150 rightmost
-= leftmost
;
23151 cmp
->lbearing
-= leftmost
;
23152 cmp
->rbearing
-= leftmost
;
23155 if (left_padded
&& cmp
->lbearing
< 0)
23157 for (i
= 0; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
23158 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] -= cmp
->lbearing
;
23159 rightmost
-= cmp
->lbearing
;
23160 cmp
->rbearing
-= cmp
->lbearing
;
23163 if (right_padded
&& rightmost
< cmp
->rbearing
)
23165 rightmost
= cmp
->rbearing
;
23168 cmp
->pixel_width
= rightmost
;
23169 cmp
->ascent
= highest
;
23170 cmp
->descent
= - lowest
;
23171 if (cmp
->ascent
< font_ascent
)
23172 cmp
->ascent
= font_ascent
;
23173 if (cmp
->descent
< font_descent
)
23174 cmp
->descent
= font_descent
;
23178 && (cmp
->lbearing
< 0
23179 || cmp
->rbearing
> cmp
->pixel_width
))
23180 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
23182 it
->pixel_width
= cmp
->pixel_width
;
23183 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= cmp
->ascent
;
23184 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= cmp
->descent
;
23185 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
23187 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
23191 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
23192 it
->descent
+= thick
;
23197 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
23198 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
23199 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
23200 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
23203 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
23204 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
23205 if (face
->overline_p
)
23206 it
->ascent
+= overline_margin
;
23208 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
23209 if (it
->ascent
< 0)
23211 if (it
->descent
< 0)
23215 append_composite_glyph (it
);
23217 else if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
)
23219 /* A dynamic (automatic) composition. */
23220 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
23221 Lisp_Object gstring
;
23222 struct font_metrics metrics
;
23224 gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (it
->cmp_it
.id
);
23226 = composition_gstring_width (gstring
, it
->cmp_it
.from
, it
->cmp_it
.to
,
23229 && (metrics
.lbearing
< 0 || metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
))
23230 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
23231 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= metrics
.ascent
;
23232 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= metrics
.descent
;
23233 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
23235 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
23239 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
23240 it
->descent
+= thick
;
23245 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
23246 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
23247 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
23248 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
23250 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
23251 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
23252 if (face
->overline_p
)
23253 it
->ascent
+= overline_margin
;
23254 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
23255 if (it
->ascent
< 0)
23257 if (it
->descent
< 0)
23261 append_composite_glyph (it
);
23263 else if (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
)
23264 produce_image_glyph (it
);
23265 else if (it
->what
== IT_STRETCH
)
23266 produce_stretch_glyph (it
);
23268 /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0
23269 because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */
23270 xassert (it
->ascent
>= 0 && it
->descent
>= 0);
23271 if (it
->area
== TEXT_AREA
)
23272 it
->current_x
+= it
->pixel_width
;
23274 if (extra_line_spacing
> 0)
23276 it
->descent
+= extra_line_spacing
;
23277 if (extra_line_spacing
> it
->max_extra_line_spacing
)
23278 it
->max_extra_line_spacing
= extra_line_spacing
;
23281 it
->max_ascent
= max (it
->max_ascent
, it
->ascent
);
23282 it
->max_descent
= max (it
->max_descent
, it
->descent
);
23283 it
->max_phys_ascent
= max (it
->max_phys_ascent
, it
->phys_ascent
);
23284 it
->max_phys_descent
= max (it
->max_phys_descent
, it
->phys_descent
);
23288 Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
23289 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
23290 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
23291 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
23292 row being updated. */
23295 x_write_glyphs (start
, len
)
23296 struct glyph
*start
;
23301 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
23304 /* Write glyphs. */
23306 hpos
= start
- updated_row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
23307 x
= draw_glyphs (updated_window
, output_cursor
.x
,
23308 updated_row
, updated_area
,
23310 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
23312 /* Invalidate old phys cursor if the glyph at its hpos is redrawn. */
23313 if (updated_area
== TEXT_AREA
23314 && updated_window
->phys_cursor_on_p
23315 && updated_window
->phys_cursor
.vpos
== output_cursor
.vpos
23316 && updated_window
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= hpos
23317 && updated_window
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< hpos
+ len
)
23318 updated_window
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
23322 /* Advance the output cursor. */
23323 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
23324 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
23329 Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
23332 x_insert_glyphs (start
, len
)
23333 struct glyph
*start
;
23338 int line_height
, shift_by_width
, shifted_region_width
;
23339 struct glyph_row
*row
;
23340 struct glyph
*glyph
;
23341 int frame_x
, frame_y
;
23344 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
23346 w
= updated_window
;
23347 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
23349 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
23351 line_height
= row
->height
;
23353 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
23354 shift_by_width
= 0;
23355 for (glyph
= start
; glyph
< start
+ len
; ++glyph
)
23356 shift_by_width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
23358 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
23359 shifted_region_width
= (window_box_width (w
, updated_area
)
23364 frame_x
= window_box_left (w
, updated_area
) + output_cursor
.x
;
23365 frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, output_cursor
.y
);
23367 FRAME_RIF (f
)->shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, frame_x
, frame_y
, shifted_region_width
,
23368 line_height
, shift_by_width
);
23370 /* Write the glyphs. */
23371 hpos
= start
- row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
23372 draw_glyphs (w
, output_cursor
.x
, row
, updated_area
,
23374 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
23376 /* Advance the output cursor. */
23377 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
23378 output_cursor
.x
+= shift_by_width
;
23384 Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
23385 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
23386 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
23388 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
23389 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
23392 x_clear_end_of_line (to_x
)
23396 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
23397 int max_x
, min_y
, max_y
;
23398 int from_x
, from_y
, to_y
;
23400 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
23401 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
23403 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
23404 max_x
= WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w
);
23406 max_x
= window_box_width (w
, updated_area
);
23407 max_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
23409 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
23410 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
23416 to_x
= min (to_x
, max_x
);
23418 to_y
= min (max_y
, output_cursor
.y
+ updated_row
->height
);
23420 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
23421 if (!updated_row
->full_width_p
)
23422 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, updated_area
,
23423 output_cursor
.x
, -1,
23425 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (updated_row
));
23427 from_x
= output_cursor
.x
;
23429 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
23430 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
23432 from_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, from_x
);
23433 to_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, to_x
);
23437 int area_left
= window_box_left (w
, updated_area
);
23438 from_x
+= area_left
;
23442 min_y
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
23443 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (min_y
, output_cursor
.y
));
23444 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, to_y
);
23446 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
23447 if (to_x
> from_x
&& to_y
> from_y
)
23450 FRAME_RIF (f
)->clear_frame_area (f
, from_x
, from_y
,
23451 to_x
- from_x
, to_y
- from_y
);
23456 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
23460 /***********************************************************************
23462 ***********************************************************************/
23464 /* Value is the internal representation of the specified cursor type
23465 ARG. If type is BAR_CURSOR, return in *WIDTH the specified width
23466 of the bar cursor. */
23468 static enum text_cursor_kinds
23469 get_specified_cursor_type (arg
, width
)
23473 enum text_cursor_kinds type
;
23478 if (EQ (arg
, Qbox
))
23479 return FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
;
23481 if (EQ (arg
, Qhollow
))
23482 return HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
23484 if (EQ (arg
, Qbar
))
23491 && EQ (XCAR (arg
), Qbar
)
23492 && INTEGERP (XCDR (arg
))
23493 && XINT (XCDR (arg
)) >= 0)
23495 *width
= XINT (XCDR (arg
));
23499 if (EQ (arg
, Qhbar
))
23502 return HBAR_CURSOR
;
23506 && EQ (XCAR (arg
), Qhbar
)
23507 && INTEGERP (XCDR (arg
))
23508 && XINT (XCDR (arg
)) >= 0)
23510 *width
= XINT (XCDR (arg
));
23511 return HBAR_CURSOR
;
23514 /* Treat anything unknown as "hollow box cursor".
23515 It was bad to signal an error; people have trouble fixing
23516 .Xdefaults with Emacs, when it has something bad in it. */
23517 type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
23522 /* Set the default cursor types for specified frame. */
23524 set_frame_cursor_types (f
, arg
)
23531 FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
) = get_specified_cursor_type (arg
, &width
);
23532 FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
) = width
;
23534 /* By default, set up the blink-off state depending on the on-state. */
23536 tem
= Fassoc (arg
, Vblink_cursor_alist
);
23539 FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f
)
23540 = get_specified_cursor_type (XCDR (tem
), &width
);
23541 FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
) = width
;
23544 FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f
) = DEFAULT_CURSOR
;
23548 /* Return the cursor we want to be displayed in window W. Return
23549 width of bar/hbar cursor through WIDTH arg. Return with
23550 ACTIVE_CURSOR arg set to 1 if cursor in window W is `active'
23551 (i.e. if the `system caret' should track this cursor).
23553 In a mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we
23554 are reading input from this window. For the selected window, we
23555 want the cursor type given by the frame parameter or buffer local
23556 setting of cursor-type. If explicitly marked off, draw no cursor.
23557 In all other cases, we want a hollow box cursor. */
23559 static enum text_cursor_kinds
23560 get_window_cursor_type (w
, glyph
, width
, active_cursor
)
23562 struct glyph
*glyph
;
23564 int *active_cursor
;
23566 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
23567 struct buffer
*b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
23568 int cursor_type
= DEFAULT_CURSOR
;
23569 Lisp_Object alt_cursor
;
23570 int non_selected
= 0;
23572 *active_cursor
= 1;
23575 if (cursor_in_echo_area
23576 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f
)
23577 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f
), echo_area_window
))
23579 if (w
== XWINDOW (echo_area_window
))
23581 if (EQ (b
->cursor_type
, Qt
) || NILP (b
->cursor_type
))
23583 *width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
23584 return FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
23587 return get_specified_cursor_type (b
->cursor_type
, width
);
23590 *active_cursor
= 0;
23594 /* Detect a nonselected window or nonselected frame. */
23595 else if (w
!= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
)
23596 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
23597 || f
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
23601 *active_cursor
= 0;
23603 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
) && minibuf_level
== 0)
23609 /* Never display a cursor in a window in which cursor-type is nil. */
23610 if (NILP (b
->cursor_type
))
23613 /* Get the normal cursor type for this window. */
23614 if (EQ (b
->cursor_type
, Qt
))
23616 cursor_type
= FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
23617 *width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
23620 cursor_type
= get_specified_cursor_type (b
->cursor_type
, width
);
23622 /* Use cursor-in-non-selected-windows instead
23623 for non-selected window or frame. */
23626 alt_cursor
= b
->cursor_in_non_selected_windows
;
23627 if (!EQ (Qt
, alt_cursor
))
23628 return get_specified_cursor_type (alt_cursor
, width
);
23629 /* t means modify the normal cursor type. */
23630 if (cursor_type
== FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
)
23631 cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
23632 else if (cursor_type
== BAR_CURSOR
&& *width
> 1)
23634 return cursor_type
;
23637 /* Use normal cursor if not blinked off. */
23638 if (!w
->cursor_off_p
)
23640 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
23641 if (glyph
!= NULL
&& glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
23643 if (cursor_type
== FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
)
23645 /* Using a block cursor on large images can be very annoying.
23646 So use a hollow cursor for "large" images.
23647 If image is not transparent (no mask), also use hollow cursor. */
23648 struct image
*img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (f
, glyph
->u
.img_id
);
23649 if (img
!= NULL
&& IMAGEP (img
->spec
))
23651 /* Arbitrarily, interpret "Large" as >32x32 and >NxN
23652 where N = size of default frame font size.
23653 This should cover most of the "tiny" icons people may use. */
23655 || img
->width
> max (32, WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w
))
23656 || img
->height
> max (32, WINDOW_FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (w
)))
23657 cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
23660 else if (cursor_type
!= NO_CURSOR
)
23662 /* Display current only supports BOX and HOLLOW cursors for images.
23663 So for now, unconditionally use a HOLLOW cursor when cursor is
23664 not a solid box cursor. */
23665 cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
23669 return cursor_type
;
23672 /* Cursor is blinked off, so determine how to "toggle" it. */
23674 /* First look for an entry matching the buffer's cursor-type in blink-cursor-alist. */
23675 if ((alt_cursor
= Fassoc (b
->cursor_type
, Vblink_cursor_alist
), !NILP (alt_cursor
)))
23676 return get_specified_cursor_type (XCDR (alt_cursor
), width
);
23678 /* Then see if frame has specified a specific blink off cursor type. */
23679 if (FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f
) != DEFAULT_CURSOR
)
23681 *width
= FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
23682 return FRAME_BLINK_OFF_CURSOR (f
);
23686 /* Some people liked having a permanently visible blinking cursor,
23687 while others had very strong opinions against it. So it was
23688 decided to remove it. KFS 2003-09-03 */
23690 /* Finally perform built-in cursor blinking:
23691 filled box <-> hollow box
23692 wide [h]bar <-> narrow [h]bar
23693 narrow [h]bar <-> no cursor
23694 other type <-> no cursor */
23696 if (cursor_type
== FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
)
23697 return HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
23699 if ((cursor_type
== BAR_CURSOR
|| cursor_type
== HBAR_CURSOR
) && *width
> 1)
23702 return cursor_type
;
23710 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
23712 /* Notice when the text cursor of window W has been completely
23713 overwritten by a drawing operation that outputs glyphs in AREA
23714 starting at X0 and ending at X1 in the line starting at Y0 and
23715 ending at Y1. X coordinates are area-relative. X1 < 0 means all
23716 the rest of the line after X0 has been written. Y coordinates
23717 are window-relative. */
23720 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, area
, x0
, x1
, y0
, y1
)
23722 enum glyph_row_area area
;
23723 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
;
23725 int cx0
, cx1
, cy0
, cy1
;
23726 struct glyph_row
*row
;
23728 if (!w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
23730 if (area
!= TEXT_AREA
)
23733 if (w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
< 0
23734 || w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
23735 || (row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
+ w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
,
23736 !(row
->enabled_p
&& row
->displays_text_p
)))
23739 if (row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
)
23741 row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 0;
23742 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, row
->reversed_p
);
23743 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
23747 cx0
= w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
23748 cx1
= cx0
+ w
->phys_cursor_width
;
23749 if (x0
> cx0
|| (x1
>= 0 && x1
< cx1
))
23752 /* The cursor image will be completely removed from the
23753 screen if the output area intersects the cursor area in
23754 y-direction. When we draw in [y0 y1[, and some part of
23755 the cursor is at y < y0, that part must have been drawn
23756 before. When scrolling, the cursor is erased before
23757 actually scrolling, so we don't come here. When not
23758 scrolling, the rows above the old cursor row must have
23759 changed, and in this case these rows must have written
23760 over the cursor image.
23762 Likewise if part of the cursor is below y1, with the
23763 exception of the cursor being in the first blank row at
23764 the buffer and window end because update_text_area
23765 doesn't draw that row. (Except when it does, but
23766 that's handled in update_text_area.) */
23768 cy0
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
;
23769 cy1
= cy0
+ w
->phys_cursor_height
;
23770 if ((y0
< cy0
|| y0
>= cy1
) && (y1
<= cy0
|| y1
>= cy1
))
23773 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
23776 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
23779 /************************************************************************
23781 ************************************************************************/
23783 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
23786 Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W
23787 with respect to the overlapping part OVERLAPS. */
23790 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, area
, overlaps
)
23792 struct glyph_row
*row
;
23793 enum glyph_row_area area
;
23801 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
];)
23803 if (row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
)
23805 int start
= i
, start_x
= x
;
23809 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
23812 while (i
< row
->used
[area
]
23813 && row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
);
23815 draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, area
,
23817 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, overlaps
);
23821 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
23831 Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
23832 comment of draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
23835 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, hl
)
23837 struct glyph_row
*row
;
23838 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
23840 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
23841 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
23842 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
23843 if ((row
->reversed_p
23844 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= 0)
23845 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
23847 int on_p
= w
->phys_cursor_on_p
;
23849 x1
= draw_glyphs (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
23850 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
+ 1,
23852 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= on_p
;
23854 if (hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
23855 w
->phys_cursor_width
= x1
- w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
23856 /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other
23857 rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows
23859 else if (hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
&& row
->overlapped_p
)
23861 w
->phys_cursor_width
= x1
- w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
23863 if (row
> w
->current_matrix
->rows
23864 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row
- 1))
23865 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
- 1, TEXT_AREA
,
23866 OVERLAPS_ERASED_CURSOR
);
23868 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < window_text_bottom_y (w
)
23869 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row
+ 1))
23870 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
+ 1, TEXT_AREA
,
23871 OVERLAPS_ERASED_CURSOR
);
23878 Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
23881 erase_phys_cursor (w
)
23884 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
23885 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
23886 int hpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
;
23887 int vpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
23888 int mouse_face_here_p
= 0;
23889 struct glyph_matrix
*active_glyphs
= w
->current_matrix
;
23890 struct glyph_row
*cursor_row
;
23891 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
23892 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
23894 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
23896 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== NO_CURSOR
)
23897 goto mark_cursor_off
;
23899 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
23900 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
23901 if (vpos
>= active_glyphs
->nrows
)
23902 goto mark_cursor_off
;
23904 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
23906 cursor_row
= MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs
, vpos
);
23907 if (!cursor_row
->enabled_p
)
23908 goto mark_cursor_off
;
23910 /* If line spacing is > 0, old cursor may only be partially visible in
23911 window after split-window. So adjust visible height. */
23912 cursor_row
->visible_height
= min (cursor_row
->visible_height
,
23913 window_text_bottom_y (w
) - cursor_row
->y
);
23915 /* If row is completely invisible, don't attempt to delete a cursor which
23916 isn't there. This can happen if cursor is at top of a window, and
23917 we switch to a buffer with a header line in that window. */
23918 if (cursor_row
->visible_height
<= 0)
23919 goto mark_cursor_off
;
23921 /* If cursor is in the fringe, erase by drawing actual bitmap there. */
23922 if (cursor_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
)
23924 cursor_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 0;
23925 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, cursor_row
, cursor_row
->reversed_p
);
23926 goto mark_cursor_off
;
23929 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
23930 In this case, either draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
23931 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
23932 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
23933 cursor glyph at hand. */
23934 if ((cursor_row
->reversed_p
23935 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
23936 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
23937 goto mark_cursor_off
;
23939 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
23940 we clear the cursor. */
23941 if (! NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
23942 && w
== XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
23943 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
23944 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
23945 && hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
))
23946 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
23947 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
23948 && hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
))
23949 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
23950 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
23951 mouse highlighting does not. */
23952 && cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] > hpos
&& hpos
>= 0)
23953 mouse_face_here_p
= 1;
23955 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
23956 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
)
23959 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
23962 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
23963 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
23964 goto mark_cursor_off
;
23966 width
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
;
23967 left_x
= window_box_left_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
23968 x
= w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
23970 width
-= left_x
- x
;
23971 width
= min (width
, window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
) - x
);
23972 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
, cursor_row
->y
));
23973 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, max (x
, left_x
));
23976 FRAME_RIF (f
)->clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, cursor_row
->visible_height
);
23979 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
23980 if (mouse_face_here_p
)
23981 hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
23983 hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
23984 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, cursor_row
, hl
);
23987 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
23988 w
->phys_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
23993 Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
23994 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
23995 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
23998 display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
24000 int on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
;
24002 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
24003 int new_cursor_type
;
24004 int new_cursor_width
;
24006 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
24007 struct glyph
*glyph
;
24009 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
24010 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
24011 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
24013 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
24014 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
)
24015 || vpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
24016 || hpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
)
24019 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
24020 if (!on
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
24023 glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
24024 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
24025 display the cursor. */
24026 if (!glyph_row
->enabled_p
)
24028 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
24033 if (!glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
24034 || (0 <= hpos
&& hpos
< glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]))
24035 glyph
= glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + hpos
;
24037 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked
);
24039 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. */
24040 new_cursor_type
= get_window_cursor_type (w
, glyph
,
24041 &new_cursor_width
, &active_cursor
);
24043 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
24044 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
24046 if (w
->phys_cursor_on_p
24048 || w
->phys_cursor
.x
!= x
24049 || w
->phys_cursor
.y
!= y
24050 || new_cursor_type
!= w
->phys_cursor_type
24051 || ((new_cursor_type
== BAR_CURSOR
|| new_cursor_type
== HBAR_CURSOR
)
24052 && new_cursor_width
!= w
->phys_cursor_width
)))
24053 erase_phys_cursor (w
);
24055 /* Don't check phys_cursor_on_p here because that flag is only set
24056 to zero in some cases where we know that the cursor has been
24057 completely erased, to avoid the extra work of erasing the cursor
24058 twice. In other words, phys_cursor_on_p can be 1 and the cursor
24059 still not be visible, or it has only been partly erased. */
24062 w
->phys_cursor_ascent
= glyph_row
->ascent
;
24063 w
->phys_cursor_height
= glyph_row
->height
;
24065 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
24066 of them may need the information. */
24067 w
->phys_cursor
.x
= x
;
24068 w
->phys_cursor
.y
= glyph_row
->y
;
24069 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
24070 w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
24073 FRAME_RIF (f
)->draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
,
24074 new_cursor_type
, new_cursor_width
,
24075 on
, active_cursor
);
24079 /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
24083 update_window_cursor (w
, on
)
24087 /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process
24088 of being deleted. */
24089 if (w
->current_matrix
)
24092 display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
,
24093 w
->phys_cursor
.x
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
24099 /* Call update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
24100 in the window tree rooted at W. */
24103 update_cursor_in_window_tree (w
, on_p
)
24109 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
24110 update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), on_p
);
24111 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
24112 update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), on_p
);
24114 update_window_cursor (w
, on_p
);
24116 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w
->next
);
24122 Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
24123 Don't change the cursor's position. */
24126 x_update_cursor (f
, on_p
)
24130 update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), on_p
);
24135 Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
24136 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
24137 is about to be rewritten. */
24143 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
)) && w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
24144 update_window_cursor (w
, 0);
24149 Display the active region described by mouse_face_* according to DRAW. */
24152 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
)
24153 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
;
24154 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
;
24156 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
);
24157 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
24159 if (/* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
24161 w
->current_matrix
!= NULL
24162 /* Don't update mouse highlight if hidden */
24163 && (draw
!= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
|| !dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
24164 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
24165 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
24166 && dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
24168 int phys_cursor_on_p
= w
->phys_cursor_on_p
;
24169 struct glyph_row
*row
, *first
, *last
;
24171 first
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
);
24172 last
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
);
24174 for (row
= first
; row
<= last
&& row
->enabled_p
; ++row
)
24176 int start_hpos
, end_hpos
, start_x
;
24178 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
24181 start_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
;
24182 start_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
;
24191 end_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
;
24194 end_hpos
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24195 if (draw
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
24196 row
->fill_line_p
= 1; /* Clear to end of line */
24199 if (end_hpos
> start_hpos
)
24201 draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
24202 start_hpos
, end_hpos
,
24206 = draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
|| draw
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
24210 /* When we've written over the cursor, arrange for it to
24211 be displayed again. */
24212 if (phys_cursor_on_p
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
24215 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1,
24216 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
,
24217 w
->phys_cursor
.x
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
24222 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
24223 if (draw
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
&& !EQ (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
24224 FRAME_RIF (f
)->define_frame_cursor (f
, FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->text_cursor
);
24225 else if (draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
24226 FRAME_RIF (f
)->define_frame_cursor (f
, FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->hand_cursor
);
24228 FRAME_RIF (f
)->define_frame_cursor (f
, FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
);
24232 Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
24233 Redraw it un-highlighted first. Value is non-zero if mouse
24234 face was actually drawn unhighlighted. */
24237 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
)
24238 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
;
24242 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& !NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
24244 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
);
24248 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
24249 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
24250 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
24251 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
24257 Non-zero if physical cursor of window W is within mouse face. */
24260 cursor_in_mouse_face_p (w
)
24263 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
24264 int in_mouse_face
= 0;
24266 if (WINDOWP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
24267 && XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
) == w
)
24269 int hpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
;
24270 int vpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
24272 if (vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
24273 && vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
24274 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
24275 || hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
24276 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
24277 || hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
24278 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
))
24282 return in_mouse_face
;
24288 /* This function sets the mouse_face_* elements of DPYINFO, assuming
24289 the mouse cursor is on a glyph with buffer charpos MOUSE_CHARPOS in
24290 window WINDOW. START_CHARPOS and END_CHARPOS are buffer positions
24291 for the overlay or run of text properties specifying the mouse
24292 face. BEFORE_STRING and AFTER_STRING, if non-nil, are a
24293 before-string and after-string that must also be highlighted.
24294 DISPLAY_STRING, if non-nil, is a display string that may cover some
24295 or all of the highlighted text. */
24298 mouse_face_from_buffer_pos (Lisp_Object window
,
24299 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
,
24300 EMACS_INT mouse_charpos
,
24301 EMACS_INT start_charpos
,
24302 EMACS_INT end_charpos
,
24303 Lisp_Object before_string
,
24304 Lisp_Object after_string
,
24305 Lisp_Object display_string
)
24307 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
24308 struct glyph_row
*first
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
24309 struct glyph_row
*row
;
24310 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
24314 xassert (NILP (display_string
) || STRINGP (display_string
));
24315 xassert (NILP (before_string
) || STRINGP (before_string
));
24316 xassert (NILP (after_string
) || STRINGP (after_string
));
24318 /* Find the first highlighted glyph. */
24319 if (start_charpos
< MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first
))
24321 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= 0;
24322 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first
, w
->current_matrix
);
24323 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= first
->x
;
24324 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= first
->y
;
24328 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, start_charpos
, first
, NULL
, 0);
24330 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
24332 /* If the before-string or display-string contains newlines,
24333 row_containing_pos skips to its last row. Move back. */
24334 if (!NILP (before_string
) || !NILP (display_string
))
24336 struct glyph_row
*prev
;
24337 while ((prev
= row
- 1, prev
>= first
)
24338 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (prev
) == start_charpos
24339 && prev
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] > 0)
24341 struct glyph
*beg
= prev
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24342 glyph
= beg
+ prev
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24343 while (--glyph
>= beg
&& INTEGERP (glyph
->object
));
24345 || !(EQ (glyph
->object
, before_string
)
24346 || EQ (glyph
->object
, display_string
)))
24352 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24353 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24355 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= row
->y
;
24356 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
);
24358 /* Skip truncation glyphs at the start of the glyph row. */
24359 if (row
->displays_text_p
)
24361 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
24362 && glyph
->charpos
< 0;
24364 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
24366 /* Scan the glyph row, stopping before BEFORE_STRING or
24367 DISPLAY_STRING or START_CHARPOS. */
24369 && !INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
24370 && !EQ (glyph
->object
, before_string
)
24371 && !EQ (glyph
->object
, display_string
)
24372 && !(BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
24373 && glyph
->charpos
>= start_charpos
);
24375 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
24377 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= x
;
24378 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24381 /* Find the last highlighted glyph. */
24382 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, end_charpos
, first
, NULL
, 0);
24385 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
24386 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 1;
24388 else if (!NILP (after_string
))
24390 /* If the after-string has newlines, advance to its last row. */
24391 struct glyph_row
*next
;
24392 struct glyph_row
*last
24393 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
24395 for (next
= row
+ 1;
24397 && next
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] > 0
24398 && EQ (next
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->object
, after_string
);
24403 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24404 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24406 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
= row
->y
;
24407 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
);
24409 /* Skip truncation glyphs at the start of the row. */
24410 if (row
->displays_text_p
)
24412 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
24413 && glyph
->charpos
< 0;
24415 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
24417 /* Scan the glyph row, stopping at END_CHARPOS or when we encounter
24420 && !INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
24421 && !EQ (glyph
->object
, after_string
)
24422 && !(BUFFERP (glyph
->object
) && glyph
->charpos
>= end_charpos
);
24424 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
24426 /* If we found AFTER_STRING, consume it and stop. */
24427 if (EQ (glyph
->object
, after_string
))
24429 for (; EQ (glyph
->object
, after_string
) && glyph
< end
; ++glyph
)
24430 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
24434 /* If there's no after-string, we must check if we overshot,
24435 which might be the case if we stopped after a string glyph.
24436 That glyph may belong to a before-string or display-string
24437 associated with the end position, which must not be
24439 Lisp_Object prev_object
;
24442 while (glyph
> row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
])
24444 prev_object
= (glyph
- 1)->object
;
24445 if (!STRINGP (prev_object
) || EQ (prev_object
, display_string
))
24448 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, prev_object
, end_charpos
);
24449 if (pos
&& pos
< end_charpos
)
24452 for (; glyph
> row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]
24453 && EQ ((glyph
- 1)->object
, prev_object
);
24455 x
-= (glyph
- 1)->pixel_width
;
24459 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= x
;
24460 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24461 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
24462 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
24463 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, mouse_charpos
, 0, 0, &ignore
,
24465 !dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
, -1);
24466 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
24470 /* Find the position of the glyph for position POS in OBJECT in
24471 window W's current matrix, and return in *X, *Y the pixel
24472 coordinates, and return in *HPOS, *VPOS the column/row of the glyph.
24474 RIGHT_P non-zero means return the position of the right edge of the
24475 glyph, RIGHT_P zero means return the left edge position.
24477 If no glyph for POS exists in the matrix, return the position of
24478 the glyph with the next smaller position that is in the matrix, if
24479 RIGHT_P is zero. If RIGHT_P is non-zero, and no glyph for POS
24480 exists in the matrix, return the position of the glyph with the
24481 next larger position in OBJECT.
24483 Value is non-zero if a glyph was found. */
24486 fast_find_string_pos (w
, pos
, object
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
, right_p
)
24489 Lisp_Object object
;
24490 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
24493 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
24494 struct glyph_row
*r
;
24495 struct glyph
*best_glyph
= NULL
;
24496 struct glyph_row
*best_row
= NULL
;
24499 for (r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
24500 r
->enabled_p
&& r
->y
< yb
;
24503 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24504 struct glyph
*e
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24507 for (gx
= r
->x
; g
< e
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
24508 if (EQ (g
->object
, object
))
24510 if (g
->charpos
== pos
)
24517 else if (best_glyph
== NULL
24518 || ((eabs (g
->charpos
- pos
)
24519 < eabs (best_glyph
->charpos
- pos
))
24522 : g
->charpos
> pos
)))
24536 *hpos
= best_glyph
- best_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24540 *x
+= best_glyph
->pixel_width
;
24545 *vpos
= best_row
- w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
24548 return best_glyph
!= NULL
;
24552 /* See if position X, Y is within a hot-spot of an image. */
24555 on_hot_spot_p (hot_spot
, x
, y
)
24556 Lisp_Object hot_spot
;
24559 if (!CONSP (hot_spot
))
24562 if (EQ (XCAR (hot_spot
), Qrect
))
24564 /* CDR is (Top-Left . Bottom-Right) = ((x0 . y0) . (x1 . y1)) */
24565 Lisp_Object rect
= XCDR (hot_spot
);
24569 if (!CONSP (XCAR (rect
)))
24571 if (!CONSP (XCDR (rect
)))
24573 if (!(tem
= XCAR (XCAR (rect
)), INTEGERP (tem
) && x
>= XINT (tem
)))
24575 if (!(tem
= XCDR (XCAR (rect
)), INTEGERP (tem
) && y
>= XINT (tem
)))
24577 if (!(tem
= XCAR (XCDR (rect
)), INTEGERP (tem
) && x
<= XINT (tem
)))
24579 if (!(tem
= XCDR (XCDR (rect
)), INTEGERP (tem
) && y
<= XINT (tem
)))
24583 else if (EQ (XCAR (hot_spot
), Qcircle
))
24585 /* CDR is (Center . Radius) = ((x0 . y0) . r) */
24586 Lisp_Object circ
= XCDR (hot_spot
);
24587 Lisp_Object lr
, lx0
, ly0
;
24589 && CONSP (XCAR (circ
))
24590 && (lr
= XCDR (circ
), INTEGERP (lr
) || FLOATP (lr
))
24591 && (lx0
= XCAR (XCAR (circ
)), INTEGERP (lx0
))
24592 && (ly0
= XCDR (XCAR (circ
)), INTEGERP (ly0
)))
24594 double r
= XFLOATINT (lr
);
24595 double dx
= XINT (lx0
) - x
;
24596 double dy
= XINT (ly0
) - y
;
24597 return (dx
* dx
+ dy
* dy
<= r
* r
);
24600 else if (EQ (XCAR (hot_spot
), Qpoly
))
24602 /* CDR is [x0 y0 x1 y1 x2 y2 ...x(n-1) y(n-1)] */
24603 if (VECTORP (XCDR (hot_spot
)))
24605 struct Lisp_Vector
*v
= XVECTOR (XCDR (hot_spot
));
24606 Lisp_Object
*poly
= v
->contents
;
24610 Lisp_Object lx
, ly
;
24613 /* Need an even number of coordinates, and at least 3 edges. */
24614 if (n
< 6 || n
& 1)
24617 /* Count edge segments intersecting line from (X,Y) to (X,infinity).
24618 If count is odd, we are inside polygon. Pixels on edges
24619 may or may not be included depending on actual geometry of the
24621 if ((lx
= poly
[n
-2], !INTEGERP (lx
))
24622 || (ly
= poly
[n
-1], !INTEGERP (lx
)))
24624 x0
= XINT (lx
), y0
= XINT (ly
);
24625 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
+= 2)
24627 int x1
= x0
, y1
= y0
;
24628 if ((lx
= poly
[i
], !INTEGERP (lx
))
24629 || (ly
= poly
[i
+1], !INTEGERP (ly
)))
24631 x0
= XINT (lx
), y0
= XINT (ly
);
24633 /* Does this segment cross the X line? */
24641 if (y
> y0
&& y
> y1
)
24643 if (y
< y0
+ ((y1
- y0
) * (x
- x0
)) / (x1
- x0
))
24653 find_hot_spot (map
, x
, y
)
24657 while (CONSP (map
))
24659 if (CONSP (XCAR (map
))
24660 && on_hot_spot_p (XCAR (XCAR (map
)), x
, y
))
24668 DEFUN ("lookup-image-map", Flookup_image_map
, Slookup_image_map
,
24670 doc
: /* Lookup in image map MAP coordinates X and Y.
24671 An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST).
24672 An AREA is specified as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon:
24673 A rectangle is a cons (rect . ((x0 . y0) . (x1 . y1))) specifying the
24674 pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right corners.
24675 A circle is a cons (circle . ((x0 . y0) . r)) specifying the center
24676 and the radius of the circle; r may be a float or integer.
24677 A polygon is a cons (poly . [x0 y0 x1 y1 ...]) where each pair in the
24678 vector describes one corner in the polygon.
24679 Returns the alist element for the first matching AREA in MAP. */)
24690 return find_hot_spot (map
, XINT (x
), XINT (y
));
24694 /* Display frame CURSOR, optionally using shape defined by POINTER. */
24696 define_frame_cursor1 (f
, cursor
, pointer
)
24699 Lisp_Object pointer
;
24701 /* Do not change cursor shape while dragging mouse. */
24702 if (!NILP (do_mouse_tracking
))
24705 if (!NILP (pointer
))
24707 if (EQ (pointer
, Qarrow
))
24708 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
;
24709 else if (EQ (pointer
, Qhand
))
24710 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->hand_cursor
;
24711 else if (EQ (pointer
, Qtext
))
24712 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->text_cursor
;
24713 else if (EQ (pointer
, intern ("hdrag")))
24714 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->horizontal_drag_cursor
;
24715 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
24716 else if (EQ (pointer
, intern ("vdrag")))
24717 cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
24719 else if (EQ (pointer
, intern ("hourglass")))
24720 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->hourglass_cursor
;
24721 else if (EQ (pointer
, Qmodeline
))
24722 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->modeline_cursor
;
24724 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
;
24727 if (cursor
!= No_Cursor
)
24728 FRAME_RIF (f
)->define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
);
24731 /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or header line
24732 or marginal area AREA of window W, x-position X and y-position Y.
24733 X is relative to the start of the text display area of W, so the
24734 width of bitmap areas and scroll bars must be subtracted to get a
24735 position relative to the start of the mode line. */
24738 note_mode_line_or_margin_highlight (window
, x
, y
, area
)
24739 Lisp_Object window
;
24741 enum window_part area
;
24743 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
24744 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
24745 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
24746 Cursor cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
;
24747 Lisp_Object pointer
= Qnil
;
24748 int charpos
, dx
, dy
, width
, height
;
24749 Lisp_Object string
, object
= Qnil
;
24750 Lisp_Object pos
, help
;
24752 Lisp_Object mouse_face
;
24753 int original_x_pixel
= x
;
24754 struct glyph
* glyph
= NULL
, * row_start_glyph
= NULL
;
24755 struct glyph_row
*row
;
24757 if (area
== ON_MODE_LINE
|| area
== ON_HEADER_LINE
)
24762 string
= mode_line_string (w
, area
, &x
, &y
, &charpos
,
24763 &object
, &dx
, &dy
, &width
, &height
);
24765 row
= (area
== ON_MODE_LINE
24766 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
)
24767 : MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
));
24770 if (row
->mode_line_p
&& row
->enabled_p
)
24772 glyph
= row_start_glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
24773 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
24775 for (x0
= original_x_pixel
;
24776 glyph
< end
&& x0
>= glyph
->pixel_width
;
24778 x0
-= glyph
->pixel_width
;
24786 x
-= WINDOW_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
24787 string
= marginal_area_string (w
, area
, &x
, &y
, &charpos
,
24788 &object
, &dx
, &dy
, &width
, &height
);
24793 if (IMAGEP (object
))
24795 Lisp_Object image_map
, hotspot
;
24796 if ((image_map
= Fplist_get (XCDR (object
), QCmap
),
24798 && (hotspot
= find_hot_spot (image_map
, dx
, dy
),
24800 && (hotspot
= XCDR (hotspot
), CONSP (hotspot
)))
24802 Lisp_Object area_id
, plist
;
24804 area_id
= XCAR (hotspot
);
24805 /* Could check AREA_ID to see if we enter/leave this hot-spot.
24806 If so, we could look for mouse-enter, mouse-leave
24807 properties in PLIST (and do something...). */
24808 hotspot
= XCDR (hotspot
);
24809 if (CONSP (hotspot
)
24810 && (plist
= XCAR (hotspot
), CONSP (plist
)))
24812 pointer
= Fplist_get (plist
, Qpointer
);
24813 if (NILP (pointer
))
24815 help
= Fplist_get (plist
, Qhelp_echo
);
24818 help_echo_string
= help
;
24819 /* Is this correct? ++kfs */
24820 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window
, w
);
24821 help_echo_object
= w
->buffer
;
24822 help_echo_pos
= charpos
;
24826 if (NILP (pointer
))
24827 pointer
= Fplist_get (XCDR (object
), QCpointer
);
24830 if (STRINGP (string
))
24832 pos
= make_number (charpos
);
24833 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property, arrange
24834 for the help to be displayed. This is done by setting the
24835 global variable help_echo_string to the help string. */
24838 help
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qhelp_echo
, string
);
24841 help_echo_string
= help
;
24842 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window
, w
);
24843 help_echo_object
= string
;
24844 help_echo_pos
= charpos
;
24848 if (NILP (pointer
))
24849 pointer
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qpointer
, string
);
24851 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
24852 if (NILP (pointer
) && ((area
== ON_MODE_LINE
) || (area
== ON_HEADER_LINE
)))
24855 map
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qlocal_map
, string
);
24856 if (!KEYMAPP (map
))
24857 map
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qkeymap
, string
);
24858 if (!KEYMAPP (map
))
24859 cursor
= dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
24862 /* Change the mouse face according to what is under X/Y. */
24863 mouse_face
= Fget_text_property (pos
, Qmouse_face
, string
);
24864 if (!NILP (mouse_face
)
24865 && ((area
== ON_MODE_LINE
) || (area
== ON_HEADER_LINE
))
24870 struct glyph
* tmp_glyph
;
24874 int total_pixel_width
;
24879 b
= Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (charpos
+ 1),
24880 Qmouse_face
, string
, Qnil
);
24882 b
= make_number (0);
24884 e
= Fnext_single_property_change (pos
, Qmouse_face
, string
, Qnil
);
24886 e
= make_number (SCHARS (string
));
24888 /* Calculate the position(glyph position: GPOS) of GLYPH in
24889 displayed string. GPOS is different from CHARPOS.
24891 CHARPOS is the position of glyph in internal string
24892 object. A mode line string format has structures which
24893 is converted to a flatten by emacs lisp interpreter.
24894 The internal string is an element of the structures.
24895 The displayed string is the flatten string. */
24897 if (glyph
> row_start_glyph
)
24899 tmp_glyph
= glyph
- 1;
24900 while (tmp_glyph
>= row_start_glyph
24901 && tmp_glyph
->charpos
>= XINT (b
)
24902 && EQ (tmp_glyph
->object
, glyph
->object
))
24909 /* Calculate the lenght(glyph sequence length: GSEQ_LENGTH) of
24910 displayed string holding GLYPH.
24912 GSEQ_LENGTH is different from SCHARS (STRING).
24913 SCHARS (STRING) returns the length of the internal string. */
24914 for (tmp_glyph
= glyph
, gseq_length
= gpos
;
24915 tmp_glyph
->charpos
< XINT (e
);
24916 tmp_glyph
++, gseq_length
++)
24918 if (!EQ (tmp_glyph
->object
, glyph
->object
))
24922 total_pixel_width
= 0;
24923 for (tmp_glyph
= glyph
- gpos
; tmp_glyph
!= glyph
; tmp_glyph
++)
24924 total_pixel_width
+= tmp_glyph
->pixel_width
;
24926 /* Pre calculation of re-rendering position */
24928 hpos
= (area
== ON_MODE_LINE
24929 ? (w
->current_matrix
)->nrows
- 1
24932 /* If the re-rendering position is included in the last
24933 re-rendering area, we should do nothing. */
24934 if ( EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
24935 && dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
<= vpos
24936 && vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
24937 && dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
== hpos
)
24940 if (clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
))
24941 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
24943 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= vpos
;
24944 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hpos
;
24946 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= original_x_pixel
- (total_pixel_width
+ dx
);
24947 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= 0;
24949 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= vpos
+ gseq_length
;
24950 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
;
24952 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= 0;
24953 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
= 0;
24955 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
24956 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
24958 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= face_at_string_position (w
, string
,
24961 glyph
->face_id
, 1);
24962 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
24964 if (NILP (pointer
))
24967 else if ((area
== ON_MODE_LINE
) || (area
== ON_HEADER_LINE
))
24968 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
24970 define_frame_cursor1 (f
, cursor
, pointer
);
24975 Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
24976 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
24977 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
24978 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
24981 note_mouse_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
24985 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
24986 enum window_part part
;
24987 Lisp_Object window
;
24989 Cursor cursor
= No_Cursor
;
24990 Lisp_Object pointer
= Qnil
; /* Takes precedence over cursor! */
24993 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
24994 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK) || defined (HAVE_NS)
24995 if (popup_activated ())
24999 if (NILP (Vmouse_highlight
)
25000 || !f
->glyphs_initialized_p
25001 || f
->pointer_invisible
)
25004 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= x
;
25005 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= y
;
25006 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= f
;
25008 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
)
25011 if (gc_in_progress
)
25013 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 1;
25017 /* Which window is that in? */
25018 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &part
, 0, 0, 1);
25020 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that.
25021 Also clear if we move out of text area in same window. */
25022 if (! EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
25023 || (part
!= ON_TEXT
&& part
!= ON_MODE_LINE
&& part
!= ON_HEADER_LINE
25024 && !NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
25025 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
25027 /* Not on a window -> return. */
25028 if (!WINDOWP (window
))
25031 /* Reset help_echo_string. It will get recomputed below. */
25032 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
25034 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
25035 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
25036 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
25038 /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a
25040 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
25042 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
);
25046 /* Mouse is on the mode, header line or margin? */
25047 if (part
== ON_MODE_LINE
|| part
== ON_HEADER_LINE
25048 || part
== ON_LEFT_MARGIN
|| part
== ON_RIGHT_MARGIN
)
25050 note_mode_line_or_margin_highlight (window
, x
, y
, part
);
25054 if (part
== ON_VERTICAL_BORDER
)
25056 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->horizontal_drag_cursor
;
25057 help_echo_string
= build_string ("drag-mouse-1: resize");
25059 else if (part
== ON_LEFT_FRINGE
|| part
== ON_RIGHT_FRINGE
25060 || part
== ON_SCROLL_BAR
)
25061 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
;
25063 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->text_cursor
;
25065 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
25066 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
25067 b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
25068 if (part
== ON_TEXT
25069 && EQ (w
->window_end_valid
, w
->buffer
)
25070 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) == BUF_MODIFF (b
)
25071 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
))
25073 int hpos
, vpos
, i
, dx
, dy
, area
;
25075 struct glyph
*glyph
;
25076 Lisp_Object object
;
25077 Lisp_Object mouse_face
= Qnil
, overlay
= Qnil
, position
;
25078 Lisp_Object
*overlay_vec
= NULL
;
25080 struct buffer
*obuf
;
25081 int obegv
, ozv
, same_region
;
25083 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
25084 glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &dx
, &dy
, &area
);
25086 /* Look for :pointer property on image. */
25087 if (glyph
!= NULL
&& glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
25089 struct image
*img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (f
, glyph
->u
.img_id
);
25090 if (img
!= NULL
&& IMAGEP (img
->spec
))
25092 Lisp_Object image_map
, hotspot
;
25093 if ((image_map
= Fplist_get (XCDR (img
->spec
), QCmap
),
25095 && (hotspot
= find_hot_spot (image_map
,
25096 glyph
->slice
.x
+ dx
,
25097 glyph
->slice
.y
+ dy
),
25099 && (hotspot
= XCDR (hotspot
), CONSP (hotspot
)))
25101 Lisp_Object area_id
, plist
;
25103 area_id
= XCAR (hotspot
);
25104 /* Could check AREA_ID to see if we enter/leave this hot-spot.
25105 If so, we could look for mouse-enter, mouse-leave
25106 properties in PLIST (and do something...). */
25107 hotspot
= XCDR (hotspot
);
25108 if (CONSP (hotspot
)
25109 && (plist
= XCAR (hotspot
), CONSP (plist
)))
25111 pointer
= Fplist_get (plist
, Qpointer
);
25112 if (NILP (pointer
))
25114 help_echo_string
= Fplist_get (plist
, Qhelp_echo
);
25115 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
))
25117 help_echo_window
= window
;
25118 help_echo_object
= glyph
->object
;
25119 help_echo_pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
25123 if (NILP (pointer
))
25124 pointer
= Fplist_get (XCDR (img
->spec
), QCpointer
);
25128 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
25130 || area
!= TEXT_AREA
25131 || !MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
)->displays_text_p
)
25133 if (clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
))
25134 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
25135 if (NILP (pointer
))
25137 if (area
!= TEXT_AREA
)
25138 cursor
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->nontext_cursor
;
25140 pointer
= Vvoid_text_area_pointer
;
25145 pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
25146 object
= glyph
->object
;
25147 if (!STRINGP (object
) && !BUFFERP (object
))
25150 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
25151 if (BUFFERP (object
) && pos
> BUF_Z (b
))
25154 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
25155 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
25156 obuf
= current_buffer
;
25157 current_buffer
= b
;
25163 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
25164 position
= make_number (pos
);
25166 if (BUFFERP (object
))
25168 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec. */
25169 GET_OVERLAYS_AT (pos
, overlay_vec
, noverlays
, NULL
, 0);
25170 /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */
25171 noverlays
= sort_overlays (overlay_vec
, noverlays
, w
);
25176 same_region
= (EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
25177 && vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
25178 && vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
25179 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
25180 || hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
25181 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
25182 || hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
25183 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
));
25186 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
25188 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
25190 /* If there exists an overlay with mouse-face overlapping
25191 the one we are currently highlighting, we have to
25192 check if we enter the overlapping overlay, and then
25193 highlight only that. */
25194 || (OVERLAYP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
)
25195 && mouse_face_overlay_overlaps (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
)))
25197 /* Find the highest priority overlay with a mouse-face. */
25199 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (overlay
); --i
)
25201 mouse_face
= Foverlay_get (overlay_vec
[i
], Qmouse_face
);
25202 if (!NILP (mouse_face
))
25203 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
25206 /* If we're highlighting the same overlay as before, there's
25207 no need to do that again. */
25208 if (!NILP (overlay
) && EQ (overlay
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
))
25209 goto check_help_echo
;
25210 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= overlay
;
25212 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
25213 if (clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
))
25214 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
25216 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
25217 if (NILP (overlay
))
25218 mouse_face
= Fget_text_property (position
, Qmouse_face
, object
);
25220 /* Next, compute the bounds of the mouse highlighting and
25222 if (!NILP (mouse_face
) && STRINGP (object
))
25224 /* The mouse-highlighting comes from a display string
25225 with a mouse-face. */
25229 b
= Fprevious_single_property_change
25230 (make_number (pos
+ 1), Qmouse_face
, object
, Qnil
);
25231 e
= Fnext_single_property_change
25232 (position
, Qmouse_face
, object
, Qnil
);
25234 b
= make_number (0);
25236 e
= make_number (SCHARS (object
) - 1);
25238 fast_find_string_pos (w
, XINT (b
), object
,
25239 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
25240 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
25241 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
25242 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
, 0);
25243 fast_find_string_pos (w
, XINT (e
), object
,
25244 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
25245 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
25246 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
25247 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
, 1);
25248 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
25249 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
25250 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
25251 = face_at_string_position (w
, object
, pos
, 0, 0, 0, &ignore
,
25252 glyph
->face_id
, 1);
25253 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
25254 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
25258 /* The mouse-highlighting, if any, comes from an overlay
25259 or text property in the buffer. */
25260 Lisp_Object buffer
, display_string
;
25262 if (STRINGP (object
))
25264 /* If we are on a display string with no mouse-face,
25265 check if the text under it has one. */
25266 struct glyph_row
*r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
25267 int start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
25268 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, object
, start
);
25271 mouse_face
= get_char_property_and_overlay
25272 (make_number (pos
), Qmouse_face
, w
->buffer
, &overlay
);
25273 buffer
= w
->buffer
;
25274 display_string
= object
;
25280 display_string
= Qnil
;
25283 if (!NILP (mouse_face
))
25285 Lisp_Object before
, after
;
25286 Lisp_Object before_string
, after_string
;
25288 if (NILP (overlay
))
25290 /* Handle the text property case. */
25291 before
= Fprevious_single_property_change
25292 (make_number (pos
+ 1), Qmouse_face
, buffer
,
25293 Fmarker_position (w
->start
));
25294 after
= Fnext_single_property_change
25295 (make_number (pos
), Qmouse_face
, buffer
,
25296 make_number (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (buffer
))
25297 - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
)));
25298 before_string
= after_string
= Qnil
;
25302 /* Handle the overlay case. */
25303 before
= Foverlay_start (overlay
);
25304 after
= Foverlay_end (overlay
);
25305 before_string
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qbefore_string
);
25306 after_string
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qafter_string
);
25308 if (!STRINGP (before_string
)) before_string
= Qnil
;
25309 if (!STRINGP (after_string
)) after_string
= Qnil
;
25312 mouse_face_from_buffer_pos (window
, dpyinfo
, pos
,
25315 before_string
, after_string
,
25317 cursor
= No_Cursor
;
25324 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
25325 if (NILP (help_echo_string
)) {
25326 Lisp_Object help
, overlay
;
25328 /* Check overlays first. */
25329 help
= overlay
= Qnil
;
25330 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (help
); --i
)
25332 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
25333 help
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qhelp_echo
);
25338 help_echo_string
= help
;
25339 help_echo_window
= window
;
25340 help_echo_object
= overlay
;
25341 help_echo_pos
= pos
;
25345 Lisp_Object object
= glyph
->object
;
25346 int charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
25348 /* Try text properties. */
25349 if (STRINGP (object
)
25351 && charpos
< SCHARS (object
))
25353 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
25354 Qhelp_echo
, object
);
25357 /* If the string itself doesn't specify a help-echo,
25358 see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */
25359 struct glyph_row
*r
25360 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
25361 int start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
25362 EMACS_INT pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, object
, start
);
25365 help
= Fget_char_property (make_number (pos
),
25366 Qhelp_echo
, w
->buffer
);
25370 object
= w
->buffer
;
25375 else if (BUFFERP (object
)
25378 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
), Qhelp_echo
,
25383 help_echo_string
= help
;
25384 help_echo_window
= window
;
25385 help_echo_object
= object
;
25386 help_echo_pos
= charpos
;
25391 /* Look for a `pointer' property. */
25392 if (NILP (pointer
))
25394 /* Check overlays first. */
25395 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (pointer
); --i
)
25396 pointer
= Foverlay_get (overlay_vec
[i
], Qpointer
);
25398 if (NILP (pointer
))
25400 Lisp_Object object
= glyph
->object
;
25401 int charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
25403 /* Try text properties. */
25404 if (STRINGP (object
)
25406 && charpos
< SCHARS (object
))
25408 pointer
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
25410 if (NILP (pointer
))
25412 /* If the string itself doesn't specify a pointer,
25413 see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */
25414 struct glyph_row
*r
25415 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
25416 int start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
25417 EMACS_INT pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, object
,
25420 pointer
= Fget_char_property (make_number (pos
),
25421 Qpointer
, w
->buffer
);
25424 else if (BUFFERP (object
)
25427 pointer
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
25434 current_buffer
= obuf
;
25439 define_frame_cursor1 (f
, cursor
, pointer
);
25444 Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the
25445 redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar
25446 functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */
25449 x_clear_window_mouse_face (w
)
25452 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
25453 Lisp_Object window
;
25456 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
25457 if (EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
25458 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
25464 Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
25465 This is used when the size of F is changed. */
25468 cancel_mouse_face (f
)
25471 Lisp_Object window
;
25472 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
25474 window
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
;
25475 if (! NILP (window
) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
) == f
)
25477 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
25478 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
25479 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
25484 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
25487 /***********************************************************************
25489 ***********************************************************************/
25491 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
25493 /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
25494 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
25497 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, area
)
25499 struct glyph_row
*row
;
25501 enum glyph_row_area area
;
25503 struct glyph
*first
= row
->glyphs
[area
];
25504 struct glyph
*end
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + row
->used
[area
];
25505 struct glyph
*last
;
25506 int first_x
, start_x
, x
;
25508 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
&& row
->fill_line_p
)
25509 /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */
25510 draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, area
,
25511 0, row
->used
[area
],
25512 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
25515 /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
25516 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
25517 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
25518 start_x
= window_box_left_offset (w
, area
);
25520 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
25523 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
25525 && x
+ first
->pixel_width
< r
->x
)
25527 x
+= first
->pixel_width
;
25531 /* Find the last one. */
25535 && x
< r
->x
+ r
->width
)
25537 x
+= last
->pixel_width
;
25543 draw_glyphs (w
, first_x
- start_x
, row
, area
,
25544 first
- row
->glyphs
[area
], last
- row
->glyphs
[area
],
25545 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
25550 /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
25551 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. Value is
25552 non-zero if mouse-face was overwritten. */
25555 expose_line (w
, row
, r
)
25557 struct glyph_row
*row
;
25560 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
25562 if (row
->mode_line_p
|| w
->pseudo_window_p
)
25563 draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
25564 0, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
],
25565 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
25568 if (row
->used
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
])
25569 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
25570 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
25571 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, TEXT_AREA
);
25572 if (row
->used
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
])
25573 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
);
25574 draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, row
);
25577 return row
->mouse_face_p
;
25581 /* Redraw those parts of glyphs rows during expose event handling that
25582 overlap other rows. Redrawing of an exposed line writes over parts
25583 of lines overlapping that exposed line; this function fixes that.
25585 W is the window being exposed. FIRST_OVERLAPPING_ROW is the first
25586 row in W's current matrix that is exposed and overlaps other rows.
25587 LAST_OVERLAPPING_ROW is the last such row. */
25590 expose_overlaps (w
, first_overlapping_row
, last_overlapping_row
, r
)
25592 struct glyph_row
*first_overlapping_row
;
25593 struct glyph_row
*last_overlapping_row
;
25596 struct glyph_row
*row
;
25598 for (row
= first_overlapping_row
; row
<= last_overlapping_row
; ++row
)
25599 if (row
->overlapping_p
)
25601 xassert (row
->enabled_p
&& !row
->mode_line_p
);
25604 if (row
->used
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
])
25605 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
, OVERLAPS_BOTH
);
25607 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
25608 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, OVERLAPS_BOTH
);
25610 if (row
->used
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
])
25611 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
, OVERLAPS_BOTH
);
25617 /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
25620 phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, r
)
25624 XRectangle cr
, result
;
25625 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
25626 struct glyph_row
*row
;
25628 if (w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
>= 0
25629 && w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
25630 && (row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
),
25632 && row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
)
25634 /* Cursor is in the fringe. */
25635 cr
.x
= window_box_right_offset (w
,
25636 (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
25637 ? RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
25640 cr
.width
= WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
);
25641 cr
.height
= row
->height
;
25642 return x_intersect_rectangles (&cr
, r
, &result
);
25645 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
25648 /* r is relative to W's box, but w->phys_cursor.x is relative
25649 to left edge of W's TEXT area. Adjust it. */
25650 cr
.x
= window_box_left_offset (w
, TEXT_AREA
) + w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
25651 cr
.y
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
;
25652 cr
.width
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
;
25653 cr
.height
= w
->phys_cursor_height
;
25654 /* ++KFS: W32 version used W32-specific IntersectRect here, but
25655 I assume the effect is the same -- and this is portable. */
25656 return x_intersect_rectangles (&cr
, r
, &result
);
25658 /* If we don't understand the format, pretend we're not in the hot-spot. */
25664 Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
25665 have vertical scroll bars. */
25668 x_draw_vertical_border (w
)
25671 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
25673 /* We could do better, if we knew what type of scroll-bar the adjacent
25674 windows (on either side) have... But we don't :-(
25675 However, I think this works ok. ++KFS 2003-04-25 */
25677 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
25678 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
25679 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
25680 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
25681 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (w
->frame
)))
25684 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
25685 && !WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
25687 int x0
, x1
, y0
, y1
;
25689 window_box_edges (w
, -1, &x0
, &y0
, &x1
, &y1
);
25692 if (WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
) == 0)
25695 FRAME_RIF (f
)->draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x1
, y0
, y1
);
25697 else if (!WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
25698 && !WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
25700 int x0
, x1
, y0
, y1
;
25702 window_box_edges (w
, -1, &x0
, &y0
, &x1
, &y1
);
25705 if (WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
) == 0)
25708 FRAME_RIF (f
)->draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x0
, y0
, y1
);
25713 /* Redraw the part of window W intersection rectangle FR. Pixel
25714 coordinates in FR are frame-relative. Call this function with
25715 input blocked. Value is non-zero if the exposure overwrites
25719 expose_window (w
, fr
)
25723 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
25725 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
25727 /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can
25728 happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split.
25729 Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly
25731 if (w
->current_matrix
== NULL
)
25734 /* When we're currently updating the window, display and current
25735 matrix usually don't agree. Arrange for a thorough display
25737 if (w
== updated_window
)
25739 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
25743 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
25744 wr
.x
= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
);
25745 wr
.y
= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w
);
25746 wr
.width
= WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w
);
25747 wr
.height
= WINDOW_TOTAL_HEIGHT (w
);
25749 if (x_intersect_rectangles (fr
, &wr
, &r
))
25751 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
25752 struct glyph_row
*row
;
25753 int cursor_cleared_p
;
25754 struct glyph_row
*first_overlapping_row
, *last_overlapping_row
;
25756 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
25757 r
.x
, r
.y
, r
.width
, r
.height
));
25759 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
25760 r
.x
-= WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
);
25761 r
.y
-= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w
);
25763 /* Turn off the cursor. */
25764 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
25765 && phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, &r
))
25767 x_clear_cursor (w
);
25768 cursor_cleared_p
= 1;
25771 cursor_cleared_p
= 0;
25773 /* Update lines intersecting rectangle R. */
25774 first_overlapping_row
= last_overlapping_row
= NULL
;
25775 for (row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
25780 int y1
= MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
);
25782 if ((y0
>= r
.y
&& y0
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
25783 || (y1
> r
.y
&& y1
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
25784 || (r
.y
>= y0
&& r
.y
< y1
)
25785 || (r
.y
+ r
.height
> y0
&& r
.y
+ r
.height
< y1
))
25787 /* A header line may be overlapping, but there is no need
25788 to fix overlapping areas for them. KFS 2005-02-12 */
25789 if (row
->overlapping_p
&& !row
->mode_line_p
)
25791 if (first_overlapping_row
== NULL
)
25792 first_overlapping_row
= row
;
25793 last_overlapping_row
= row
;
25797 if (expose_line (w
, row
, &r
))
25798 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 1;
25801 else if (row
->overlapping_p
)
25803 /* We must redraw a row overlapping the exposed area. */
25805 ? y0
+ row
->phys_height
> r
.y
25806 : y0
+ row
->ascent
- row
->phys_ascent
< r
.y
+r
.height
)
25808 if (first_overlapping_row
== NULL
)
25809 first_overlapping_row
= row
;
25810 last_overlapping_row
= row
;
25818 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
25819 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
25820 && (row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
),
25822 && row
->y
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
25824 if (expose_line (w
, row
, &r
))
25825 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 1;
25828 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
25830 /* Fix the display of overlapping rows. */
25831 if (first_overlapping_row
)
25832 expose_overlaps (w
, first_overlapping_row
, last_overlapping_row
,
25835 /* Draw border between windows. */
25836 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
25838 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
25839 if (cursor_cleared_p
)
25840 update_window_cursor (w
, 1);
25844 return mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
25849 /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
25850 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. Value is
25851 non-zero if the exposure overwrites mouse-face. */
25854 expose_window_tree (w
, r
)
25858 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
25859 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
25861 while (w
&& !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
25863 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
25864 mouse_face_overwritten_p
25865 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), r
);
25866 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
25867 mouse_face_overwritten_p
25868 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), r
);
25870 mouse_face_overwritten_p
|= expose_window (w
, r
);
25872 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? NULL
: XWINDOW (w
->next
);
25875 return mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
25880 Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
25881 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
25882 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
25883 the entire frame. */
25886 expose_frame (f
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
25891 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
25893 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_frame "));
25895 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
25896 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
25898 TRACE ((stderr
, " garbaged\n"));
25902 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
25903 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
25904 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
25905 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
) == NULL
25906 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
)->used
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
25908 TRACE ((stderr
, " no faces\n"));
25912 if (w
== 0 || h
== 0)
25915 r
.width
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) * FRAME_COLS (f
);
25916 r
.height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) * FRAME_LINES (f
);
25926 TRACE ((stderr
, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r
.x
, r
.y
, r
.width
, r
.height
));
25927 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), &r
);
25929 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
))
25930 mouse_face_overwritten_p
25931 |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
), &r
);
25933 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
25935 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
25936 if (WINDOWP (f
->menu_bar_window
))
25937 mouse_face_overwritten_p
25938 |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f
->menu_bar_window
), &r
);
25939 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
25943 /* Some window managers support a focus-follows-mouse style with
25944 delayed raising of frames. Imagine a partially obscured frame,
25945 and moving the mouse into partially obscured mouse-face on that
25946 frame. The visible part of the mouse-face will be highlighted,
25947 then the WM raises the obscured frame. With at least one WM, KDE
25948 2.1, Emacs is not getting any event for the raising of the frame
25949 (even tried with SubstructureRedirectMask), only Expose events.
25950 These expose events will draw text normally, i.e. not
25951 highlighted. Which means we must redo the highlight here.
25952 Subsume it under ``we love X''. --gerd 2001-08-15 */
25953 /* Included in Windows version because Windows most likely does not
25954 do the right thing if any third party tool offers
25955 focus-follows-mouse with delayed raise. --jason 2001-10-12 */
25956 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
&& !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
25958 Display_Info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
25959 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
25961 int x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
;
25962 int y
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
;
25963 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
25964 note_mouse_highlight (f
, x
, y
);
25971 Determine the intersection of two rectangles R1 and R2. Return
25972 the intersection in *RESULT. Value is non-zero if RESULT is not
25976 x_intersect_rectangles (r1
, r2
, result
)
25977 XRectangle
*r1
, *r2
, *result
;
25979 XRectangle
*left
, *right
;
25980 XRectangle
*upper
, *lower
;
25981 int intersection_p
= 0;
25983 /* Rearrange so that R1 is the left-most rectangle. */
25985 left
= r1
, right
= r2
;
25987 left
= r2
, right
= r1
;
25989 /* X0 of the intersection is right.x0, if this is inside R1,
25990 otherwise there is no intersection. */
25991 if (right
->x
<= left
->x
+ left
->width
)
25993 result
->x
= right
->x
;
25995 /* The right end of the intersection is the minimum of the
25996 the right ends of left and right. */
25997 result
->width
= (min (left
->x
+ left
->width
, right
->x
+ right
->width
)
26000 /* Same game for Y. */
26002 upper
= r1
, lower
= r2
;
26004 upper
= r2
, lower
= r1
;
26006 /* The upper end of the intersection is lower.y0, if this is inside
26007 of upper. Otherwise, there is no intersection. */
26008 if (lower
->y
<= upper
->y
+ upper
->height
)
26010 result
->y
= lower
->y
;
26012 /* The lower end of the intersection is the minimum of the lower
26013 ends of upper and lower. */
26014 result
->height
= (min (lower
->y
+ lower
->height
,
26015 upper
->y
+ upper
->height
)
26017 intersection_p
= 1;
26021 return intersection_p
;
26024 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
26027 /***********************************************************************
26029 ***********************************************************************/
26034 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
= Qnil
;
26035 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector
);
26037 Vmessage_stack
= Qnil
;
26038 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack
);
26040 Qinhibit_redisplay
= intern_c_string ("inhibit-redisplay");
26041 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay
);
26043 message_dolog_marker1
= Fmake_marker ();
26044 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker1
);
26045 message_dolog_marker2
= Fmake_marker ();
26046 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker2
);
26047 message_dolog_marker3
= Fmake_marker ();
26048 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker3
);
26051 defsubr (&Sdump_frame_glyph_matrix
);
26052 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix
);
26053 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row
);
26054 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row
);
26055 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay
);
26056 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr
);
26058 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
26059 defsubr (&Stool_bar_lines_needed
);
26060 defsubr (&Slookup_image_map
);
26062 defsubr (&Sformat_mode_line
);
26063 defsubr (&Sinvisible_p
);
26064 defsubr (&Scurrent_bidi_paragraph_direction
);
26066 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook
);
26067 Qmenu_bar_update_hook
= intern_c_string ("menu-bar-update-hook");
26069 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
);
26070 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map
= intern_c_string ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
26072 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map
);
26073 Qoverriding_local_map
= intern_c_string ("overriding-local-map");
26075 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions
);
26076 Qwindow_scroll_functions
= intern_c_string ("window-scroll-functions");
26078 staticpro (&Qwindow_text_change_functions
);
26079 Qwindow_text_change_functions
= intern_c_string ("window-text-change-functions");
26081 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
);
26082 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions
= intern_c_string ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
26084 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
);
26085 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
= intern_c_string ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
26087 Qeval
= intern_c_string ("eval");
26088 staticpro (&Qeval
);
26090 QCdata
= intern_c_string (":data");
26091 staticpro (&QCdata
);
26092 Qdisplay
= intern_c_string ("display");
26093 staticpro (&Qdisplay
);
26094 Qspace_width
= intern_c_string ("space-width");
26095 staticpro (&Qspace_width
);
26096 Qraise
= intern_c_string ("raise");
26097 staticpro (&Qraise
);
26098 Qslice
= intern_c_string ("slice");
26099 staticpro (&Qslice
);
26100 Qspace
= intern_c_string ("space");
26101 staticpro (&Qspace
);
26102 Qmargin
= intern_c_string ("margin");
26103 staticpro (&Qmargin
);
26104 Qpointer
= intern_c_string ("pointer");
26105 staticpro (&Qpointer
);
26106 Qleft_margin
= intern_c_string ("left-margin");
26107 staticpro (&Qleft_margin
);
26108 Qright_margin
= intern_c_string ("right-margin");
26109 staticpro (&Qright_margin
);
26110 Qcenter
= intern_c_string ("center");
26111 staticpro (&Qcenter
);
26112 Qline_height
= intern_c_string ("line-height");
26113 staticpro (&Qline_height
);
26114 QCalign_to
= intern_c_string (":align-to");
26115 staticpro (&QCalign_to
);
26116 QCrelative_width
= intern_c_string (":relative-width");
26117 staticpro (&QCrelative_width
);
26118 QCrelative_height
= intern_c_string (":relative-height");
26119 staticpro (&QCrelative_height
);
26120 QCeval
= intern_c_string (":eval");
26121 staticpro (&QCeval
);
26122 QCpropertize
= intern_c_string (":propertize");
26123 staticpro (&QCpropertize
);
26124 QCfile
= intern_c_string (":file");
26125 staticpro (&QCfile
);
26126 Qfontified
= intern_c_string ("fontified");
26127 staticpro (&Qfontified
);
26128 Qfontification_functions
= intern_c_string ("fontification-functions");
26129 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions
);
26130 Qtrailing_whitespace
= intern_c_string ("trailing-whitespace");
26131 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace
);
26132 Qescape_glyph
= intern_c_string ("escape-glyph");
26133 staticpro (&Qescape_glyph
);
26134 Qnobreak_space
= intern_c_string ("nobreak-space");
26135 staticpro (&Qnobreak_space
);
26136 Qimage
= intern_c_string ("image");
26137 staticpro (&Qimage
);
26138 Qtext
= intern_c_string ("text");
26139 staticpro (&Qtext
);
26140 Qboth
= intern_c_string ("both");
26141 staticpro (&Qboth
);
26142 Qboth_horiz
= intern_c_string ("both-horiz");
26143 staticpro (&Qboth_horiz
);
26144 QCmap
= intern_c_string (":map");
26145 staticpro (&QCmap
);
26146 QCpointer
= intern_c_string (":pointer");
26147 staticpro (&QCpointer
);
26148 Qrect
= intern_c_string ("rect");
26149 staticpro (&Qrect
);
26150 Qcircle
= intern_c_string ("circle");
26151 staticpro (&Qcircle
);
26152 Qpoly
= intern_c_string ("poly");
26153 staticpro (&Qpoly
);
26154 Qmessage_truncate_lines
= intern_c_string ("message-truncate-lines");
26155 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines
);
26156 Qgrow_only
= intern_c_string ("grow-only");
26157 staticpro (&Qgrow_only
);
26158 Qinhibit_menubar_update
= intern_c_string ("inhibit-menubar-update");
26159 staticpro (&Qinhibit_menubar_update
);
26160 Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay
= intern_c_string ("inhibit-eval-during-redisplay");
26161 staticpro (&Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay
);
26162 Qposition
= intern_c_string ("position");
26163 staticpro (&Qposition
);
26164 Qbuffer_position
= intern_c_string ("buffer-position");
26165 staticpro (&Qbuffer_position
);
26166 Qobject
= intern_c_string ("object");
26167 staticpro (&Qobject
);
26168 Qbar
= intern_c_string ("bar");
26170 Qhbar
= intern_c_string ("hbar");
26171 staticpro (&Qhbar
);
26172 Qbox
= intern_c_string ("box");
26174 Qhollow
= intern_c_string ("hollow");
26175 staticpro (&Qhollow
);
26176 Qhand
= intern_c_string ("hand");
26177 staticpro (&Qhand
);
26178 Qarrow
= intern_c_string ("arrow");
26179 staticpro (&Qarrow
);
26180 Qtext
= intern_c_string ("text");
26181 staticpro (&Qtext
);
26182 Qrisky_local_variable
= intern_c_string ("risky-local-variable");
26183 staticpro (&Qrisky_local_variable
);
26184 Qinhibit_free_realized_faces
= intern_c_string ("inhibit-free-realized-faces");
26185 staticpro (&Qinhibit_free_realized_faces
);
26187 list_of_error
= Fcons (Fcons (intern_c_string ("error"),
26188 Fcons (intern_c_string ("void-variable"), Qnil
)),
26190 staticpro (&list_of_error
);
26192 Qlast_arrow_position
= intern_c_string ("last-arrow-position");
26193 staticpro (&Qlast_arrow_position
);
26194 Qlast_arrow_string
= intern_c_string ("last-arrow-string");
26195 staticpro (&Qlast_arrow_string
);
26197 Qoverlay_arrow_string
= intern_c_string ("overlay-arrow-string");
26198 staticpro (&Qoverlay_arrow_string
);
26199 Qoverlay_arrow_bitmap
= intern_c_string ("overlay-arrow-bitmap");
26200 staticpro (&Qoverlay_arrow_bitmap
);
26202 echo_buffer
[0] = echo_buffer
[1] = Qnil
;
26203 staticpro (&echo_buffer
[0]);
26204 staticpro (&echo_buffer
[1]);
26206 echo_area_buffer
[0] = echo_area_buffer
[1] = Qnil
;
26207 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer
[0]);
26208 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer
[1]);
26210 Vmessages_buffer_name
= make_pure_c_string ("*Messages*");
26211 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name
);
26213 mode_line_proptrans_alist
= Qnil
;
26214 staticpro (&mode_line_proptrans_alist
);
26215 mode_line_string_list
= Qnil
;
26216 staticpro (&mode_line_string_list
);
26217 mode_line_string_face
= Qnil
;
26218 staticpro (&mode_line_string_face
);
26219 mode_line_string_face_prop
= Qnil
;
26220 staticpro (&mode_line_string_face_prop
);
26221 Vmode_line_unwind_vector
= Qnil
;
26222 staticpro (&Vmode_line_unwind_vector
);
26224 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
26225 staticpro (&help_echo_string
);
26226 help_echo_object
= Qnil
;
26227 staticpro (&help_echo_object
);
26228 help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
26229 staticpro (&help_echo_window
);
26230 previous_help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
26231 staticpro (&previous_help_echo_string
);
26232 help_echo_pos
= -1;
26234 Qright_to_left
= intern_c_string ("right-to-left");
26235 staticpro (&Qright_to_left
);
26236 Qleft_to_right
= intern_c_string ("left-to-right");
26237 staticpro (&Qleft_to_right
);
26239 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
26240 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p
,
26241 doc
: /* *Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.
26242 For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as
26243 wide as that tab on the display. */);
26244 x_stretch_cursor_p
= 0;
26247 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace
,
26248 doc
: /* *Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.
26249 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'. */);
26250 Vshow_trailing_whitespace
= Qnil
;
26252 DEFVAR_LISP ("nobreak-char-display", &Vnobreak_char_display
,
26253 doc
: /* *Control highlighting of nobreak space and soft hyphen.
26254 A value of t means highlight the character itself (for nobreak space,
26255 use face `nobreak-space').
26256 A value of nil means no highlighting.
26257 Other values mean display the escape glyph followed by an ordinary
26258 space or ordinary hyphen. */);
26259 Vnobreak_char_display
= Qt
;
26261 DEFVAR_LISP ("void-text-area-pointer", &Vvoid_text_area_pointer
,
26262 doc
: /* *The pointer shape to show in void text areas.
26263 A value of nil means to show the text pointer. Other options are `arrow',
26264 `text', `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'. */);
26265 Vvoid_text_area_pointer
= Qarrow
;
26267 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay
,
26268 doc
: /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.
26269 This is used for internal purposes. */);
26270 Vinhibit_redisplay
= Qnil
;
26272 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string
,
26273 doc
: /* String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'. */);
26274 Vglobal_mode_string
= Qnil
;
26276 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position
,
26277 doc
: /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.
26278 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.
26279 See also `overlay-arrow-string'. */);
26280 Voverlay_arrow_position
= Qnil
;
26282 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string
,
26283 doc
: /* String to display as an arrow in non-window frames.
26284 See also `overlay-arrow-position'. */);
26285 Voverlay_arrow_string
= make_pure_c_string ("=>");
26287 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-variable-list", &Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
,
26288 doc
: /* List of variables (symbols) which hold markers for overlay arrows.
26289 The symbols on this list are examined during redisplay to determine
26290 where to display overlay arrows. */);
26291 Voverlay_arrow_variable_list
26292 = Fcons (intern_c_string ("overlay-arrow-position"), Qnil
);
26294 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step
,
26295 doc
: /* *The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.
26296 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.
26297 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.
26298 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set
26299 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1. */);
26301 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively
,
26302 doc
: /* *Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.
26303 If point moves off-screen, redisplay will scroll by up to
26304 `scroll-conservatively' lines in order to bring point just barely
26305 onto the screen again. If that cannot be done, then redisplay
26306 recenters point as usual.
26308 A value of zero means always recenter point if it moves off screen. */);
26309 scroll_conservatively
= 0;
26311 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin
,
26312 doc
: /* *Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.
26313 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines
26314 of the top or bottom of the window. */);
26317 DEFVAR_LISP ("display-pixels-per-inch", &Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
,
26318 doc
: /* Pixels per inch value for non-window system displays.
26319 Value is a number or a cons (WIDTH-DPI . HEIGHT-DPI). */);
26320 Vdisplay_pixels_per_inch
= make_float (72.0);
26323 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos
, doc
: /* Don't ask. */);
26326 DEFVAR_LISP ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
26327 &Vtruncate_partial_width_windows
,
26328 doc
: /* Non-nil means truncate lines in windows narrower than the frame.
26329 For an integer value, truncate lines in each window narrower than the
26330 full frame width, provided the window width is less than that integer;
26331 otherwise, respect the value of `truncate-lines'.
26333 For any other non-nil value, truncate lines in all windows that do
26334 not span the full frame width.
26336 A value of nil means to respect the value of `truncate-lines'.
26338 If `word-wrap' is enabled, you might want to reduce this. */);
26339 Vtruncate_partial_width_windows
= make_number (50);
26341 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video
,
26342 doc
: /* When nil, display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.
26343 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',
26344 `header-line', or `menu' respectively. */);
26345 mode_line_inverse_video
= 1;
26347 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit
,
26348 doc
: /* *Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.
26349 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear
26350 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit. */);
26351 Vline_number_display_limit
= Qnil
;
26353 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
26354 &line_number_display_limit_width
,
26355 doc
: /* *Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.
26356 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the
26357 line number may be omitted from the mode line. */);
26358 line_number_display_limit_width
= 200;
26360 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows
,
26361 doc
: /* *Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows. */);
26362 highlight_nonselected_windows
= 0;
26364 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames
,
26365 doc
: /* Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.
26366 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.
26367 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing
26368 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'. */);
26370 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format
,
26371 doc
: /* Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.
26372 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)
26374 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format', except that
26375 the %c and %l constructs are ignored. It is used only on frames for
26376 which no explicit name has been set \(see `modify-frame-parameters'). */);
26378 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format
,
26379 doc
: /* Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.
26380 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)
26381 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),
26382 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set
26383 \(see `modify-frame-parameters'). */);
26385 = Vframe_title_format
26386 = pure_cons (intern_c_string ("multiple-frames"),
26387 pure_cons (make_pure_c_string ("%b"),
26388 pure_cons (pure_cons (empty_unibyte_string
,
26389 pure_cons (intern_c_string ("invocation-name"),
26390 pure_cons (make_pure_c_string ("@"),
26391 pure_cons (intern_c_string ("system-name"),
26395 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max
,
26396 doc
: /* Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.
26397 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate
26398 the buffer when it becomes large. */);
26399 Vmessage_log_max
= make_number (100);
26401 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions
,
26402 doc
: /* Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.
26403 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.
26404 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed
26405 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,
26406 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument. */);
26407 Vwindow_size_change_functions
= Qnil
;
26409 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions
,
26410 doc
: /* List of functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.
26411 Each function is called with two arguments, the window and its new
26412 display-start position. Note that these functions are also called by
26413 `set-window-buffer'. Also note that the value of `window-end' is not
26414 valid when these functions are called. */);
26415 Vwindow_scroll_functions
= Qnil
;
26417 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-text-change-functions",
26418 &Vwindow_text_change_functions
,
26419 doc
: /* Functions to call in redisplay when text in the window might change. */);
26420 Vwindow_text_change_functions
= Qnil
;
26422 DEFVAR_LISP ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions", &Vredisplay_end_trigger_functions
,
26423 doc
: /* Functions called when redisplay of a window reaches the end trigger.
26424 Each function is called with two arguments, the window and the end trigger value.
26425 See `set-window-redisplay-end-trigger'. */);
26426 Vredisplay_end_trigger_functions
= Qnil
;
26428 DEFVAR_LISP ("mouse-autoselect-window", &Vmouse_autoselect_window
,
26429 doc
: /* *Non-nil means autoselect window with mouse pointer.
26430 If nil, do not autoselect windows.
26431 A positive number means delay autoselection by that many seconds: a
26432 window is autoselected only after the mouse has remained in that
26433 window for the duration of the delay.
26434 A negative number has a similar effect, but causes windows to be
26435 autoselected only after the mouse has stopped moving. \(Because of
26436 the way Emacs compares mouse events, you will occasionally wait twice
26437 that time before the window gets selected.\)
26438 Any other value means to autoselect window instantaneously when the
26439 mouse pointer enters it.
26441 Autoselection selects the minibuffer only if it is active, and never
26442 unselects the minibuffer if it is active.
26444 When customizing this variable make sure that the actual value of
26445 `focus-follows-mouse' matches the behavior of your window manager. */);
26446 Vmouse_autoselect_window
= Qnil
;
26448 DEFVAR_LISP ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &Vauto_resize_tool_bars
,
26449 doc
: /* *Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.
26450 This dynamically changes the tool-bar's height to the minimum height
26451 that is needed to make all tool-bar items visible.
26452 If value is `grow-only', the tool-bar's height is only increased
26453 automatically; to decrease the tool-bar height, use \\[recenter]. */);
26454 Vauto_resize_tool_bars
= Qt
;
26456 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p
,
26457 doc
: /* *Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them. */);
26458 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p
= 1;
26460 DEFVAR_BOOL ("make-cursor-line-fully-visible", &make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
,
26461 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to scroll (recenter) cursor line if it is not fully visible. */);
26462 make_cursor_line_fully_visible_p
= 1;
26464 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-border", &Vtool_bar_border
,
26465 doc
: /* *Border below tool-bar in pixels.
26466 If an integer, use it as the height of the border.
26467 If it is one of `internal-border-width' or `border-width', use the
26468 value of the corresponding frame parameter.
26469 Otherwise, no border is added below the tool-bar. */);
26470 Vtool_bar_border
= Qinternal_border_width
;
26472 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-button-margin", &Vtool_bar_button_margin
,
26473 doc
: /* *Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.
26474 If an integer, use that for both horizontal and vertical margins.
26475 Otherwise, value should be a pair of integers `(HORZ . VERT)' with
26476 HORZ specifying the horizontal margin, and VERT specifying the
26477 vertical margin. */);
26478 Vtool_bar_button_margin
= make_number (DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN
);
26480 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief
,
26481 doc
: /* *Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons. */);
26482 tool_bar_button_relief
= DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
26484 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-style", &Vtool_bar_style
,
26485 doc
: /* *Tool bar style to use.
26487 image - show images only
26488 text - show text only
26489 both - show both, text under image
26490 both-horiz - show text to the right of the image
26491 any other - use system default or image if no system default. */);
26492 Vtool_bar_style
= Qnil
;
26494 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-max-label-size", &tool_bar_max_label_size
,
26495 doc
: /* *Maximum number of characters a label can have to be shown.
26496 The tool bar style must also show labels for this to have any effect, see
26497 `tool-bar-style'. */);
26498 tool_bar_max_label_size
= DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_LABEL_SIZE
;
26500 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions
,
26501 doc
: /* List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.
26502 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must
26503 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give
26504 fontified regions the property `fontified'. */);
26505 Vfontification_functions
= Qnil
;
26506 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions
);
26508 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
26509 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment
,
26510 doc
: /* *Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.
26511 Specifically, this means that raw bytes in the range 160-255 decimal
26512 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters
26513 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are
26514 displayed according to the current fontset.
26516 Note that this variable affects only how these bytes are displayed,
26517 but does not change the fact they are interpreted as raw bytes. */);
26518 unibyte_display_via_language_environment
= 0;
26520 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height
,
26521 doc
: /* *Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.
26522 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.
26523 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines. */);
26524 Vmax_mini_window_height
= make_float (0.25);
26526 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", &Vresize_mini_windows
,
26527 doc
: /* *How to resize mini-windows.
26528 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.
26529 A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.
26530 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow
26531 only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows
26532 go back to their normal size. */);
26533 Vresize_mini_windows
= Qgrow_only
;
26535 DEFVAR_LISP ("blink-cursor-alist", &Vblink_cursor_alist
,
26536 doc
: /* Alist specifying how to blink the cursor off.
26537 Each element has the form (ON-STATE . OFF-STATE). Whenever the
26538 `cursor-type' frame-parameter or variable equals ON-STATE,
26539 comparing using `equal', Emacs uses OFF-STATE to specify
26540 how to blink it off. ON-STATE and OFF-STATE are values for
26541 the `cursor-type' frame parameter.
26543 If a frame's ON-STATE has no entry in this list,
26544 the frame's other specifications determine how to blink the cursor off. */);
26545 Vblink_cursor_alist
= Qnil
;
26547 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-hscroll-mode", &automatic_hscrolling_p
,
26548 doc
: /* *Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible. */);
26549 automatic_hscrolling_p
= 1;
26550 Qauto_hscroll_mode
= intern_c_string ("auto-hscroll-mode");
26551 staticpro (&Qauto_hscroll_mode
);
26553 DEFVAR_INT ("hscroll-margin", &hscroll_margin
,
26554 doc
: /* *How many columns away from the window edge point is allowed to get
26555 before automatic hscrolling will horizontally scroll the window. */);
26556 hscroll_margin
= 5;
26558 DEFVAR_LISP ("hscroll-step", &Vhscroll_step
,
26559 doc
: /* *How many columns to scroll the window when point gets too close to the edge.
26560 When point is less than `hscroll-margin' columns from the window
26561 edge, automatic hscrolling will scroll the window by the amount of columns
26562 determined by this variable. If its value is a positive integer, scroll that
26563 many columns. If it's a positive floating-point number, it specifies the
26564 fraction of the window's width to scroll. If it's nil or zero, point will be
26565 centered horizontally after the scroll. Any other value, including negative
26566 numbers, are treated as if the value were zero.
26568 Automatic hscrolling always moves point outside the scroll margin, so if
26569 point was more than scroll step columns inside the margin, the window will
26570 scroll more than the value given by the scroll step.
26572 Note that the lower bound for automatic hscrolling specified by `scroll-left'
26573 and `scroll-right' overrides this variable's effect. */);
26574 Vhscroll_step
= make_number (0);
26576 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines
,
26577 doc
: /* If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.
26578 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect. */);
26579 message_truncate_lines
= 0;
26581 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", &Vmenu_bar_update_hook
,
26582 doc
: /* Normal hook run to update the menu bar definitions.
26583 Redisplay runs this hook before it redisplays the menu bar.
26584 This is used to update submenus such as Buffers,
26585 whose contents depend on various data. */);
26586 Vmenu_bar_update_hook
= Qnil
;
26588 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-updating-frame", &Vmenu_updating_frame
,
26589 doc
: /* Frame for which we are updating a menu.
26590 The enable predicate for a menu binding should check this variable. */);
26591 Vmenu_updating_frame
= Qnil
;
26593 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-menubar-update", &inhibit_menubar_update
,
26594 doc
: /* Non-nil means don't update menu bars. Internal use only. */);
26595 inhibit_menubar_update
= 0;
26597 DEFVAR_LISP ("wrap-prefix", &Vwrap_prefix
,
26598 doc
: /* Prefix prepended to all continuation lines at display time.
26599 The value may be a string, an image, or a stretch-glyph; it is
26600 interpreted in the same way as the value of a `display' text property.
26602 This variable is overridden by any `wrap-prefix' text or overlay
26605 To add a prefix to non-continuation lines, use `line-prefix'. */);
26606 Vwrap_prefix
= Qnil
;
26607 staticpro (&Qwrap_prefix
);
26608 Qwrap_prefix
= intern_c_string ("wrap-prefix");
26609 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qwrap_prefix
);
26611 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-prefix", &Vline_prefix
,
26612 doc
: /* Prefix prepended to all non-continuation lines at display time.
26613 The value may be a string, an image, or a stretch-glyph; it is
26614 interpreted in the same way as the value of a `display' text property.
26616 This variable is overridden by any `line-prefix' text or overlay
26619 To add a prefix to continuation lines, use `wrap-prefix'. */);
26620 Vline_prefix
= Qnil
;
26621 staticpro (&Qline_prefix
);
26622 Qline_prefix
= intern_c_string ("line-prefix");
26623 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qline_prefix
);
26625 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-eval-during-redisplay", &inhibit_eval_during_redisplay
,
26626 doc
: /* Non-nil means don't eval Lisp during redisplay. */);
26627 inhibit_eval_during_redisplay
= 0;
26629 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-free-realized-faces", &inhibit_free_realized_faces
,
26630 doc
: /* Non-nil means don't free realized faces. Internal use only. */);
26631 inhibit_free_realized_faces
= 0;
26634 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-window-id", &inhibit_try_window_id
,
26635 doc
: /* Inhibit try_window_id display optimization. */);
26636 inhibit_try_window_id
= 0;
26638 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-window-reusing", &inhibit_try_window_reusing
,
26639 doc
: /* Inhibit try_window_reusing display optimization. */);
26640 inhibit_try_window_reusing
= 0;
26642 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-cursor-movement", &inhibit_try_cursor_movement
,
26643 doc
: /* Inhibit try_cursor_movement display optimization. */);
26644 inhibit_try_cursor_movement
= 0;
26645 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
26647 DEFVAR_INT ("overline-margin", &overline_margin
,
26648 doc
: /* *Space between overline and text, in pixels.
26649 The default value is 2: the height of the overline (1 pixel) plus 1 pixel
26650 margin to the caracter height. */);
26651 overline_margin
= 2;
26653 DEFVAR_INT ("underline-minimum-offset",
26654 &underline_minimum_offset
,
26655 doc
: /* Minimum distance between baseline and underline.
26656 This can improve legibility of underlined text at small font sizes,
26657 particularly when using variable `x-use-underline-position-properties'
26658 with fonts that specify an UNDERLINE_POSITION relatively close to the
26659 baseline. The default value is 1. */);
26660 underline_minimum_offset
= 1;
26662 DEFVAR_BOOL ("display-hourglass", &display_hourglass_p
,
26663 doc
: /* Non-zero means Emacs displays an hourglass pointer on window systems. */);
26664 display_hourglass_p
= 1;
26666 DEFVAR_LISP ("hourglass-delay", &Vhourglass_delay
,
26667 doc
: /* *Seconds to wait before displaying an hourglass pointer.
26668 Value must be an integer or float. */);
26669 Vhourglass_delay
= make_number (DEFAULT_HOURGLASS_DELAY
);
26671 hourglass_atimer
= NULL
;
26672 hourglass_shown_p
= 0;
26676 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
26681 Lisp_Object root_window
;
26682 struct window
*mini_w
;
26684 current_header_line_height
= current_mode_line_height
= -1;
26686 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos
) = 0;
26688 mini_w
= XWINDOW (minibuf_window
);
26689 root_window
= FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w
)));
26691 if (!noninteractive
)
26693 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window
)));
26696 XWINDOW (root_window
)->top_line
= make_number (FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f
));
26697 set_window_height (root_window
,
26698 FRAME_LINES (f
) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f
),
26700 mini_w
->top_line
= make_number (FRAME_LINES (f
) - 1);
26701 set_window_height (minibuf_window
, 1, 0);
26703 XWINDOW (root_window
)->total_cols
= make_number (FRAME_COLS (f
));
26704 mini_w
->total_cols
= make_number (FRAME_COLS (f
));
26706 scratch_glyph_row
.glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] = scratch_glyphs
;
26707 scratch_glyph_row
.glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
+ 1]
26708 = scratch_glyphs
+ MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS
;
26710 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
26711 for (i
= 0; i
< 3; ++i
)
26712 default_invis_vector
[i
] = make_number ('.');
26716 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles.
26717 Also used for `format-mode-line'. */
26719 mode_line_noprop_buf
= (char *) xmalloc (size
);
26720 mode_line_noprop_buf_end
= mode_line_noprop_buf
+ size
;
26721 mode_line_noprop_ptr
= mode_line_noprop_buf
;
26722 mode_line_target
= MODE_LINE_DISPLAY
;
26725 help_echo_showing_p
= 0;
26728 /* Since w32 does not support atimers, it defines its own implementation of
26729 the following three functions in w32fns.c. */
26732 /* Platform-independent portion of hourglass implementation. */
26734 /* Return non-zero if houglass timer has been started or hourglass is shown. */
26736 hourglass_started ()
26738 return hourglass_shown_p
|| hourglass_atimer
!= NULL
;
26741 /* Cancel a currently active hourglass timer, and start a new one. */
26745 #if defined (HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM)
26747 int secs
, usecs
= 0;
26749 cancel_hourglass ();
26751 if (INTEGERP (Vhourglass_delay
)
26752 && XINT (Vhourglass_delay
) > 0)
26753 secs
= XFASTINT (Vhourglass_delay
);
26754 else if (FLOATP (Vhourglass_delay
)
26755 && XFLOAT_DATA (Vhourglass_delay
) > 0)
26758 tem
= Ftruncate (Vhourglass_delay
, Qnil
);
26759 secs
= XFASTINT (tem
);
26760 usecs
= (XFLOAT_DATA (Vhourglass_delay
) - secs
) * 1000000;
26763 secs
= DEFAULT_HOURGLASS_DELAY
;
26765 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (delay
, secs
, usecs
);
26766 hourglass_atimer
= start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, delay
,
26767 show_hourglass
, NULL
);
26772 /* Cancel the hourglass cursor timer if active, hide a busy cursor if
26775 cancel_hourglass ()
26777 #if defined (HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM)
26778 if (hourglass_atimer
)
26780 cancel_atimer (hourglass_atimer
);
26781 hourglass_atimer
= NULL
;
26784 if (hourglass_shown_p
)
26788 #endif /* ! WINDOWSNT */
26790 /* arch-tag: eacc864d-bb6a-4b74-894a-1a4399a1358b
26791 (do not change this comment) */